(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Southern College Catalog 1987-88"

1987-88 






l*<T> 



Southern College 
of Seventh-day 
Adventists 



Collegedale, Tennessee 



Southern Facts 

Type. Founded in 1892, Southern 
College of Seventh-day Adventists is a 
coeducational accredited college 
owned and operated by the Southern 
Union Conference of Seventh-day Ad- 
ventists. 

Mission. The college seeks to guide 
students in developing a personal 
commitment to excellence in aca- 
demic achievement, to serving hu- 
manity, to understanding cultural di- 
versity, to nurturing a mature personal 
relationship with Jesus Christ, and to 
fulfilling the ideals and mission of the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

Location. Seventeen miles east of 
Chattanooga, Tenn., in the foothills of 
the Great Smoky Mountains. Approx- 
imately 100 miles north of Atlanta, 
Ga„ 100 miles southwest of Knoxville, 
Tenn., 130 miles southeast of 
Nashville, Tenn., and 130 miles north- 
east of Birmingham, Ala. Interstates 
75, 24, and 59 provide easy access. 
Eastern, Delta, American and Pied- 
mont Airlines provide convenient air 
service to Lovell Field, less than 10 
miles from campus. 

Extension campus at Florida Hospi- 
tal Medical Center, Orlando, Fla. 

Environment. Unusually beautiful 
educational setting, with over a 
thousand acres of college property. 
Forested slopes of White Oak Moun- 
tain and Bauxite Ridge provide scenic 
backdrop for carefully landscaped 
grounds. Abundant outdoor recrea- 
tional opportunities expanded by 
proximity to Tennessee River (15 
miles} and Great Smoky Mountains 
National Park (100 miles). 

Student Body. Residential campus, 
with 73% of student body in college 
housing. 1986-1987: 1,327 students 
and 1,041 FTE; 59% female; 80.5% 
White, 10.7% Black, 5.4% Hispanic, 
3.1% Oriental; from 41 states, 28 na- 
tions. 

Faculty. Teaching faculty with em- 
phasis on ability to communicate 
knowledge effectively, relate to stu- 
dents on a one-to-one basis, and model 
Christian ideals in a caring atmos- 
phere. Faculty head count, 133 and 89 
FTE. Within liberal arts departments, 
99% hold advanced degrees, 73% hold 
highest degree in fields 

Student/Faculty Ratio. 11.6 to 1. 



Financial Aid. A broad scholarship 
program, with work central to finan- 
cial assistance, fulfills Southern's 
commitment to provide educational 
opportunities for financially disad- 
vantaged young people. Unduplicated 
count of students receiving aid, 1,118 
(76%). Book value of scholarship en- 
dowment, $3.3 million, current cam- 
paign goal $10 million. 

Degrees and Majors. Forty-two bac- 
calaureate majors, 17 associate degree 
majors, 28 minors, and two one-year 
certificate programs. Pre-professional 
programs include dentistry, law, 
medicine, secondary teaching and 
others. 

Accreditation. Southern Associa- 
tion of Colleges and Schools. SDA 
Board of Regents. Departments accred- 
ited as follows: A.S. and B.S. nursing 
by the National League for Nursing 
and the Tennessee Board of Nursing; 
B.S. in education by the Tennessee 
State Board of Education, member of 
the Association of American Colleges, 
the American Council on Education, 
the American Association of Colleges 
for Teacher Education, the National 
Council of Accreditation for Teacher 
Education; the National Association 
for Schools of Music. 

Campus and Facilities. Twenty- 
seven major buildings on the Col- 
legedale campus, including nine 
classroom buildings with 54 class- 
rooms/laboratories and a recital hall, 
two residence halls, a physical educa- 
tion center with swimming pool, and 
an administrative building. Campus 
church seats 1,850, and houses the 
Anton Heiller Memorial Organ (4,926 
pipes). Broom shop, supermarket and 
bakery, and The College Press provide 
student employment. 

Student Charges. $8,426 a year, in- 
cluding tuition, room and board, and 
estimated expenses. 

Telephone. 

Collegedale, (615) 238-2111 
Admissions office (outside Tenn.) toll 

free, l-(800) 624-0350 
Orlando, (305) 898-5381 

Mailing Address. 

Box 370, Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 
711 Lake Estelle Dr., Orlando, FL 
32803 



SC welcomes applications from students regardless of race, sex, religion, color, or 
national origin whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals and tradi- 
tions of the college as expressed in its objectives and policies. 
























NOT TO BE TAKEN 
FROM LIBRARY 



t 










1987-1988 CATALOG 



Official Record for 1986-1987 
Announcements for 1987-1988 

May, 1987 

Published by Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists, 

Vice President for Academic Administration 
Printing by The College Press 
Collegedale, Tennessee 

McKEE LIBRARY 

Southern College of Stt 

CotiegwWt, TN 37315 























































Editor-in-Chief 

William M Allen, Vice President for Academic Administration 
Cherie Smith, Secretary 

Associate Editor 

William Wohlers, Director, Division of Humanities 
Weslynne Sahly, Secretary 

Editors 

Kenneth Spears, Vice President for Finance 

Kenneth R. Davis, Vice President for Student Services 

Ronald Barrow, Vice President for Admissions and Public Relations 

Mary Elam, Director of Records 

Division Directors 

Department Chairmen 

Layout and Cover Design 

Vinita Sauder 

Doris Burdick, Director of Public Relations 

Printing 

The College Press 
Allen Olsen, Manager 



In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be 
factually accurate. The publisher assumes no responsibility for edito- 
rial, clerical, or printing errors. The information presented is, at the 
time of printing, an accurate description of course offerings, policies, 
and requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog, 
however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the 
college and the student. The college reserves the right to change any 
provision or requirement at any time, without prior notice. 






]0* 



fl/Ctf 



CONTENTS 



Southern Facts Inside Front Cover 

This Is Southern College 5 

Academic Policies, Information, and Services 9 

Courses of Study 35 

Academic Divisions 35 

Departments of Instruction 36-175 

Allied Health , 36 

Art 41 

Behavioral Science 44 

Biology 49 

Business and Office Administration 55 

Chemistry 70 

Computer Science 74 

Education and Psychology 80 

Engineering Studies 96 

English 98 

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 103 

History 108 

Home Economics 113 

Journalism and Communication 120 

Library Science 128 

Mathematics 130 

Modern Languages 134 

Music 140 

Nursing 151 

Physics • 164 

Religion 169 

Technology 177 

Interdepartmental Programs 181 

General Studies 181 

Medical Science . — 181 

Non-degree Pre-professionai Programs 182 

Student Life and Services 189 

Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 195 

The Registry 223 

Principals and Presidents 223 

Board of Trustees 224 

College Administration 225 

Student Directory 228 

Advisory Councils • • • • 229 

Faculty Directory 232 

Faculty Committees 241 

Index 282 

Academic Calendar Inside Back Cover 






^ 




?m« 



m ■# 









V* 






THIS IS 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE 



Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year co- 
educational institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church* primarily to serve its constituents in the southeastern part of 
the United States. Its purpose is to provide Biblical, liberal arts, profes- 
sional, pre-professional, vocational, adult studies, and special programs 
in a Christian setting. 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 

The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist Church 
is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of humanity in 
the world. The following is a summary of this understanding: 

(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and Sus- 
tained of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of all 
knowledge. 

(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with 
Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, spiritual, and 
social attributes. 

(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but God 
in His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration of His 
image in humanity, thus preparing man for eternal personal fel- 
lowship with God. 

In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed 
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's 
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. Education, 
consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. Southern 
College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, and physical 
environment designed to encourage this development through the fol- 
lowing specific objectives. 

Spiritual 

Students are expected to acquire an understanding of the beliefs and 
value system of Christianity as understood by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church. Religious instruction in the classroom, religious convocations, 
and a variety of opportunities for Christian fellowship and service pro- 
vide the context in which students are encouraged to make their own 
commitment to these ideals. 



*This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists, which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, 
Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and 
Tennessee. 



This Is Southern College 



Intellectual 

The faculty constitute a fellowship of Christian scholars engaged in a 
lifelong pursuit of knowledge and wisdom. Academic activities are 
therefore designed to assist students in achieving intellectual and career 
goals and in acquiring skills for future learning. A liberal education 
curriculum is designed to develop critical thinking and expression, 
intellectual curiosity, aesthetic appreciation, and cultural awareness to 
help fit students for the realization of their immediate and long-range 
goals. 

Social 

Since social maturity is necessary for successful family and commu- 
nity living, Southern College endeavors to provide for the development 
of healthy interpersonal relations, communication skills, and 
decision-making abilities in an atmosphere marked by personal concern 
and acceptance. 

Physical 

The development of the whole person would be incomplete without 
attention to physical well-being. Principles of healthful living, includ- 
ing a balanced program of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recrea- 
tion are promoted through instruction, work experience, and recrea- 
tional facilities. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern College 
had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the small 
village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as Grays- 
ville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern Industrial 
School and five years later to Southern Training School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of 
plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton 
County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the antici- 
pated community. At its new location, the school opened as Southern 
Junior College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved senior 
college status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary Col- 
lege. In 1982 the name was changed to Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists. 

SETTING 

Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled 
in a valley eighteen miles northeast of Chattanooga. The quietness and 
beauty of the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educational 
philosophy. 

Nursing programs are also offered through the Orlando Center at 
Florida Hospital Medical Center. 



This Is Southern College 

ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

Southern College is accredited by the Southern Association of Col- / 

leges and Schools and by the Seventh-day Adventist Board of Regents. 

Departments of the college are also accredited by various organiza- 
tions. The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree programs 
in nursing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by the 
National League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board of 
Review. The Division of Nursing is an agency member of the Department 
of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the Division of Nursing 
Education of the National League for Nursing. It is also accredited by the 
Tennessee Board of Nursing and is recognized by the Florida State Board 
of Nursing. 

The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education for 
the preparation of secondary, elementary, and early childhood teachers. 
The Bachelor of Science degree in Education is accredited by the Ten- 
nessee State Board of Education. Southern College is also a member of 
the Association of American Colleges, the American Council on Educa- 
tion, the Tennessee College Association, the American Association of 
Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Council of Accreditation 
for Teacher Education (NCATE), and the National Association for 
Schools of Music. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

The academic program consists of seven divisions offering forty-two 
majors and twenty-eight minors in which students may qualify for the 
baccalaureate degree. Students may pursue programs of study leading to 
the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Ad- 
ministration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social Work degrees. 
Seventeen programs leading to an associate degree are also offered. 
Various pre-professional and terminal curricula are available to students 
wishing to qualify for admission to a professional school. 

Secondary teaching certification is available in eighteen disciplines. 
A one-year certificate is available in Auto Body Repair. SC also cooper- 
ates with Loma Linda University in offering the M.Ed, and M.P.H. degree 
and with Andrews University in offering the M.S.N, degree. 

STUDENTS 

Nearly seventy percent of the students of Southern College come from 
the eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh- 
day Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign 
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men. 
See the Registry for more details. 

Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial, 
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist 



This Is Southern College 



Church at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, 
business pursuits, government service, research activities, private and 
institutional medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels. 

FACILITIES 

The following buildings house the academic activities of the college: 
Collegedale Campus 

Brock Hall — Art, Business and Office Administration, English, His- 
tory, Journalism and Communication, Modern Languages, Instruc- 
tional Media, and WSMC FM90.5 

DanieJJs Hall — Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science 

Hackman Hall — Biology and Chemistry 

Herin Hall — Nursing 

Led/ord Hall — Technology 

McKee Library 

Physical Education Center — Physical Education 

Religion Center (So-Ju-Conian Hall) — Religion 

Student Center— Computer Center, Student Health Service, Cafeteria, 
Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, student 
activity rooms, Teaching Learning Center, K.R.'s Place 

Summerour Hall — Behavioral Sciences, Education and Psychology, 
Home Economics 

J. Mabel Wood HaJI — Music 

Wright Hall — Administration 

Other facilities on or near campus that serve student needs: 
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school 
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 
Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the 

college and community 
Recreational Area — tennis courts, a track, playing fields 
Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school 
Student Apartments 
Student Park 

Talge Hall — men's residence hall 
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall 
Trailer Park 
WSMC FM90.5— radio station 

Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries 
and service departments. 

Orlando Center 
Florida Hospital Medical Center (FHMCJ 
Linscott Hall — Administration, library 
Seventh-day Adventist Church at FHMC 



ACADEMIC POLICIES, 
INFORMATION, 
AND SERVICES 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 

PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY 

When planning for college, students should consider in detail the 
course of study which will lead to their desired profession or occupa- 
tion. If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been made 
before entering college, students may take a general program of study 
exploring several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. This 
approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned. 

The college offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts, 
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of 
Music, Bachelor of Social Work, Associate of Science and Associate of 
Technology degrees, various pre-professional curricula, and one-year 
occupational certificate programs. 

When planning their course work, students should acquaint them- 
selves with the programs of study and graduation requirements outlined 
in this Catalog. Freshman students may consult faculty members during 
the summer months before the beginning of the fall term. Students 
planning to teach should consult the Department of Education and 
Psychology so as to include courses in teacher education as a part of their 
program in order to qualify for denominational and state certification. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree require- 
ments. Students may choose to meet the requirements of any one catalog 
in effect during the period of residency. If students discontinue for a 
period of twelve months or more, they must qualify according to a single 
catalog in force subsequent to their return. 

9 



Academic Policies 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate Degree 

1 U The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as 

follows: 

► Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 195). 

► A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students earning the 
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must take 130 semester 
hours and those earning the Bachelor of Music degree will need 
132 semester hours. 

► A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at least 
14 upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree and at least 
18 upper division hours in the major for all other degrees. 

► Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a B.A. 
degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* completion of the general 
education requirements, and electives to satisfy the total credit 
requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades lower 
than a *'C— " may not be applied on a major or minor. 

► More than one major may be earned provided all courses required 
for each major and its cognates are completed. Some courses may 
apply to both majors, but a minimum of 20 hours in the second 
major must not overlap with those in the first major. 

A major and minor, with different names, may be earned in the 
same department provided all requirements for both are met. Some 
courses may apply to both, but a minimum of 14 hours in the minor 
must not overlap with those in the major. 

Two emphases of the same major may be earned provided that all 
requirements for both are met and that 14 hours above the number 
ordinarily required for the major are earned. 

► Completion of an examination as required by the department. 

► Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete, 
beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours, 
including 16 hours upper division, and a new major. 

► Completion of three writing emphasis courses including one in the 
major field and one outside the major field. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree 

► A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. *Nursing majors need 69 
semester hours. 

► Completion of a major with a cumulative grade point average of at 
least 2.00, the general education requirements, and electives to 



Academic Policies 

satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses com- 
pleted with grades lower than ! 'C - ' ' may not be applied on a major. | | 

► Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish 
to obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion of 
the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. The work com- 
pleted for the second degree must include at least 24 hours in 
residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first 
degree. If the second associate degree is earned subsequent to the 
first associate degree, the requirements for the second degree will 
be governed by the provisions of the Catalog in effect at the time 
the student re-enters the college for work toward the second de- 
gree. 

► Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they 
receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in 
different fields. If requirements for an associate and a baccalaureate 
degree in the same field are completed at the same time, only the 
higher degree will be conferred. 

ONE- YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

► A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements of a 
specific one-year program. 

► A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. 
Grades in the technical area below "C— " will not be accepted. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor 

► A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be upper 
division credit. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

Seniors 94- semester hours 

Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a 
good citizenship record. 



*For educational certification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 
must be met both in education and in the field of certification. In elementary 
education, a GPA of 2.25 is required in cognate courses. The music major 
requires a GPA of 2.25 both in applied music and other music courses. The 
nursing major requires a GPA of 2.25 in cognate courses as well as in the major. 
The medical technology major requires minimum grades of C- and a minimum 
average of 2.25 in the major and cognates. 



Academic Policies 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

J 2 Degree Candidacy; A student may become a degree candidate when he 

enters upon the school term during which it will be possible to complete 
all requirements for graduation. Formal application for graduation must 
be made during the fall registration of the senior year. 

Dates of Graduation; The date of graduation will be (a) the date of 
commencement for those graduating at the close of each semester or (b) 
for others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements 
are met. There will be a commencement ceremony in December and in 
May for the 1987-88 school year. In subsequent years there will be only 
one commencement ceremony, in May. 

Transcripts; Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts 
of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Office 
of Records. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to par- 
ticipate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all the 
courses they need for graduation. 

In Absentia Policy; Seniors who are enrolled at Southern College 
during the semester in which the commencement exercise is held are to 
be present for the ceremony or an in absentia fee of $40 will be levied. 

De/erred Graduation; Students ordinarily are allowed to graduate 
under the requirements of the Catalog of the year in which they enter the 
college or of any subsequent year in which they are in attendance 
provided they do not discontinue attendance for twelve months or more. 
Students who are studying for a baccalaureate degree and fail to 
graduate within six calendar years (four years for an associate degree), 
must plan to conform to the current Catalog. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree; Thirty semester horn's of credit must be com- 
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the bac- 
calaureate degree. These hours must include 16 upper division, with 
eight upper division in the major and three upper division in the minor 
fields. 

Associate Degree: Twenty-eight semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the 
associate degree. Sixteen of these hours must be in the major area of 
study. 

Certificate Programs; Eighteen semester hours of credit must be com- 
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year 
certificate. 

Transfer Credit; Unless prior arrangements were made with the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, the college will not accept 



Academic Policies 



transfer credit earned at another college or university during any session 

the student was simultaneously enrolled at Southern College. J % 

UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level 
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course 
(upper division). The English composition and mathematics require- 
ments must be met before enrollment in upper division classes. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

It is an awesome task to distill from the accumulated human experi- 
ence those stories, histories, thoughts, and skills which can be trans- 
mitted in a classroom setting and at the same time contribute maximally 
and positively to the student's own experience. The choices are many, 
and competition for inclusion is intensive. Yet degree programs do 
necessitate a certain amount of structure so choices have to be made. 
Each department is allowed a great deal of freedom in choosing require- 
ments for the major area of specialization. However, the faculty have 
chosen certain experiences, known as general education requirements, 
to which they feel all degree candidates should have some exposure. 

Underlying all general education requirements are the basic academic 
skills of English and mathematics. Proficiency in these skills is essential 
to the transmission of much of the human experience. 

The faculty of Southern College chooses without apology the religious 
experience as fundamental to a correct understanding of all of man's 
other experiences. The religious experience embodied in the teachings 
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church has been chosen to be transmitted 
to the students. It is recommended as enabling, enriching, and uplifting. 

One builds the present and future upon the past, therefore, it is neces- 
sary that one have a historical perspective. A society which allows its 
members a voice in shaping its political, social and economic institu- 
tions can survive only if these citizens are well versed in mankind's 
history and cognizant of experiences, past and present, with these in- 
stitutions. 

Language, literature, and the arts give expression to thoughts and 
feelings. Acquaintance with these modes of communication enriches 
the life through more effective expression of one's thoughts and feelings 
and through better understanding and appreciation of the thoughts and 
feelings of others. 

A study of the natural sciences develops an inquiring attitude toward 
one's environment, It provides individuals with empirical and rational 
methods of inquiry and an awareness of both the potential and the 
limitations of science and technology in solving problems. 

Social units ranging from the individual through the family, church, 



Academic Policies 



communities, and nations exert a tremendous influence upon one's life. 
| IJL A study of those units and the conditions which affect them positively or 
adversely contributes to individuals' adjustment within their society 
and their opportunity to improve both themselves and society. 

Creative, practical, and recreational skills provide exercise, relax- 
ation, and a sense of well-being and accomplishment. They provide a 
wholesome and healthy diversion from heavy academic programs and 
from work responsibilities later in life. 



GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach. 



AREA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS 

All Area A courses must be completed be- 
fore upper division work is undertaken. 

Upper division transfer students may take 
Area A requirements concurrently with 
upper division classes. 

1. English 

ENGL 101 is required for an associate 
degree; ENGL 101 and 102 for a 
bachelor's degree. Students with ACT 
English score below 13 must take ENGL 
099 before enrolling for ENGL 101. 

2. Mathematics 

Students with a Math ACT score below 
22 must take one of the following: MATH 
103, 104, 114, 215. MATH 099 is required 
of all students with a Math ACT score 
below 12. 

AREA B. RELIGION 

Transfer students must take 3 hours for each 
year or part thereof in attendance at an SDA 
college with a minimum of 6 hours. 
Bachelor's degree students must take at 
least three hours from each of the sub-areas. 

1. Biblical Studies 
All RELB courses. 

2. Religion 

All RELT courses; RELP 455. (Only one 
of RELT 317, 318, 424, will apply.) 

AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC 
SYSTEMS 

Students with less than one secondary 
school credit for World History must in- 



3-6 



6-9 



0-3 



0-3 



12 



Academic Policies 






Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach. 



elude one of the following: HIST 174, 175, 
364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389. 

1. History 

All HIST courses. 

2. Political and Economic Systems 

All PLSC courses; GEOG 204 (elementary 
education majors only); GEOG 306, 
ECON 213, 224, 225. 

AREA D. LANGUAGE. LITERATURE, FINE ARTS 

Bachelor's degree students must include at 
least 2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas (2 sub- 
areas if required to take 6 hours of foreign 
languagej. Students entering Southern Col- 
lege who have less than two secondary 
school credits of foreign language and who 
are pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must 
complete the elementary level of a foreign 
language. 

1. Foreign Language 

FREN 101-102, 211-212; GRMN 101-102, 
211-212; SPAN 101-102, 211-212, 344; 
RELL 271-272, 311-312, 471-472. 

2. Literature 

All ENGL literature courses; all SPAN 
literature; MDLG 304. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 215, 314, 315; 
ART 218, 318, 344, 345. 

4. Speech 

SPCH 135, 136, 236. 

AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 

Bachelor's degree students must take at 
least 3 hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only 
one of the following may apply: BIOL 424, 
PHYS 317, 318. Students who have less than 
two secondary school units in science must 
take 3 hours of science above the usual re- 
quirements; e.g. associate degree students 
must take 6 hours and bachelor's degree 
students must take 9 hours. 
1. Biology 

BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 125, 155-156, 

226, 314, 424. 



15 



6 
3 



3-6 



6-9 






Academic Policies 



16 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach. 



AREA F. 



2. Chemistry 
CHEM 111-112, 113-114, 151-152, 203. 

3. Physics 
PHYS 107, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317, 
318. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105, 106. 

BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 

HEALTH SCIENCES 
Bachelor's degree students must include at 
least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas. 

1. Behavioral Science 

All PSYC courses except 326; all SOCI 
courses except 223, 365; SOCW 221, 222, 
316, 375; EDUC 217, 427. 

2. Family Science 

HMEC 146, 147, 201, 202, 313; BUAD 
128, SOCI 223, 365; PSYC 233. 

3. Health Science 

HLED 173, 203; FDNT 125. 

AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 

Associate degree students may take a 
maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; 
bachelor's degree students may take a 
maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. All 
students must take at least 1 hour from G-3. 

1. Creative Skills 

All MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 109, 
110, 215, 235; ENGL 314; CRTF 112, 225, 
312. 

2. Practical Skills 

ACCT 103, 121-122; AUTO 223; CPTR 
105, 106, 107, 120, 125, 127, 131, 132, 
217, 218; CLTX 164, 165, 166; HMEC 
244, 345; FDNT 126, 127, 317; TECH 145, 
149, 154, 164, 174, 349, 364; SECR 104, 
105, 114, 115, 214, 218; LIBR 125; EDUC 
250. 

3. Recreational Skills 

All PEAC courses; PETH 261. All PEAC 
courses will be graded on a pass/fail 
basis. 












Academic Policies 



ADDITIONAL BACHELOR'S DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1. Forty upper division hours. J 7 

2. Three writing-emphasis classes. These 
classes are identified by a "(W)" follow- 
ing the course name, e.g., History of the 
South (W), in the divisional listings. One 
such class must be in the student's major 
field and one must be outside the major 
field. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program) 

The honors program is designed for students who bring to their bac- 
calaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity. 
Special projects, interdisciplinary studies and designated honors 
courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating educa- 
tional experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in this 
experience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate 
studies. 

The program is administered by an honors committee. This committee 
admits students to the program and discontinues honors status of those 
who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its members also 
advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their 
progress. 

Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during 
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 3.70 
or higher. Other students must have completed at least thirty-one and at 
most sixty-two semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3 . 50 or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a 
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each 
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence 
courses, receive a grade of B (3.00) or higher in each honors sequence 
course and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors 
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless ex- 
tenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors committee. 

Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in resi- 
dence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee in the 
case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern College 
who wish to take classes at another institution must secure prior ap- 
proval from the honors committee. 

After successfully completing one year in the honors program, a 
Southern Scholar will be eligible to audit one class per semester without 
charge. In addition, upper division students who have maintained their 
participation in this program for at least one year will receive a $500 
tuition scholarship. 



Academic Policies 



HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

j| O A. General Education 

Honors students must meet regular general education requirements 
with the following stipulations: 

1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: BIOL 
325, PHYS 317, PHYS 318. 

2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the 
intermediate level. 

3. Area D-2. One of the following courses must be selected: ENGL 
445, MDLG 304. 

4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5. AreaE. MATH 115 or MATH 215 and one of the following science 
sequences must be selected: BIOL 155-156; CHEM 151-152; 
PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214. 

B. Honors Seminar 

HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight lectures, one each month, 
September through April. Taken during the junior or senior year. 

C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 

A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an under- 
standing of the relationship between the student's major field and 
some other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special per- 
formance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors commit- 
tee expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to justify 
public presentation. The project must be approved by the honors 
committee in consultation with the student and his supervising 
professor. 

GRADUATION WITH HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will have 
the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, magna 
cum Jaude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate designations 
will appear on the diploma. Students completing the honors program 
will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated as Southern 
Scholars. 

HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST 

At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who 
have carried a minimum of 1 2 semester hours and who have attained the 
following grade point averages will be included in the honors group 
indicated. 

3.25 Honor Roll 

3.50 Dean's List 

3.75 Distinguished Dean's List 



Academic Policies 



MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

Southern College offers 42 majors and 28 minors for students wishing 
to qualify for a baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of thirty hours 
or more in the chosen field of specialization of which a minimum of 
fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree and eighteen for all other 
Bachelor's degrees must be upper division credit. The total semester 
hours required for each major for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of 
Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social 
Work degrees varies with the field of specialization chosen. 

All minors consist of eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a minor 
must be upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the 
respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study.' ' 

BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Majors offered for the Bachelor of Arts degree are: 

Art Journalism - News Editorial 

Biology Mathematics 

Chemistry Music 

Computer Science Physics 

English Public Relations 

French Psychology 

German Religion - Ministerial 

History Religion - Non-Ministerial 

International Studies Spanish 

Journalism - Broadcasting 

Majors offered for the Bachelor of Science degree are: 

Behavioral Science - Health, Physical Education 

Family Studies and Recreation 

Behavioral Science - Health Science 

Sociology Home Economics 

Biology Long-Term Health Care 

Business Administration Mathematics 

Chemistry Medical Technology 

Computer Science Nursing 

Elementary Education Office Administration 

Food Service Administration Physics 

Majors offered for the Bachelor of Business Administration are: 

Accounting 

Computer Information Systems 

Management 

The Bachelor of Music degree is available to students planning to 
major in music with special emphasis in music education. The detailed 



Academic Policies 

requirements for this professional degree are outlined under the De- 
2(1 partment of Music. 

The Bachelor of Social Work degree is available to students planning 
on a career in social work. The detailed requirements are outlined under 
the Department of Behavioral Science. 

Minors are offered in most majors and emphases as well as the follow- 
ing: 

Biblical Languages Practical Theology 

Foods and Food Service Technology 

ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Southern College offers the following associate degrees: 

Accounting Nursing 

Allied Health (3 areas) Office Administration 

Computer Science (3 areas) 

Engineering Studies Pre-Dietetics 

Food Service Pre-Health Information 

General Studies Administration 
Home Economics 

Complete details of course requirements for the associate degrees are 
outlined in the descriptions in the bulletin section "Courses of Study." 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 

The college has one-year certificate programs in the following areas: 
Auto Body Repair (Technology) 
Food Service Production (Home Economics) 

Requirements for these programs are given in the appropriate de- 
partmental sections of this Catalog. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Southern College offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs 
in a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to 
professional schools or to enter upon technical careers. Below are listed 
the pre-professional curricula offered at Southern College. 

Anesthesia Occupational Therapy 

Dental Hygiene Optometry 

Dentistry Osteopathic Medicine 

Dietetics Pharmacy 

Law Physical Therapy 

Medical Technology Public Health Science 

Medicine Veterinary Medicine 

An A.S. degree in Allied Health is available to students who spend two 
or more years at Southern College while fulfilling pre-professional re- 
quirements in the allied health fields of Dental Hygiene, Dietetics, MedU 



Academic Information 



cal Records Administration, Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy, 
Radiology Technology, and Respiratory Therapy. Pre-professional and O | 
technical admission requirements may vary from one professional 
school to another. The student is, therefore, advised to become ac- 
quainted with the admission requirements of the chosen school. 

Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are 
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental Pro- 
grams," (See Index). 

ACADEMIC INFORMATION 

REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration 
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is 
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration forms 
are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to partici- 
pate in the orientation activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from 
the Director of Records. Students failing to register during the scheduled 
registration periods will be assessed a late registration fee of $25.00. The 
course load of a late registrant will be reduced by one to two semester 
hours for each expired week of instruction. No student may register after 
two weeks of the semester have elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration the student 
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet 
his/her objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be 
maintained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular 
activities. 

To make program changes the student must obtain the appropriate 
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining 
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, the student 
must return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and 
complete withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the 
voucher is filed at the Office of Records. A fee of $10.00 will be assessed 
for each change in program after the first week of instruction. 

A student may not change from one course section to another without 
the approval of the instructor. 

A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid-term 
and receive a grade of ' ' W" automatically. A student withdrawing from a 
class after that up to two weeks before the last day of classes will be 
assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the teacher. The grade for any 
withdrawal after that will automatically be "F." 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students may 



Academic Information 



register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) for 
2 2 which they are qualified . Auditors are to be admitted to classes of limited 
enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish to enroll 
for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is expected but 
examinations and reports may be omitted. With the approval of the 
instructor, a student may change a course registration from audit to 
credit or from credit to audit only during the first week of instruction. No 
credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one-half of the regular 
tuition charge. 

COURSE LOAD 

College courses are expressed in semester hours at Southern College. 
A semester hour consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for 
one semester. Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week 
and three-semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory 
period of two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. 
Students should expect to study between one and one-half and two 
hours outside of class for each fifty-minute period the class meets. Thus a 
sixteen-semester-hour class load should require forty or more hours of 
study each week on the part of the student. Except by permission of the 
Vice President for Academic Administration, a student may not register 
for more than eighteen semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must 
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer 
term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree 
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take re- 
duced programs of studies during the regular academic year. 

Study-Work Program. It is exceedingly important that the student 
adjust the course load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. 
During registration the student should confer with his adviser in plan- 
ning the proper balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable 
study-work program, the following will serve as a guide. 

Maximum 
Course Load Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 

12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 

FULL-TIME STUDENT 

Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students in 
the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses 
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will be 
classified as full-time students. The completion of nine or more semester 



Academic Information 



hours will constitute full-time enrollment for the summer. Students 
receiving financial aid should consult the Student Finance Office for the 
definitions of a full-time student set up by the various agencies which 
offer aid. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student and 
parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. Only 
semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. 

The following system of grading and grade point values is used: 
A 4.0 grade points per hour D 1.0 grade points per hour 
A- 3.7 grade points per hour D- 0.7 grade points per hour 
B+ 3.3 grade points per hour F 0.0 grade points per hour 
B 3.0 grade points per hour W Withdrawal 
B- 2.7 grade points per hour WF Withdrew Failing 
C+ 2.3 grade points per hour (0.0 grade points per hour) 

C 2.0 grade points per hour AU Audit 
C- 1.7 grade points per hour I Incomplete 
D+ 1.3 grade points per hour P Pass 
A student may receive an "I" (incomplete) because of illness or other 
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must 
secure from the Office of Records the proper form and file the application 
with the teacher to receive an incomplete. Any incomplete which is not 
removed by the end of the following term (Fall, Spring, Summer) will 
automatically become an "F." 

A course in which the student received a grade of "C," "D," or "F" may 
be repeated before he takes a more advanced course in the same field. 
Only the last grade will be counted on repeated courses. No course may 
be repeated more than once without permission from the Vice President 
for Academic Administration. 

The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number of 
grade points earned by the hours attempted. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the 
record or of information contained therein is governed by regulations of 
the federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only direc- 
tory information, such as a student's name, address, telephone listing, 
birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in officially 
recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and 
awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency or 
institution attended, may be released by the institution without consent 
of the student unless the student has asked SC to withhold such informa- 
tion. 

Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are 



Academic Information 



entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also 
24 provides for the release of information to College personnel who demon- 
strate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in 
research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties), and 
certain federal and state government officials. 

A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge 
the content of records. 

A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the 
Office of Records. The Director of Records will further explain and 
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, par- 
ents, or interested parties upon request. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to main- 
tain high ethical, Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities: 

1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, 
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer 
collaboration." 

2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they 
state otherwise. 

Student Responsibility: 

1. Students assume responsibility for learning the proper procedures 
for acknowledging borrowed wording, information, or ideas. Otherwise 
students might innocently misrepresent others' material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should 
confer with their teacher. 

3. Students are to assume all course work is "no collaboration" unless 
stated otherwise by the teacher. 

Departmental Policies: 

Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have 
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those pub- 
lished here. Such policies will be presented to students before im- 
plementation. 

Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such 
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student 
with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the situa- 
tion, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the Vice President for 
Academic Administration must be consulted. 

2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual proce- 
dures for the teacher to follow will be to: 



Academic Information 

a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or project 

if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the class. O K 

b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam, 
assignment or project would constitute failing the class. 

The teacher will then write up the incident and state the penalty 
administered, giving a copy to both the Vice President for Academic 
Administration and the student. 

3 . Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to be 
dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the 
action through the established appeal procedures. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative grade 
point average falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on academic 
probation and restricted from holding office in any student organization 
or being a member of any touring group. Those on academic probation 
will not be allowed to participate in academic activities causing class 
absences. 

Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 2.25 
in his major will also be placed on academic probation. Candidates for an 
associate of science degree must have a grade point average of at least 
1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 after 
attempting 53 or more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year certifi- 
cate must have at least a 2.00 average at the end of the second semester of 
enrollment. No more than one additional semester of enrollment will be 
permitted. If the 2.00 grade point average is not then reached, the student 
will be dismissed. 

Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 in 
order to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College. 

A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern 
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels 
indicated below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee, 
and the Vice President for Academic Administration will notify the 
student in writing of the committee's decision. 



Semester Hours Attempted 


G.PA. /Subject to Dismissal 


6-48 


1.50 


49-64 


1.65 


65-80 


1.75 


81-93 


1.85 


94-116 


1.95 


117-up 


2.00 



A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two 
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have 
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college- 



Academic Information 



26 



level work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity and 
motivation. 

In order to be eligible for financial aid, the recipient must maintain 
satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory academic progress is de- 
fined as maintaining a cumulative and resident grade point average of 
2.0. If a student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress, fails to 
attend classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or take required 
examinations, financial aid will be suspended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic Prog- 
ress Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from 
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance 
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the Catalog may 
make a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for 
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of the 
department chairman of their major. The petition must contain a state- 
ment of the request and supporting reasons. Students will be notified in 
writing by the Vice President for Academic Administration of the action 
on petitions within five working days. Petition forms are available from 
the Records Office. 

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed 
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their 
academic program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of 
their cases. They should do the following to effect a solution. 

1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned. 

2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chairman. 

3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to the 
Vice President for Academic Administration. 

4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee, 
chaired by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his desig- 
nee and including three other faculty members and two students 
selected by the Academic Affairs Committee. Both the student and the 
teacher involved in the case are entitled to appear before the committee 
or to present a written statement of the case. The decision of the commit- 
tee shall be presented in writing to the individuals involved within three 
days of the committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon by both 
parties. The decision of the committee is binding and will be im- 
plemented by the teacher involved or the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. 



Academic Information 

ABSENCES 

Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is required. 27 
Absences are dealt with in two ways. Teachers may excuse absences 
themselves or ask their students to submit excuses to the Absence Com- 
mittee. Students are told at the beginning of each semester which of the 
two means will be used in the class. 

Generally speaking, absences will not be excused by either a teacher or 
the Absence Committee for reasons other than illness, authorized school 
trips, or emergencies beyond the student's control. Absences due to 
illness are not normally excused unless the student contacts Student 
Health Service prior to the absence. Non-emergency medical appoint- 
ments must not interfere with the class program. 

For classes in which the Absence Committee is used, a completed 
absence excuse form (one for each class) must be placed in the absence 
box, located in the Student Center, no later than noon the first Monday 
following the absence. Absence forms are available at the Student Cen- 
ter, library, switchboard, and residence halls. The Absence Committee 
determines whether or not to excuse the absence and so notifies the 
teacher of its decision. 

Students having absences exceeding in number* twice the number of 
course credit hours (six absences for a three-hour credit course) may, at 
the teacher's discretion and after consultation with the Vice President 
for Academic Administration, be dropped from the class. 

Make-up work is not normally allowed in the case of homework or 
quizzes missed due to absences. Teachers have the option of recording 
homework and quiz averages if the absence is excused. Tests and major 
assignments missed because of excused absences Eire made up as ar- 
ranged with the teacher. 

Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and 
fairness, final examinations are rarely rescheduled. Students desiring to 
reschedule final examinations must obtain a request form from the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, fill it out completely, make two 
additional copies and submit all three copies to the teacher involved. 
The teacher will approve or deny the request, return one copy to the 
student and send one to the Vice President for Academic Administra- 
tion. If approved, the rescheduled examination will be given at a time 
convenient to the teacher and a fee of $40 per examination will be 
assessed. The $40 fee will be waived in cases of illness verified by 
Student Health Service or a physician, death in the immediate family, or 
three or more examinations scheduled for one day. 

Chapel. The chapel service is provided for the spiritual and cultural 
benefit of the college family, to promote the interests of Southern Col- 



* One and one-half absences are given for missing a 75-minute class, two for 
missing a 100-minute class, etc. 



Academic Information 



lege, and to develop and conserve a spirit of campus unity. The chapel 
2 |j attendance policy is the same as for class attendance in that no absences 
are permitted except for illnesses, authorized school trips, or emergen- 
cies. An excuse must be presented at the office of the Vice President for 
Student Affairs within 48 hours after the absence. It is the responsibility 
of the students to keep track of their chapel absences. Students are 
allowed four unexcused absences from chapel per semester. Additional 
unexcused absences can result in a student's being placed on Citizen- 
ship Probation. A continued absence problem is cause for dismissal. A 
satisfactory chapel attendance record is required for readmission. 

A special chapel/orientation program is scheduled during the fourth 
summer session. 

WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the department chairman and the Vice President 
for Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of curricu- 
lar requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive 
examination — written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined 
by the division involved. A fee of $40 per examination is charged. 

NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, 
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge 
examinations and correspondence courses. 

The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and 
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted 
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These 
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting 
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral 
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, 
most college credits should be earned through class participation. How- 
ever, the college will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit 
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means. 

College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types of 
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a division 
which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved College Level 
Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations which must be 
passed at the 65th percentile or above, and the Advanced Placement 
Examinations which must be passed with a score of three or better. A 
student may challenge a given course by examination only once. No 
CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted after the student has been 
enrolled in that course beyond the second week of a semester. No course 
may be challenged as part of the last thirty hours of any degree. Grades 
are recorded for departmental challenge examinations and scaled scores 
are recorded for nationally normed examinations. Permission to take a 



Academic Information 



challenge examination while in residence must be obtained from both 

the department chairman and the Vice President for Academic Ad- 2Q 

ministration. 

Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed 
on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until 
that student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in resi- 
dence at Southern College. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under 
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this Catalog. 

Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be 
obtained from the Office of Records or the Counseling and Testing 
Center. 

Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of corre- 
spondence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree 
program and eight hours toward an associate degree. 

Home Study International of Washington, D.C., is the officially recog- 
nized correspondence school. Southern College recommends Home 
Study International for those students needing correspondence credit 
and accepts all such credits when the study program is approved by the 
college prior to enrollment. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in 
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college. 
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during the 
summer, must be approved in advance by the college. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division require- 
ments of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned to 
apply on the lower division requirements for a major. Correspondence 
credit with a "D" grade is unacceptable and a course in which the 
student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may not be 
repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be entered 
on the student's record until he has earned a minimum of twelve hours in 
residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must be in 
the Office of Records before a diploma will be ordered. The graduation 
date will be the last day of the month after the official transcript is 
received. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained by 
the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The request 
must include the student's signature and payment of $2.00 in cash, 
check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Same-day service is 
available for $5.00. Because of legal difficulties, telephone requests from 
students or written requests from other members of the student's family 
cannot be honored. 



Academic Enrichment Services 



A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes 
Qft without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. Official 
transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student Copy." 
No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid in 
full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions will 
be made. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is prerequisite to a 
course for which he has already received credit. 

COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 
— remedial (Institutional credit only) 



1 — freshman level (lower division) 

2 — sophomore level (lower division) 

3 — junior level (upper division) 

4 — senior level (upper division) 



Within a given 100 sequence there is no necessary significance in one 
course number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not 
necessarily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester 
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma repre- 
sent complete units, either one of which may be counted for graduation 
without reference to sequence. 

Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in 
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second. However, 
credit may be given for the first semester when taken alone. 



ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT SERVICES 



E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The E. A. Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the business 
curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of E. A. An- 
derson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the student a 
broader understanding of the business world. 

The public is invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however, for 
a fee, continuing education credit is available. All lectures are presented 
at 8 p.m. in the E. A. Anderson Business Seminar Room, Brock Hall, 
Room 338. 



Academic Enrichment Services 

EUGENE A. ANDERSON HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES 

The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to j J 
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are 
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected 
performances are broadcast internationally on "Pipe Dreams." 

The series is made possible through the generosity of Eugene A. 
Anderson of Atlanta, Ga., for the education and enjoyment of the stu- 
dents and the public. Because of its uniqueness, this series attracts 
organists and other fine arts enthusiasts from all areas of the country. 

The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was 
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April 
1986. A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 13 
stops, is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John 
Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Ore. 

FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field on 
campus to address the professional community. 

Southern College believes education to be a dynamic lifelong process 
and is committed to providing professional nurses with continuing 
education opportunities, as well as exposing student nurses to the im- 
portance of self-initiated education. 

This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is 
made possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson. 

CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES 

Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the 
Sunday evening Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three 
artists and/or ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for 
students, faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a 
fashion that over a four-year period a student can become acquainted 
with most types of chamber music. 

HUMANITIES/PERSPECTIVES FILM SERIES 

Christian education involves the teaching of discretion in society: 
how to appreciate human culture while being critical of its content and 
direction. These films series, sponsored by the Division of Humanities 
and Religion Department, seek to provide films of a serious, mature, 
informative, educational, and entertaining nature. They are intended to 
augment the educational experience of students at the college level. 

The films in these series have been chosen for their societal impact, 
historical importance, inspirational depth, classical significance, and 
informative value. Critical notes are provided to strengthen the student's 
awareness of certain elements in the films. 



Academic Enrichment Services 



INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

The Instructional Media Service serves the college administration, 
faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff includes a director, secre- 
tary, and service technician. 

LIBRARIES 

McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational mate- 
rials for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, pleasant 
areas to read or study, current periodicals, and a large microform collec- 
tion contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special collections in the 
library include the Curriculum Library, a collection of elementary and 
secondary education materials; Seventh-day Adventist Heritage Collec- 
tion, books and materials by SDA authors and about the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church, pictures, periodicals, archive material; the Dr. Ver- 
non Thomas Memorial Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection, 
books, letters, manuscripts, newspapers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings, 
maps, and artifacts of this period in American History. 

The 10,000 volume extension library at the Orlando Center is well- 
known throughout central Florida as an outstanding nursing material 
resource center. 

The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately 
180,000 volumes. Approximately 1,000 periodicals are currently re- 
ceived which include a large number of titles kept permanently on 
microform. McKee Library has an online computerized card catalog. The 
library is a charter member of Ohio College Library Center and South- 
eastern Library Network automated systems. 

The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 400, 
including 300 individual study carrels. Computer terminals and electric 
typewriters are available for student use. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

Southern College is affiliated with Walla Walla College in the opera- 
tion of a marine biological station, located at Rosario Beach on Fidalgo 
Island in the Puget Sound of the state of Washington. The Station 
provides facilities for undergraduate and graduate students to take 
courses and do research during the summer term and for year-round 
research. The close proximity to the biological spectrum from sea bottom 
to Alpine tundra provides a unique opportunity for instruction and 
investigation. 

PRESIDENT'S LECTURE SERIES 

Initiated in 1985, the President's Lecture Series brings speakers of 
national or international prominence to the Southern College campus. 
The lecturers address both the general public and the campus commu- 
nity. Lecturers for 1985-86 were: 



Academic Enrichment Services 

1985-86 Rosalyn Yalow, Physicist, Nobel Laureate 

1985-86 Chaim Potok, Author, The Chosen and other works QQ 

1986-87 Alan Collins, Sculptor aif 

1986-87 Charleton Gajdusek, M.D., Nobel Laureate 

STALEY CHRISTIAN SCHOLAR LECTURE SERIES 

The Thomas F. Staley Foundation provides the Department of Reli- 
gion with funds for a speaker to come on campus once a year. This 
individual is the speaker for a chapel service, usually holds a table-talk 
session during the lunch hour at the cafeteria, and serves as guest 
lecturer at several religion classes. Recent lecturers have been: 

1984 — Jay E. Adams, Scholar, Author (22 books), Teacher. From 

Westminster Theological Seminary, Calif. 
1985— Carl F. H. Henry, Editor of Christianity Today 1956-1968, 
Scholar, Author (28 books), Lecturer for World Vision Interna- 
tional. 
1986 — Myron S. Augsburger, President of Eastern Mennonite College 
and Seminary, Evangelist of Inter-Church Crusades. Author, 
Scholar. Moderator of the General Assembly of the Mennonite 
Church 1983-1985. 
1987 — Haddon W. Robinson, Director of Dallas Youth for Christ 
1952-1955, Professor at Dallas Theological Seminary 1970- 
1979, President of Denver Seminary. Scholar, Author. 

WSMC FM90.5 

WSMC FM90.5 is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts radio 
station licensed to Southern College. 

WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. The 
station regularly hires between 10 and 15 students as on-air announcers, 
or production assistants. The station is an excellent way for the student 
to receive hands-on experience in the field of broadcasting. 

WSMC represents the college to the greater Chattanooga community, 
with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of Chattanooga. 
Founded in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts station in 
southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station in a seven- 
state region to receive satellite capability. The station also exists as an 
outreach of the college — striving to enhance the quality of life in the 
community. 

Programming on WSMC revolves around the phrase "The Classic 
Experience." The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, 
educational, and inspirational programs daily. WSMC is affiliated with 
National Public Radio, American Public Radio, the Associated Press, 
and the Adventist Radio Network. 

WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility 
includes a studio-quality production room, news room, music library, 
and on-air studios. 



COURSES 
OF STUDY 



ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 



For administrative purposes, the departments of instruction are or- 
ganized into divisions. The divisions serve to foster interdepartmental 
activities and unite departments which are part of the same general field 
of knowledge. Listed below are the divisions with their various depart- 
ments, directors, and associated programs. The Division of Adult 
Studies and Special Programs has no courses of its own, but coordinates 
continuing education conventions and workshops and operates the Con- 
ference Center. 

ADULT STUDIES AND SPECIAL PROGRAMS Dean Kinsey 

BUSINESS AND TECHNOLOGY 

Business and Office Administration Wayne VandeVere 

Technology ". John Durichek 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 

Behavioral Science Ed Lamb 

Education and Psychology Gerald Colvin 

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Phil Garver 

Home Economics Diane Fletcher 

Library Science Peg Bennett 

HUMANITIES 

Art Robert Garren 

English David Smith 

History William Wohlers 

Journalism and Communication Bill Oliphant 

Modern Language Helmut Ott 

Music Marvin Robertson 

NURSING Katie Lamb 

RELIGION Gordon Hyde 

SCIENCE 

Allied Health Stephen Nyirady 

Biology Stephen Nyirady 

Chemistry Steven Warren 

Computer Science Tim Korson 

Engineering Studies Lawrence Hanson 

Mathematics Lawrence Hanson 

Physics Ray Hefferlin 

35 



Allied Health 



36 



ALLIED HEALTH- 



Stephen Nyirady, Ph.D., Chairman 

Steve Warren, Ph.D., Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational Therapy 

Marcella Woolsey, Ph.D., Pre-Physical Therapy 

Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Medical Technology 

The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specializa- 
tion within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay 
scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The depart- 
ment offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and an A.S. degree in 
Allied Health (Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre- 
Physical Therapy). 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology, 
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 12- 
to 1 3-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology program 
accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accredita- 
tion (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association. Hospital programs 
affiliated with Southern College include Erlanger Memorial Hospital, 
Florida Hospital Medical Center, and Kettering Medical Center. Intern- 
ship in other CAHEA-accredited programs requires prior college ap- 
proval. 

The medical technology degree qualifies a person to take a number of 
national certifying examinations, including those offered by the Board 
of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and 
the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences 
(NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in hospitals, clinics, 
physicians' offices, public health agencies, private laboratories, phar- 
maceutical firms, and research institutions. 

The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet 
the requirements of the college and of the Committee on Allied Health 
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have 
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or ad- 
visers of the specific hospitals for those requirements. 

Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and graduat- 
ing seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Medi- 
cal Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to fulfill 
the requirements of the college and the hospital program. 

During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for 
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program. 
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is 
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student must 
complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning the 



Allied Health 



senior year. The over-all grade point average must be acceptable to the 
college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept students Q7 
with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. Although 
hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they are condi- 
tional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission criteria. 

Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based medi- 
cal technology programs is available through the college medical 
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance 
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, tui- 
tion for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each affiliated 
hospital. There is a $50 recording fee for the senior year. 

Major: To include MDTC 225. Cognates: Forty-two hours including 
BIOL 151-152, 315, 330; CHEM 151-152, 311, 313; CPTR120, 125, or 131; 
MATH 114; BUAD 334. 

General Education Requirements: Thirty-five hours including ENGL 
101, 102; Religion, 9 hours; History, Biblical Science, and Economics, 6 
hours; Language, Literature, and Fine Arts, 6 hours; Behavioral, Family 
or Health Sciences, 3 hours; Activity Skills, 5 hours. 

Twenty hours of upper division, including two writing courses are 
required — one (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a non- 
cognate area. 

ELECTIVES 14 

Recommendations include: 
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418 
CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 323, 324 
MATH 215 
PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214 

TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93 

HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their 
specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given 
in the twelve- to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in 
affiliate programs include: 

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematol- 
ogy, Hemostasis, Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Mi- 
crobiology, Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Bio- 
chemistry, Instrumentation, Research. 

2+2 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

The 2 +2 ladder program in medical technology permits an individual 
possessing an associate degree from an accredited college plus certifica- 
tion as a medical laboratory technician [MLT (ASCP) or CLT (NCA)] to 
earn a baccalaureate degree in medical technology without duplicating 



Allied Health 



previous work. For this program, students spend their junior year at 

Qll Southern College completing general education and science require- 

ments. They spend their senior year at Kettering Medical Center in 

Dayton, Ohio, studying advanced topics in clinical laboratory science. 

MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with 
the profession. The history and standards of medical technology and 
employment opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory 
procedures will be taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH 

The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares 
the student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda Uni- 
versity or Andrews University. Admission to any professional school is 
dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite requirements of the 
individual school. Students desirous of admission to other professional 
programs should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the re- 
quirements. 

Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied 
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the final 
year at Southern College. LLU requires students who have credit for any 
remedial courses or for MATH 104, Intermediate Algebra, to take a 
corresponding number of semester credits above the minimum number 
required for graduation. The lowest acceptable grade for courses to be 
transferred is C-. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required for 
the Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but grade point 
averages between 2.50 and 3.00 are considered minimal for entrance to 
the junior year of Allied Health programs. All applicants are required to 
have taken the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test. (AHPAT). 

There are three emphases in the Allied Health Professions degree: 
pre-Dental Hygiene, pre-Occupational Therapy, pre-Physical Therapy. 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 246. 



PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Adviser: Steven Warren 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s. 

Math) 
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs. 
Area C HIST, 3 hrs. 

Area D For Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs.; SPCH, 3 hrs. 
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125, CHEM 111-112, 113-114. 



Allied Health 



Area F PSYC 124; SOCI 125; 3 additional hrs. PSYC, SOCI, HIST, or 

ECON. 39 

Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; Music or Art, 2 hrs. 
Elective To make a total of 64 hrs. 

PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Steven Warren 

(Program meets admission requirements, for Loma Linda University) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s. 

Math) 
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs. 
Area C HIST, 3 hrs. 

Area D SPCH, 2 hrs.; For Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hrs. 
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 111-112, 113-114. 
Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125; additional PSYC or SOCI, 2 hrs. 
Area G ART 235; TECH 154, Applied Arts or Crafts, 2 hrs.; PEAC, 1 

hr. 

A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) 
in an occupational therapy department is required. 

PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Marcella Woolsey 

(Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104 (or 22 Math ACT) 

Area B RELB or RELT, 3 hrs.; RELT 255 

Area C HIST 154 

Area D SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hrs. 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 151-152 

Area F PSYC 124, 128; PSYC, SOCI or ECON, 3 hrs. 

Area G PEAC 125; additional PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120 

Elective To make a minimum total of 64 hrs. 

BIOL 155, 156 may be substituted for BIOL 101-102. Recommended 
electives are FDNT 125, ECON 213, ACCT 103. A physics sequence with 
laboratory is required for entrance to the program. This is offered on the 
Andrews University campus immediately preceding the fall quarter. 
PHYS 211-212, 213-214, 8 semester hours at SC, is acceptable. 

A minimum of 80 hours work experience, including at least 15 hours 
in each of three of the following settings, is required: general acute care 
hospital, home health agency, industrial practice, nursing home, private 
practice, rehabilitation center, school for the handicapped, specialized 
clinics. 



Allied Health 



40 



(Program below meets current Loma Linda University admission re- 
quirements) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s. 

Math) 
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs. 
Area C HIST, 3 hrs. 

Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs. 
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 (or CHEM 151- 

152) 
Area F PSYC 124, 128 

Area G PEAC 125; additional PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120 
Elective To make a minimum total of 64 hrs. 

BIOL 155-156 may be substituted for BIOL 101-102 A physics sequence 
with laboratory is required for entrance to the program. This is offered on 
the LLU La Sierra campus immediately preceding the fall quarter. PHYS 
211-212, 213-214, 8 semester hours at SC, is acceptable. A minimum of 
80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in a physical 
therapy department is required. 

(Program below meets admission requirements for students entering 
Loma Linda University June 1989 or later.) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104, 215 

Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs. 

Area C HIST, 3 hrs. 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 9 hrs.; SPCH 135 

Area E BIOL 151-152, 125, CHEM 151-152 

Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125 

Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120 

A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance to the 

program. This is offered on the LLU La Sierra campus immediately 

preceding the fall quarter. PHYS 211-212, 213-214, 8 semester hours at 

SC, is acceptable. A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or 

as an employee) in a physical therapy department is required.) 






ART 

Robert Garren, M.F.A., Chairman 

Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for 
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and 
technical growth. The instructors desire to help all students become 
aware of their options in the field of art and to prepare them systemati- 
cally to meet the needs of their respective choices, whether they are 
oriented commercially or aesthetically. 

Students majoring in Art must meet the specific requirements of the 
Art Department (below) and the General Education program (pages 
14-16). For Art and most other programs in the Humanities Division, 
intermediate foreign language is required. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART 

Major: Thirty-six hours to include ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 345, 
499, with not less than 14 hours upper division. Cognate requirements: 
CRTF 225. A foreign language at the intermediate level is required. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 
with not less than six hours in upper division courses. 

Teaching Endorsement: The following are the minimum require- 
ments. 

ART 104-105 Beginning Drawing I, II 4 hours 

ART 109, 110 Design I, II 6 hours 

Art techniques elective 2 hours 

ART 344 History of Art 3 hours 

Art appreciation elective 2 hours 

Art elective 3 hours 

EDUC 230, 438 Methods - Art _4 hours 

TOTAL 24 hours 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 



A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 249. 



ART 104-105. Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours 

An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on 
the basic art elements and their functions in composition using various 
media. (Fall, Spring) 



Art 
41 



Art 






ART 109. Design I (G-l) 3 hours 

Emphasis on the design and layout of newspapers, magazines, brochures, 
and advertisements. Creative use of illustrations and typographical ele- 
ments to enhance the communicative potential of the print media. 

ART 110. Design II (G-l) 3 hours 

Problems in two and three dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form, 
color, and texture. 

ART 215. Sculpture (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 
Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional 
design using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting. 
Taugnt odd years. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 217. Printmaking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media. 

Relief, intaglio, and silk-screen will be covered. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 221-222. Painting I, II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 
A course designed to give the student experience in using painting mate- 
rials applied to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. 
(Fall, Spring) 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication 
from hand building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of 
glazes, and stacking and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 fee 
is applied toward necessary supplies. (Fall) 

ART 311-312. Painting III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor. 

Advanced problems in painting. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 313-314. Drawing III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student increased experience in the applica- 
tion of drawing media to the production of art. This course may be repeated 
for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be 
obtained. ART 495 is for majors and minors only. The course is designed for 
students who wish directed study or for a group of students who wish a 
special course not taught under the regular class offering. Students taking 
tne class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics, design, 
drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had 
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered 



by the Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up 
to four times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only. 

ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour 

Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent 
portfolio of college art work. (Spring) 

ART HISTORY 

ART 218 or 318. Art Appreciation (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two 
hours per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in Washington, 
D.C., and New York City visiting major art museums. When offered in the 
first summer session, there will he one week of two-hour lectures and two 
weeks of travel and museum visits. The summer tour will include 
Washington, D.C., Philadelphia, New York City, Newport, Rhode Island, 
Boston, and the Storm King Art Center in upstate New York. There is an 
additional charge for travel. Students will be required to write a summary 
paper. Students taking the class for upper-division credit will be required to 
write a research paper. 

ART 344. History of Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-180CTs 
with an emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall) 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth and twentieth century developments in European and American 
arts. (Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various 
levels of the elementary school. 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Art 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education (secondary program). 
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first semester 
during the senior year. 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



Art 
43 






Behavioral Science 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE- 



44 



Ed Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Chairman 
Larry Williams, M.S.W. 

The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational 
philosophy and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this 
faculty embraces the following beliefs: 

{1} God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also the 
ultimate Source of all knowledge. 

(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious 
physical, mental, spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) A loving God seeks to restore his image in humanity, thus prepar- 
ing them for personal fellowship with Himself. 

We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of 
the whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, there- 
fore, to achieving the following objectives: 

Spiritual 

Behavioral Sciences majors will acquire an understanding of the basic 
beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day Ad- 
ventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals, 
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to 
commit themselves to such ideals. 

Intellectual 

Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive them- 
selves as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of knowledge. 
We have designed course-related activities and investigations to aid 
them in achieving intellectual and career goals, and in acquiring the 
necessary tools for future learning. The Behavioral Science curriculum 
is structured so as to encourage critical thinking, perceptive discussion, 
intellectual curiosity, and cultural awareness. 

Social 

Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive inter- 
personal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making ap- 
proaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the attitudes 
of acceptance, caring, patience, and service. 

Physical 

Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic 
view of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our physi- 
cal, mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to establish 
balanced programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation. 
The faculty promotes such positive values and practices through exam- 
ple and instruction. 



Behavioral Science 

Students wishing to prepare for graduate study in community and/or 
family counseling, law, personnel work, and sociology should consider £ C 
a major in a Behavioral Science emphasis. The Bachelor of Science in ^^ 
Social Work is also offered for those students seeking preparation for 
later service in child welfare, corrections, health services, mental health, 
medical school, and human services social work. Registered nurses will 
find a major in some area of Behavioral Science an excellent foundation 
for public health and psychiatric work. To achieve a complete prepara- 
tion in these fields, however, the student is encouraged to consider 
further training at the graduate level. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

Major: Forty-five hours with a 21 -hour emphasis in Family Studies or 
Sociology, including core requirement courses BHSF 394; PSYC 124, 
128; SOCW 221, 222; SOCI 125, 223, 424. Cognate requirements total six 
hours: 3 hours in Biology and 3 hours in MATH 215. Additional re- 
quirements for the specific emphases in the Behavioral Science major 
are: 
Family Studies emphasis: PSYC 233, 315; SOCI 295 or 495, 365; 
HMEC 147, 201, 202. Remaining course-work will normally be 
chosen from the following courses: PSYC 225, 367, 377; SOCW 375. 

Sociology emphasis: SOCI 427 and 295 or 495. 

Students contemplating graduate study should take as many courses 
as possible in the area of his emphasis. 

Minor — Behavioral Science. Eighteen hours selected from any Be- 
havioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 221, and SOCI 
125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral Science 
classes. 

Minor — Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 424, and 427. 

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK DEGREE 

Major: Forty-five hours including BHSF 115, 394; SOCW 221, 222, 
314, 315, 316, 435; PSYC 124, 128, 315; SOCI 125, 223, 424, 495. Cognate 
requirements: any human biology. 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 250. 



BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE FOUNDATIONS 

BHSF 115. Orientation to the Behavioral Sciences 1 hour 

An examination of career choices, training requirements, employment 
trends in the behavioral sciences. Career and academic guidance will be 
provided for each student. Some visitations and interviewing asked of 
students. (Fall, Spring) 



Behavioral Science 



BHSF 494. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

/iR Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive 
and relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and 
completed project is expected of each student. (Fall) 

SOCIAL WORK 

SOCW 221. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours 

Social welfare programs are viewed from both historical and philosophical 
perspectives. Organizations in which social work is practiced are evaluated. 
(Falff 

SOCW 222. Social Welfare Issues and Policies (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 

A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of 

social services. (Spring) 

SOCW 314. Social Work Methods (W) 3 hours 

A course oriented toward problem-solving technologies used in working 
with individuals, groups, and communities. Diagnostic assessments of the 
person-problem-situation, ego supportive procedures, and problem-solving 
processes are emphasized. (Fall) 

SOCW 315. Group Work (W) 3 hours 

A course designed to develop a basic understanding of group theory and 
process from a therapeutic perspective. (Spring) 

SOCW 316. Community Organization and Policy (F-l) 3 hours 

Community organization principles are explored including public policy 
development and implementation. (Fall) 

SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family interven- 
tion. The family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis 
techniques designed to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. (Fall) 

SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum 4,4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply the combined 
techniques of casework, group work, and/or community organization 
through direct participation in the social service delivery system. Through 
his participation the student becomes familiar with agency structures, func- 
tions, and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent working in an 
agency setting for each four hours of course credit. Course may be repeated 
once. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary 



Behavioral Science 

among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics 
of social work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire M I* 
semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than "1 / 
three hours credit. (Fall) 

SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social 
world. Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society 
and social institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups 
including the family, its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the 
family in society and the Christ-centered approach to marital and familial 
conflicts. (Fall, Spring) 

SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

(See Psychology area listings.) 

SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in 
the Christian cultural setting. 

SOCI 316. Community Organization and Policy (F-l) 3 hours 

(See Social Work area listings.) 

SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the 
process of aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in con- 
temporary society. Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. 
A balance between the theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring) 

SOCI 356. Minorities in America (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

(See HIST 356 under History listings.) 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be 
given to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganiza- 
tion and reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be 
given to findings of recent family studies. (Spring) 

SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenome- 
non, of criminals, and of penal treatment, the relationship of law and crime 
to other trends in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of 
crime. (Fall, odd years) 



Behavioral Science 



48 



SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural 
changes today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in 
bringing about group and mass adjustment. (Spring) 

SOCI 427. Sociological Theory Development (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125. 

This course focuses on the emergence of sociology as a systematic disci- 
pline. A critical analysis of sociological theory is made from 1850-1920, 
including Comte, Tocqueville, Spencer, Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Simmel, 
and Pareto. (Fall, even years) 

(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 
Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary 
among such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change, 
Black America, the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pur- 
sued for the entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total 
of not more than three hours credit. (Spring) 

SOCI 296/496. Study Tour 1-3 hours 

Two tours are scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of 
behavioral science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during 
Thanksgiving vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban 
change, and social agencies (1 hour). The spring trip to New England occurs 
during the May summer session and focuses primarily on ethnic studies (3 
hours). A fee is required to cover travel expenses. 















Biology 



■BIOLOGY- 



Edgar Grundset, M.A. 
Duane Houck, Ph.D. 
Steve Nyirady, Ph.D., Chairman 
Marcella Woolsey, M.A. 

The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and impor- 
tant fields of scientific investigation since it provides a better under- 
standing of ourselves and the living things around us. Even the casual 
observer of Biology who pauses long enough to take a course, may derive 
a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as bird watch- 
ing, shell collecting, or wildflower photography. 

More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point for 
numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With a 
B.S. degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to re- 
search in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, ethology, 
cytology, etc.)i teaching at the college or graduate level, industrial re- 
search, and environmental applications for either business, industry, or 
government. The B.A. degree is the degree of choice in preparation for 
high-school teaching, medicine, dentistry, optometry, careers in 
wildlife, forestry or zoo management, health education, public health, 
biostatistics, epidemiology, and environmental health, to name a few. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGY 

Major: Thirty hours including BIOL 151-152, 316, 424, 485; ecological 
course 226 or 317; botany 408 or 419; physiology 418 or 419; including 
two of the following field courses: 200, 314, 317, 318, 319, 408, 411, 475, 
516. Up to three hours of CHEM 323 may apply on a major or minor. 
Cognate requirement: CHEM 151-152. A course in general physics is 
highly desirable. A minor in chemistry is recommended. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY 

Major: Forty hours including BIOL 151-152, 316, 330, 412, 415, 424, 
485; ecological course 226 or 317; botany 408 or 419; physiology 418 or 
419; including two of the following field courses: 200, 314, 317, 318, 
319, 408, 411, 475, 516. Up to three hours of CHEM 323 may apply on a 
major. Cognate requirements: CHEM 151-152; MATH 114 and 215. A 
course in general physics is highly desirable. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 151-152 (or equivalent). A 
course in physiology is strongly recommended. Up to three hours of 
CHEM 323 may apply on a minor. A minimum of six hours must be in 
upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the subject 



49 



Biology 



area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements 
CIl by meeting the number of hours indicated below. 

Biology 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 hours 

Biology electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

General Science 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 hours 

Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 252. 



BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first 
semester covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumen- 
tary, and nervous systems. The remainder of the body systems are studied 
the second semester. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student 
a modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant 
and animal life. Three lectures each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103. 
Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL 
103. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 125. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology , various types of microorganisms 
and their relation to health and disease. Two lectures and two one and 
one-half laboratory periods each week. Does not apply on major in Biology. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

This is an introductory course in biology open to all college students. The 
course is designed to give the non-science student a modern treatment of the 
fundamental processes of plant and animal life as well as to provide a 



satisfactory basis upon which a biology major may build. Three lectures and 
one laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring) 



Biology 
51 



BIOL 226. Environmental Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex inter- 
locking environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic 
ecological principles, the course goes on to examine population dynamics, 
energy utilization, resource consumption and the various forms of pollu- 
tion. These issues are all discussed in terms of a balanced and rational 
ecological approach. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. 
(Spring) 

BIOL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

See BIOL 495. 

BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis 
on the development of the chick. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 103, or 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features. 
Taxonomy, nesting, and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which 
applies toward laboratory credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is 
a small additional charge to help cover transportation costs. (Spring) 

BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic 

animals. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 316. Genetics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 151, or consent of instructor. 
A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an 
investigation of gene structure and function. Two lectures and one labora- 
tory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their 
environment. This course will examine these interactions in the context of 
energy flow, nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population 
dynamics. Field work will introduce various ecological sampling 
techniques and the student will participate in ecological analysis of various 
local communities as well as extended field trips. Two lectures and one field 
trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall) 



Biology 



BIOL 318. Ichthyology 3 hours 

12 Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A systematic study of the fishes found in the local area, with a survey of the 
fishes of other waters. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. 
(Taught every third year) 

BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A systematic study of amphibians and reptiles of the local area, with a 
survey of amphibians and reptiles of other areas. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. (Taught every third year) 

BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their 
morphology, physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be 
given to immunology topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen in- 
teractions, humoraland cellular immune systems. The importance of mi- 
croorganisms in environmental and applied fields will be considered. Three 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 408. Systematic Botany 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of flowering plants in their natural environment and detailed 
microscopic study of them in the laboratory. Students will learn to identify 
plants with the aid of botanical keys and to recognize plant families. The 
importance of accurate plant identification is revealed by the study of 
poisonous plants, plants of medical importance, and noxious weeds. Two 
lectures and one field trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. 
Includes classroom and field study of systematics, distribution, behavior 
and ecology. Two lectures and one laboratory each week. (Taught every 
third year) 

BIOL 412. Cell Biology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; CHEM 311-312. 

This course, designed for advanced biology and chemistry majors, deals 
primarily with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles 
learned in BIOL 151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular 
research while learning about the appearance and operation of cellular 
organelles. The exciting details of cell integration and control provide the 
framework for this interdisciplinary study. Three lectures each week. (Fall, 
odd years) 

BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. 






Biology 



The dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory 
study. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A descriptive study of normal tissues, including those of man. The micro- 
scopic identification and characteristics of stained section is emphasized in 
the laboratory. One lecture and two laboratory periods each week. (Fall, 
even years) 

BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 106, 151-152, or equivalent and CHEM 151-152 or equi- 
valent. 

A study of the principles of animal function with special attention to man. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water 
relations, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, 
respiration, and growth. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. 
(Spring) 

BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates to 
current issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental re- 
sponsibility. Special attention is given to Christian perspectives of the 
issues discussed. Credit can be applied toward either Biology or Religion. 
Three lectures each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Open to Biology majors or minors only or with approval of Biology staff. 
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on 
current literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval 
of Department Chairman. (Fall or Spring) 

BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only. 

Designed for the student who wishes to do private study or for a group of 
students who wish a special course not listed in the regular otferings. 
Examples: entomology, economic botany, animal behavior, etc. Content and 
method of study must be arranged for prior to registration. (Fall or Spring) 

BIOL 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of biology or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems 
will be selected according to the interest and experience of the student. Prior 
to registration students are urged to contact all biology staff members with 
respect to the choice of available research problems. This course should be 
taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring) 



Biology 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Biology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances; and the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

(E-l), (G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



ROSARIO BEACH MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION 

The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility 
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College 
and other Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes, 
Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland 
including a high hill and canyon. 

In addition to some of the biology courses listed in this catalog, the 
following are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach: 

BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours 

An overview course designed to introduce general education students to the 
biology and ecology of trie marine environment. Course not applicable to 
biology majors. 

BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours 

A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will 
involve extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine inver- 
tebrates of the Puget Sound. 

BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Animal Behavior or Intro to Psychology. 
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their 
behavioral responses to the physical environment. The course involves 
laboratory experiences, field observation, and a research project. 



Business and Office Administration 

-BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION- 



Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed. 

Richard Erickson, M.B.A. 

E. William Richards, Ph.D. 

Evonne Richards, Ed.D. 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D. 

Dan Rozell, M.A. 

Wayne VandeVere, Ph.D., Chairman 



The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to 
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, govern- 
ment, industry, and in long-term health care and to train students for 
secretarial, office work, and office administration in the modern office. 

The objectives of the department are: 

1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free 
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical 
guidelines. 

2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy 
toward our current economic environment and the ever changing 
business world of the future. 

3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with basic 
business skills required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers 
and in positions of business leadership with organizations spon- 
sored by this denomination. 

5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive sec- 
retaries and word processing operators and managers. 

6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into 
most graduate degree programs in business. 

The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, and Computer Infor- 
mation Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) with majors in 
Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and Office Adminis- 
tration. 

For those who desire a two-year program, an Associate of Science 
degree (A.S.) is available in Accounting and Office Administration with 
major options in executive, medical, and word processing. A program in 
Pre-medical Records Administration is also available. 

Students wishing to receive teacher certification in Business or Office 
Administration must also satisfy the professional teacher education 
requirements (see Education listings). 



55 



Business and Office Administration 

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

jy The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core of business courses plus a 

major in Accounting, Management or Computer Information Systems. 
Basic Core Course requirements are as follows: 

ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours 

ACCT 321 Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours 

ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6 hours 

BUAD 313 Business Statistics 3 hours 

BUAD 314 Quantitative Methods for 

Business Decisions 3 hours 

BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 hours 

BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours 

BUAD 337 Business Law I _3_ hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 
BUAD 315 and 326 are not required for the major in Computer Informa- 
tion Systems. 



Major 

ments: 



-Accounting: 30 hours plus the above B.B.A. Core Require- 



ACCT 211-212 
ACCT 317 
ACCT 322 
ACCT 417 

BUAD 338 
BUAD 357 

or 
BUAD 414 
BUAD 488 
SECR 315 



Intermediate Accounting 6 hours 

Federal Income Taxes 4 hours 

Cost and Managerial Accounting II ... 3 hours 

Auditing 4 hours 

Accounting electives 3 hours 

Business Law II 3 hours 

Business Ethics ' 

3 hours 

Business Policies 

Seminar in Business Administration . . 1 hour 

Business Communications J3_ hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 



Major— Management: 30 hours plus the above B.B.A. Core Require- 
ments: 

ACCT 211 Intermediate Accounting 3 hours 

BUAD 338 Business Law II 3 hours 

BUAD 344 Human Resource Management 3 hours 

BUAD 353 Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

BUAD 355 Organizational Behavior 2 hours 

BUAD 357 Business Ethics 3 hours 

BUAD 414 Business Policies . 3 hours 

BUAD 488 Seminar in Business Administration . . 1 hour 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 347 Business and Government 

or 3 hours 

BUAD 314 Money & Banking 

Electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON . . 3 hours 
SECR 315 Business Communications 3_ hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 

Major — Computer Information Systems: 39 hours plus the above 
B.B.A. Core Requirements: 

CPTR 127 . Micro Tools 3 hours 

CPTR 131-132 Funds of Programming I, II 6 hours 

CPTR 217 Cobol 3 hours 

CPTR 317 File Processing 3 hours 

CPTR 318 Data Structures 3 hours 

CPTR 319 Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

CPTR 324 Systems Analysis 2 hours 

CPTR 325 Systems Design 2 hours 

CPTR 326 Systems Management 2 hours 

CPTR 409 Software Development Internship 3 hours 

CPTR 485 Computer Science Seminar 1 hour 

CPTR, BUAD, ACCT or ECON ± hours 

TOTAL 39 hours 

Among the General Education Requirements, the B.B.A. degree stu- 
dents in Accounting and Management must include SPCH 135, CPTR 
127, and a course in psychology. The Computer Information Systems 
degree requires cognates in MATH 114, SPCH 135, and a course in 
psychology. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Major — Business Administration: 43 hours: 

ACCT 121-122 Prnciples of Accounting 6 hours 

ACCT 211 Intermediate Accounting I 3 hours 

BUAD 313 Business Statistics 3 hours 

BUAD 314 Quantitative Methods for 

Business Decisions 3 hours 

BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 hours 

BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours 

BUAD 337, 337 Business Law I, and II 6 hours 

BUAD 357 Business Ethics 3 hours 

BUAD 414 Business Policies 3 hours 

BUAD 488 Seminar in Business Administration . . 1 hour 

ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6_ hours 

TOTAL 43 hours 
Cognate requirements: CPTR 127 and SECR 315. 



57 



Business and Office Administration 



58 



Major — Long-Term Health Care: 47 hours: 



ACCT 121-122 
BUAD 315 
BUAD 334 
BUAD 337, 338 
BUAD 357 
BUAD 431 

BUAD 432 



BUAD 434 
BUAD 435 

BUAD 497 
ECON 224, 225 



Principles of Accounting 6 

Business Finance 3 

Principles of Management 3 

Business Law I and II 6 

Business Ethics 3 

General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 

Technological Aspects of 

Long-Term Care 3 

Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility . . 3 

Human Resource Management and 

Marketing of the Long-Term 

Care Facility 3 

Long-Term Care Administration 

Internship 8 

Principles of Economics J3^ 

TOTAL 47 



hours 
hours 
hours 
hours 
hours 

hours 

hours 

hours 



hours 

hours 
hours 

hours 



Cognate requirements: CPTR 127 and SOCI 349 
Major — Office Administration: 47 hours: 

SECR 104 Shorthand I 4 hours 

SECR 114 Shorthand II 4 hours 

SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours 

SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 216 Business English 3 hours 

SECR 218 Business Math and 

Calculating Machines 2 hours 

SECR 221 Office Transcription 3 hours 

SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours 

SECR 315 Business Communications 3 hours 

SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

SECR 323 Word Processing Text Editing 3 hours 

SECR 324 Advanced Word Processing and 

Transcription 3 hours 

ECON 213 Survey of Economics 

or 3 hours 

ECON 224 Principles of Economics 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours 

Electives in SECR, BUAD, ACCT, 

or ECON (upper division) 3_ horns 

TOTAL 47 hours 
Cognate requirements: ACCT 121-122, CPTR 120 or equivalent. 



Business and Office Administration 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE 
Major — Accounting: 30 hours: 

ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours 

ACCT 211-212 Intermediate Accounting 6 hours 

ACCT 321 Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

BUAD 337 Business Law I 3 hours 

ECON 213 Survey of Economics 

or 3 hours 

ECON 224 Principles of Economics 

Electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON . . _6^ hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 
Cognate requirements: CPTR 127, SECR 105 or equivalent. 

Major — Office Administration, Executive Option: 35 hours: 

SECR 104 Shorthand I 4 hours 

SECR 114 Shorthand II 4 hours 

SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours 

SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 216 Business English 3 hours 

SECR 218 Business Math and Calculating 

Machines 2 hours 

SECR 221 Office Transcription 3 hours 

SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours 

SECR 315 Business Communications 3 hours 

SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

SECR 323 Word Processing Text-Editing _3^ hours 

TOTAL 35 hours 
Cognate requirements: ACCT 103 or 121, ENGL 102. 

Majoi^-Office Administration, Medical Option: 30 hours: 

SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours 

SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 216 Business English 3 hours 

SECR 218 Business Math and Calculating 

Machines 2 hours 

SECR 221 Office Transcription 3 hours 

SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours 

SECR 316 Medical Terminology 3 hours 

SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

SECR 323 Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours 



Business and Office Administration 



SECR 333 Advanced Medical Terminology and 
fifl Transcription 3_ hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 
Cognate requirements: ACCT 103 or 121, BIOL 105, ENGL 102, CPTR 
120. 

Major — Office Administration, Word Processing Option: 30 hours: 

SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours 

SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours 

SECR 216 Business English 3 hours 

SECR 218 Business Math and Calculating 

Machines 2 hours 

SECR 221 Office Transcription . 3 hours 

SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours 

SECR 315 Business Communications ............ 3 hours 

SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

SECR 323 Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours 

SECR 324 Advanced Word Processing and 

Transcription 3_ hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 
Cognate requirements: ACCT 103 or 121, CPTR 120, ENGL 102. 

MINORS IN BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION, 18 hours: 

Business Administration: ACCT 121-122; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 
334 or 344; and 6 hours upper division in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. 

Office Administration: SECR 214 and 15 hours from courses in Office 
Administration, six of which must be upper division. 



PRE-HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM 
(Formerly Pre-Medical Records Administration Program) 

BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 

MATH 103 Survey of Math 3 hours 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 hours 

BIOL 155-166 Foundations of Biology recommended. 

(A full sequence of science 

may be substituted) 6-8 hours 

SECR 115 Intermediate Typing 3 hows 

ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 horn's 

TOTAL 27-29 hours 

Teaching Endorsements: The student must earn a major in the subject 
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements 
by meeting the number of hours indicated below. 



Business and Office Administration 



Bookkeeping 
ACCT 121-122 

ECON 224 or 
ECON 225 



BUAD 337 or 

338 
BUAD 128 
SECR 315 



Principles of Accounting 6 hours 

Accounting elective 4 hours 

Principles of Economics 3 hours 

Two of the following three 

areas for a total of 6 hours 

Business Law (3) 

Personal Finance (3) 
Business Communications (3) 

TOTAL 19 hours 



61 



Business Law 
ACCT 121 
ECON 224 or 
ECON 225 
BUAD 337, 338 

BUAD 128 or 
SECR 315 



Principles of Accounting 3 hours 

Principles of Economics 3 hours 

Business Law 6 hours 

Business elective 3 hours 

Personal Finance (3) 3 hours 

Business Communications (3) 

TOTAL 18 hours 



Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 

Business Education Certification: Core requirements for Business 
Education certification include the following thirty-five semester hours: 

A. BUAD 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours 

ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6 hours 

BUAD 337 Business Law 3 hours 

SECR 315 Business Communications 3 hours 

SECR 218 Business Math & Calculating Machines 2 hours 

SECR 105 Beginning Typewriting 3 hours 

CPTR 120 Computer-Based Systems 3 hours 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours 

BUAD 315 Business Finance _3 hours 

TOTAL 35 hours 

B. EDUC 438 Methods of Teaching Business 2 hours 



Business and Office Administration 



62 



Additional Hours Required for Cluster Endorsements: 
Basic Business 



BUAD 338 
ECON 328 
ECON 213 



Accounting 

ACCT 211-212 

Data Processing 

CPTR 125 
CPTR 127 

MATH 104 

Office Technology 

SECR 214 
SECR 223 
SECR 323 
SECR 213 
SECR 317 
SECR 104 
SECR 114 



Business Law 3 hours 

Managerial Economics 3 hours 

Survey of Economics _3 hours 

TOTAL 9 hours 

Intermediate Accounting _6 hours 

TOTAL 6 hours 

BASIC Programming Language 3 hours 

Micro Tools 3 hours 

or two of the following: 

CPTR 105, 106, or 107 2-3 hours 

Intermediate Algebra _3 hours 

TOTAL 8-9 hours 



Advanced Typewriting 3 hours 

Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours 

Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours 

Records Management 2 hours 

Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

Shorthand I 4 hours 

Shorthand II _4 hours 

TOTAL 21 hours 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 253. 



ACCOUNTING 

ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the 
bookkeeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional 
offices, merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does 
not apply toward a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business 
and Office Administration. (Fall) 

ACCT 121-122. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours 

A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction 
analysis, financial statement preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet 
accounts, income recognition, and basic management accounting concepts 
are covered. 



Business and Office Administration 

ACCT 211-212. Intermediate Accounting 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. ftQ 

An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including prepara- 
tion of financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classifica- 
tion and evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income and 
expense accounts. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 316. Fund and Institutional Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. 

A course designed to provide an in-depth coverage of the concepts of fund 
accounting as they apply to governmental units and not-for-profit institu- 
tions including schools, hospitals, and churches. Considerable attention 
will be given to accounting principles as used by the various institutions of 
the Seventh-day Adventist Churcn. (Fall) 

ACCT 317. Federal Income Taxes 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. 

A course designed to provide an explanation and training in the application 
of personal and corporate Federal income taxes to specific problems. Social 
Security taxes are also included. (Spring) 

ACCT 321. Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 122. 

A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a 
managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relation- 
ships, job-order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting, 
cost behavior patterns, transfer pricing, and divisional performance meas- 
urement. (Fall) 

ACCT 322. Cost and Managerial Accounting II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and BUAD 313. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems, 
including cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, 
standard, and direct cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more 
quantitative aspects of management are covered including decision-making 
under uncertainty, inventory control, cost behavior and regression analysis, 
the variance investigation decision, and mix and yield variances. (Spring) 

ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212. 

A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated 
financial statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, 
estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and segment reporting. (Spring) 

ACCT 417. Auditing 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212. 

A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public account- 
ing work including generally accepted auditing standards, professional 
code of ethics of the AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall) 



Business and Office Administration 



ACCT 418, 419. C.P.A. Review Problems 3,3 hours 

flu Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting prac- 
tice, and business law as exemplified by the official accounting pro- 
nouncements of the AICPA and FASB. (Fall, Spring) 

ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student. It provides an under- 
standing of the United States' mixed economy through a study of the market 
system, the role of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact of 
the foreign sector. This course does not apply on a major in accounting or 
management. No credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. (Fall) 

ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours 

A survey course in the fundamentals of economics; the institutions, forces, 
and factors affecting production, evaluation, exchange, and distribution of 
wealth in modern society. (Fall, Spring) 

ECON 314. Money and Banking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224. 

Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks and their services, the 

Federal Reserve System, and other financial institutions are considered. 

(Spring) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and prac- 
tices designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. 
Budgeting, consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are 
included in the topics covered. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BUAD 313. Business Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 120 or 125; MATH 104 or an ACT mathematics score of 
22 or above. 

Descriptive statistics; probability theory and applications including Baye- 
sian revision; the binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, exponential, normal, 
student's t, chi-square, and F distributions; inferential statistics including 
sampling concepts, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing; multiple 
regression and correlation; introductory time series analysis. This is an 
applied (rather than mathematical) approach to statistics, and emphasis will 
be placed on statistics as a tool of management for decision-making. (Fall) 

BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 313. 

Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans- 
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. 
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program 
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring) 



Business and Office Administration 

BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. ft £ 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis 
on instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to 
working capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall) 

BUAD 326. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing 
institutions, basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, 
price policies, and competitive practices. (Spring) 

BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A beginning course designed to study business management including an 
analysis of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional 
characteristics of the management process and current ethics. (Fall) 

BUAD 337, 338. Business Law 3,3 hours 

A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including 
social control through law and the law of commercial transactions and 
business organizations. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of 
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high 
levels. Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation and 
financial incentives, work standards, techniques of supervision and leader- 
ship. (Spring) 

BUAD 347. Business and Government 3 hours 

A study of the ways in which business and economic life are shaped and 
directed by government. The legal framework within which business is 
conducted and the evolution of public policy toward business are 
examined. (Fall) 

BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small 
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a 
new business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the 
management of the small business. (Fall) 

BUAD 355. Organizational Behavior 2 hours 

This course examines the nature and consequences of human behavior in 
work organizations. Primary emphasis is placed on the interaction between 
employee needs and organizational requirements, and on the role of man- 
agement in facilitating mutual goal attainment. Topics covered include: 
individual differences, perception and attitude formation, motivation, job 
design, group processes, conflict, leadership, decision-making, and change 
and development processes. (Spring) 

BUAD 357. Business Ethics 3 hours 

The ethical and social responsibility of individual managers and the firm are 
examined as they relate to the needs and demands of society in a Christian 



Business and Office Administration 



environment. Topical issues include social responsibility, personal rela- 
f%ft tions, environmental impact, consumerism, product liability, and discrimi- 

"" nation. (Spring) 

BUAD 414. Business Policies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 334. 

This course of study is designed to give the student experience in 
decision-making and problem-solving through the case method. The atten- 
tion of the student is directed to defining, analyzing, and proposing alterna- 
tive solutions to business problems from management's viewpoint. (Spring) 

BUAD 425. Investment Analysis (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential 
investor of institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, 
readings, and cases. Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the 
security market, real estate, and fixed equipment investments. (Spring) 

BUAD 431. General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organiza- 
tion and management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and 
controlling. Includes review of licensing requirements, insurance, business 
law, human relations, public relations. (Summer) 

BUAD 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration 
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities, the relation- 
ship to other health care facilities in the total health care delivery system, 
and technically related medical relationships and services. (Summer) 

BUAD 434. Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for man- 
agement decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 

BUAD 435. Human Resource Management and Marketing of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of 
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a 
high level. Selection, compensation, financial incentives, work standards, 
and leadership are the topics that will be .covered. Marketing functions, 
problems, services, and competitive practices will also be covered. (Sum- 
mer) 

BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. 
Top men and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real 
estate, finance, retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten 
lectures will be required. This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring) 






Business and Office Administration 

BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be ar- f| y 
ranged. Approval must be secured from Department Chairman prior to "* 
registration. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours 

A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care 
facility will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. One-third 
regular tuition rate. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

(C-2), (F-2), (G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

SECR 104. Shorthand I (G-2) 4 hours 

This course presents the fundamental principles of Gregg Shorthand, using 
the individual progress method. Reading and writing of shorthand outlines 
and longhand transcription are emphasized. Five class periods a week. 
(Fall) 

SECR 105. Beginning Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours 

Five class periods each week. One hour of laboratory a week is required. 
Basic keyboard fundamentals; development of manipulative techniques; 
development of speed and accuracy on straight copy material and problems; 
introduction to business letters; simple tabulation. For students with little 
or no previous training in typewriting. Thirty-five words a minute for three 
minutes is required. (Fall) 

SECR 114. Shorthand II (G-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 105 or high school equivalent, and SECR 104 with grade 
of C or above or consent of instructor. 

A continuation of individual progress instruction in which students pro- 
gress at their own rates in building shorthand skill. Transcription on the 
typewriter is introduced with increased emphasis on speed building. Five 
class periods a week. (Spring) 

SECR 115. Intermediate Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 105 or equivalent. 

Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Continua- 
tion of SECR 105; improvement of basic skills; business letter production; 
tabulated reports; manuscripts; special business forms. (Students with two 
years of high school typewriting may waive this course by examination.) 
(Fall) 

SECR 213. Records Management 2 hours 

Basic principles and procedures of control and storage of records. A simula- 
tion involving a study of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five 
methods. An overview of automated filing systems and criteria by which 
records are created, stored and transferred. (Fall) 



Business and Office Administration 

SECR 214. Advanced Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours 

QQ Prerequisite: SECR 115 or equivalent. 

Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Preparation 
of final copy from rough drafts; typing of financial statements; complex 
statistical and tabulated reports, ana representative problems from techni- 
cal and professional offices. (Spring) 

SECR 216. Business English 3 hours 

Pre- or co-requisite: ENGL 101. 

An intensive study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spell- 
ing, and word usage as necessary tools for effective written and spoken 
communication. (Fall) 

SECR 218. Business Mathematics and 

Calculating Machines (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or ACT score of 12 or above. 
The electronic calculator is used to solve common business problems which 
include: basic arithmetic operations, fractions, percentage, interest, dis- 
counts, merchandising, payrolls, depreciation and the use of credit. 
(Spring) 

SECR 219. Offset and Quick Print Operations 2 hours 

This course is designed to prepare the student to work in a quick print 
business operation by operating equipment typical of large corporation 
in-house printing systems. (Fall, Spring) 

SECR 221. Office Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, SECR 216. 
Pre- or corequisites: ENGL 102, SECR 214. 

Development of skill in producing mailable office transcription. Proficiency 
in business grammar, punctuation, word usage, and document styles. Em- 
phasis is placed on speed and accuracy in producing mailable copy, using 
machine transcription. Also, a study of current methods of office repro- 
graphics. (Spring) 

SECR 223. Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours 

Introduces the total concept of word/information processing. Through lec- 
tures, films and field trips, the student will learn terminology, practices, 
procedures, and controls used in modern office environments. This course 
is designed to acquaint the student with new roles of office workers, new 
office career opportunities, and electronic office equipment and systems. 
The student will develop skill in using an electronic memory typewriter. 
(Spring) 

SECR 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101-102, 

A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business 
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling, and punctuation, and the 
writing of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of 
effective expression in business-letter writing. (Fall, Spring) 



Business and Office Administration 

SECR 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 214 or 316; BIOL 105 or consent of instructor. f|Q 

A study of medical terms — their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning, and 
their application to medical secretarial work. Open only to students who are 
enrolled in a medical emphasis program. (Fall) 

SECR 317. Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 213; 214; 215 or previous or current enrollment in 323. 
An integration of skills learned in previous secretarial courses, together 
with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics, and 
initiative used in the secretarial profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring) 

SECR 323. Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 223, CPTR 120. 

Introduces the student to the text-editing capabilities of modern dedicated 
word processing equipment. The student will complete the self-paced train- 
ing materials for the Dictaphone System 6000 as well as other supplemen- 
tary projects. (Fall) 

SECR 324. Advanced Word Processing and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 323, 

Continued skill and knowledge in the use of dedicated text-editing equip- 
ment. In addition, the student is introduced to word processing software in a 
general purpose microcomputer and minicomputer environment. (Spring) 

SECR 333. Advanced Medical Terminology 

and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 223 and 316. 

For medical secretarial majors only. Continued emphasis on increasing 
medical vocabulary, with skill and knowledge developed in the transcrip- 
tion techniques and procedures of medical dictation. Three class periods 
per week. (Spring) 

SECR 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Open only to majors in Office Administration. Research studies relating to 
the field of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience 
and interests of the student. Length of project determines credit. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Business 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of the status, disciplines, and curricular structure of business 
education, the psychology of skill development and measurement, and 
lesson development of specific classes. An investigation of instructional 
materials and resources for the business education classroom. Special areas 
of instruction will be presented for the endorsement clusters of Basic Busi- 
ness, Accounting, Data Processing and Office Technology. Emphasis will be 
placed on professional development for this area of teaching. (Spring) 

(G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Chemistry 



70 



■CHEMISTRY- 



Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D. 

Steve Warren, Ph.D., Chairman 

Since everything we touch, eat, wear, or use is made of chemicals, the 
study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. A major in 
Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging career in a 
wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial research, 
pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic chemistry, 
chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well as many 
business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, patent 
research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a few. 

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for 
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional appli- 
cations of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree is the 
preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or preparamed- 
ical fields and possibly for some of the business applications. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN CHEMISTRY 

Major: Thirty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 315, 
321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411-412, 413-414 may be substituted for CHEM 
315,321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate requirement. CPTR 125 
or 131 is strongly recommended. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE ESf CHEMISTRY 

Major: Forty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 315, 
321, 325, 411, 412, 413, 414, 485, and 497 are required. Cognate require- 
ments are: PHYS 211-212, 213-214, MATH 115, 217 or 315, CPTR 125 or 
131. German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is 
designed for the professional chemist. 

Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the subject 
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements 
by meeting the number of hours indicated below. 

Chemistry 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 hours 

Organic Chemistry 4 hours 

Analytical Chemistry _4 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 
General Science 

BIOL 155, 156 Foundations of Biology 8 hours 

Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 



Chemistry 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 7 1 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 260. 



CHEM 103. Pre-General Chemistry 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of two years of high school algebra or 
MATH 104. 

Basic concepts in chemistry and mathematics as needed to begin General 
Chemistry. Two hours of lecture each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in chemistry. Taught second semester only. (Spring) 

CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics 
ACT score of 12 or a minimum grade of "C M in MATH 099 are required. 
A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic princi- 
ples of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each 
week. Does not apply to a major or minor in chemistry. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (E-2) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 
111-112. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in chemistry. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Inter- 
mediate Algebra or Pre-General Chemistry. 

An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with 
applications to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and 
three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 203. Concepts of Biochemistry (E-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 1 1 1 or successful completion of a high school chemistry 

course. 

A review of basic chemistry and an introduction to the fundamental organic 

chemistry and biochemistry of the body with emphasis on physiological 

chemistry. Three hours of lecture and 2V2 hours of lab each weeK. Does not 

apply on a major or minor in chemistry. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent. 
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic 
carbon compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy, 
relative reactivities, reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these 
compounds. There are three hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring) 



Chemistry 



72 



CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312. 
Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemis- 
try laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization, 
distillation, separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate reactions that are 
discussed in CHEM 311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, 
Spring) 

CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of 
determinations, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry 
involved is studied in terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of 
lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall) 

CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 315. 

A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spec- 
trometry, chromatography, electrochemistry andradiochemistry. Three lec- 
tures and one laboratory session per week. (Spring) 

CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

The materials, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under 
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Four hours of lecture each 
week. (Spring) 

CHEM 325. Organic Qualitative Analysis 2 or 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312; 313-314. 

Application of solubility principles, classification reactions, and the prep- 
aration of derivatives for the identification of both pure compounds and 
mixtures. Two hours of lecture for nine weeks, and three or six hours of 
laboratory each week. Offered on sufficient demand. (Fall) 

CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisites:CHEMl51-152;CPTRl25or218;PHYS211-212;MATHll5. 
A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three 
hours of lecture each week. Taught alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 411. 

A study of electrochemistry and conductivity, reaction kinetics, molecular 
structure, nuclear chemistry, absorption and colloids. Three hours of lecture 
each week. Taught alternate years. (Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411, 412 must be taken concurrently 
or previously. 

Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory 
period each week. (Fall, Spring) 






CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. 

To be taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall) 

CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for a 
group of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the 
regular class offerings. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1 to 2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Prob- 
lems are assigned according to the experience and interest of the student. 
Prior to registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to 
contact all chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available 
problems. Should be taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. 
(Fall, Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Chemistry 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

Taught at the Orlando Center 
CHEM 203. Concepts of Biochemistry (E-2) 4 hours 

(E-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Chemistry 
73 



Computer Science 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

John Beckett, B.A. 
Lawrence Hanson, Ph.D. 
Timothy Korson, Ph.D., Chairman 
Merritt MacLafferty, M.A. 

Computer Science deals with the control programs that govern the 
oehavior of modern digital computers. In modern society, it is rare that a 
day passes without the average person interacting, in some way, with 
computers. From the tiny microcomputers that govern the fuel con- 
sumption of automobiles to the huge machines that process the millions 
of transactions in the marketplace, the computer has become an insepar- 
able part of modern life. 

With the burgeoning use of computers, however, comes the alarming 
fact that there will continue to be a shortage of computer professionals. 
Formerly, companies were willing to hire and train applicants with 
minimal formal computer knowledge. In today's high technology soci- 
ety, however, employers expect applicants to already possess substan- 
tial skills and knowledge, such as are gained by earning a B.S. degree in 
Computer Science at Southern College. Once an individual has acquired 
these skills, the opportunities in industry, education, and research are 
excellent. 

The Southern College graduate will be well qualified to assume the 
responsibilities of an entry level programmer. Furthermore, he will have 
the training necessary for career advancement into positions such as 
Data Base Administrator, Systems Analyst, Systems Programmer, Team 
Leader, and Data Processing Administrator. 

CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT 
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been 
authorized for their use. 

2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for 
which they were authorized, as arranged with the Computer Serv- 
ice Department. 

3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of 
other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient 
means of utilizing the computer. 

4. Users must not attempt to subvert the restrictions associated with 
their computer accounts. 

5. Users must not attempt to access information concerning the data 
or jobs of other users except as provided by techniques arranged for 
that purpose by the Computer Service Department. 






Computer Science 

6. Student users shall not exceed default parameters for priority fac- 
tors except in cases where published policy provides for differ- 7J| 
ences. 

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Major in Computer Information Systems: Sixty-six hours consisting 
of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 409, 485; ACCT 
121, 122, 321; ECON 224, 225; BUAD 313, 314, 334, 337, and eight hours 
of electives from business or computer. Cognates required: MATH 114, 
SPCH 135. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major: Forty hours consisting of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 
318, 319, 324 or 325, (409 or 410), 485 and ten hours of computer 
i electives, four of which must be upper division. Cognates required: 
MATH 114, (MATH 215 or BUAD 313), BUAD 334. 

Those electing a B.S. in computer science will recognize that they 
need an area of application and should thus plan substantial course work 
in another area, e.g., business, psychology, mathematics, or physics. To 
be well prepared for an immediate job, a double major should be consid- 
ered. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major: Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 
318, 319, (324 or 325), 485 and three hours of upper division computer 
electives. Cognates required: MATH 114, (MATH 215 or BUAD 313), 
BUAD 334. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the remain- 
ing nine elective hours, three must be upper division. 

The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is 
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in 
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also appro- 
priate for any student who simply has an interest in computers. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major: Twenty-four hours in computer science consisting of: CPTR 
127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 318, 319. Cognates required: ACCT 121, 
122, 321; BUAD 334. 

Students planning to do graduate work in computer science or desir- 
ing a more technical program should consult a computer science teacher 
as early as possible. 



Computer Science 

| Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 261. 



76 



CPTR 105. Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor. 
Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating 
form letters, ana using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. This 
course does not apply on a major and may not be taken for credit if credit has 
been received for CPTR 127. (Spring) 

CPTR 106. Financial Applications (G-2) 1 hour 

The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial 
planning and management. This course does not apply on a major and may 
not be taken for credit if credit has been received for CPTR 127. (Spring) 

CPTR 107. Data Base Applications (G-2) 1 hour 

A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information 
retrieval, report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. 
This course does not apply on a major and may not he taken for credit if 
credit has been received for CPTR 127. (Spring) 

CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2) 3 hours 

An overview of computer information systems. This survey course intro- 
duces computer hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human re- 
sources ana explores their integration and application in business and other 
segments of society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving and 
programming in a higher-level programming language are discussed and 
applied. This course does not apply on a major in Computer Science. (Fall 
Spring) 

CPTR 125. BASIC Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

An introduction to the BASIC programming language. The student will be 
introduced to proper techniques ofprogram design, coding, documentation 
and testing of the computer. No prior knowledge of data processing or 
computer programming is required. This course does not apply on a major. 
(Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 127. Micro Tools (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor. 
A hands-on course designed for those who anticipate using a micro in their 
place of employment. Software packages in data base management, spread- 
sheet analysis, and word processing will be covered as well as basic 
hardware concepts and common terminology. No student may receive cred- 
it for CPTR 105, 106, or 107 if he has credit for CPTR 127. (Fall) 

CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor. 
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, 
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced via Pas- 
cal. (Fall, Spring) 



Computer Science 

CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131; Pre- or corequisite: SEGR 105 or typing speed of 35 77 
wpm. , * * 

An introduction to software technology for the development of reliable, 
modifiable programs. (Spring) 

CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems 

using the COBOL Language. (Fall) 

CPTR 218. FORTRAN Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

Syntax and semantics of arithmetic expressions and statements. Precedence 
hierarchy of arithmetic operations and relational operators. Global proper- 
ties of algorithmic languages including scope declarations, storage alloca- 
tion, grouping of statements, and subroutines. This course does not apply on 
a major. (Fall) 

CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing 
techniques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organiza- 
tion, symbolic coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and 
linkage. Systems andutility programs, programming techniques, and recent 
developments in computing. Several computer projects to illustrate basic 
machine structure and programming techniques. (Spring) 

CPTR 250. RPG II 3 hours 

Prerequisite CPTR 131. 

Editing data, control breaks, computation, files, records, comparing records, 
matching records, exception reports, array and table processing, and se- 
quential and indexed sequential file processing in RPG II. (Fall) 

CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 217. 

Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random 
access files and processing techniques. Development of programs and sys- 
tems of programs for batch and interactive environments using COBOL. 
(Spring) 

CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132, MATH 114. 

Stacks, recursions, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall) 

CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217. 

Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, 

implementation, and management issues. (Spring) 



Computer Science 

CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 3 hours 

7ft Prerequisite: CPTR 319 or 317. 

System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of 
both classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows, 
process flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system re- 
quirements. Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the de- 
velopment of computer based information systems. 

CPTR 325. Systems Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 319 or 317. 

Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and 

evaluation. Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design, 

module coupling, and module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's 

complexity. 

CPTR 326. Systems Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 319 or 317. 

This course presents management principles unique to the data processing 
environment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software 
version control, and user services. 

CPTR 360. Computer Hardware and System Software Concepts 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets 
and data representation, program translation concepts, operating system 
concepts, secondary storage concepts, multi-processor systems, micropro- 
gramming, and array processors. (Fall) 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 131, 217, 219. 

Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and 
their run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a 
variety of languages. (Spring) 

CPTR 409. Software Development Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 323 or permission of instructor. 
A minimum of 120 hours of programming experience. The Computer Sci- 
ence Department may prearrange some practicums with commercial data 
processing departments. These positions must he applied for six weeks 
prior to registration. Students, however, are encouraged to be responsible 
for setting up their own practicums. This must be done within the 
guidelines of the department (see instructor), and arrangements should be 
completed six weeks prior to the start of the practicum. (Summer) 

CPTR 410. Applied Software Development Project 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 323. 

Students will be involved in a semester-long programming project starting 
with information requirements analysis and ending with testing and instal- 
lation. (Fall) 



Computer Science 

CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. 70 
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current 
computer science literature. (Spring) 

CPTR 290/490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff. 

Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. 

May be repeated with permission to a maximum of six hours. 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and division head. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer 

science students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 

(G-2) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 






Education / Psychology 



80 



EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 

Ben Bandiola, Ph.D. 

Gerald Colvin, Ed.D., Ph.D., Chairman 

Desmond Rice, Ed.D. 

Cyril Roe, Ed.D. 

Jeanette Stepanske, M.A. 

Methods Teachers and Student Teacher Supervisors: Education fac- 
ulty, Joyce Cotham, Robert Garren, Floyd Greenleaf, Phil Garver, Al 
Morford, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson, David Smith, Ron Springett. 

The teacher education programs are founded upon a liberal arts de- 
mand for breadth and depth of knowledge and experience and on the 
idea that a teacher should be a good example in health, intellect, and 
character. 

The Education program offers courses leading to the Bachelor of 
Science in Elementary Education with an optional endorsement for 
kindergarten teaching. Furthermore, in cooperation with other subject 
areas, the following secondary certification programs are available: Art, 
Bible, Business (Office Administration), English, Foreign Languages, 
Health and Physical Education, History, Home Economics (non- 
vocational SDA only), Mathematics, Music, and Science (Biology, 
Chemistry, and Physics). It must be noted that the above endorsements 
are under review and may be modified. 

The National Teachers Examination (NTE) is required for certifica- 
tion. It is necessary that teacher education students apply at the Testing 
and Counseling office to take the core battery and specialty areas of this 
examination during the last semester of the senior year. 

Accreditation 

Southern College's programs in teacher education are approved by the 
Tennessee State Board of Education, the Department of Education of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, the American Associa- 
tion of Colleges for Teacher Education, and the National Council for 
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). 

Southern College's teacher education programs prepare the indi- 
vidual for certification to teach in North American Seventh-day Advent- 
ist schools and public schools. 

The student who completes Southern College's approved program 
and is recommended for certification will have indicated on the tran- 
script that his program was NCATE approved. This recognition makes 
certification in many states much easier. 

Each student will be responsible for determining additional courses 
required for certification in any state he desires such recognition. 

Application for state and denominational certification is made 



Education / Psychology 

through the Teacher Certification Officer in the Department of Educa- 
tion. To be eligible for certification the teacher education student must 
always meet the most current Tennessee and denominational certifica- 
tion requirements. 

Aims 

Courses in Education are offered to provide the necessary professional 
preparation to meet certification requirements for public and church- 
related kindergarten, elementary, and secondary classroom teaching, to 
afford a general understanding of the school as a social institution for 
those entering services other than teaching, and to serve as preparation 
for graduate programs. 

Requirements 

The criteria for admission to Teacher Education, outlines of teaching 
majors in secondary education, and policies and procedures related to 
student teaching may be obtained from the Department secretary in 
Summerour Hall. Outlines of courses of teaching majors in secondary 
education are also listed in the Catalog under the respective academic 
divisions. 

I. ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A. The first semester of the sophomore year but no later than the 
second semester of the sophomore year, the student should file 
a formal application. This applies to both elementary and 
secondary teacher education candidates. Transfer students 
wishing to enter the Teacher Education program later than the 
sophomore year should file an application the first semester in 
residence. 

B. Teacher education institutions are charged with the responsi- 
bility of assuring that students approved for entrance into 
teacher preparation programs demonstrate competency in the 
verbal and quantitative skills at an approved performance 
level. As a requirement for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program, all students must demonstrate this competency by 
obtaining a specific score on the Pre-Professional Skills Test 
(PPST), a standardized test approved by the State Board of 
Education. Inquiries concerning this test may be made with the 
Department secretary in Summerour Hall or at the Testing and 
Counseling office. 

C. The Education faculty, along with other personnel, evaluate 
the candidates and recommend them to the Teacher Education 
Council. The Council will then admit competent individuals 
who also meet the following criteria: 

1. Be in residence at the College. 



Education / Psychology 



I 



2. Have an overall grade point average of 2.25. 
CIO 3 - Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum of C-. 

** 4. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness. 

5. Indicate professional commitment to education at time of 
interview with the Education faculty. 

6. Have successfully completed the following classes: EDUC 
125 and 134. 

7. Have passed the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) which 
is the entrance competency test required by the State of 
Tennessee. 

8. Have taken the 16-Personality Factor Questionnaire. 

D. The student will be informed in writing as to the status of the 
application for admission following the action of the Teacher 
Education Council. 

E. Upon admission into the Teacher Education program students 
will be permitted to take education courses numbered 200 or 



above. 



n. ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER 

A. A formal application must be filed with the Department 
Chairman prior to the end of the junior year. A later applica- 
tion may delay the student teaching experience. 

B. Applicant's qualifications: 

1. Before applicants may be admitted to the professional 
semester, they must have completed all lower division pro- 
fessional education courses, plus at least 8 hours in 
methods courses for the elementary school majors. Student 
teaching is regarded as the culmination of the Teacher 
Education program. 

2. Elementary education applicants must have a grade point 
average of at least 2.5 in the professional core and a 2.25 
grade point average in required non-major subjects. 
Secondary teacher education applicants must have a 
minimum grade point average of 2.5 in the professional 
core subjects and a minimum grade point average of 2.5 for 
subject area endorsements both overall and at SC. 

3. All applicants must show evidence of good physical and 
mental health. 

4. All applicants must adhere to the standards and objectives 
of Southern College and the teacher education program. 

5 . All applicants must be approved by action of the Education 
faculty and the Teacher Education Council. 

C. The student will be informed in writing as to his status in the 
teacher education program. 



Education / Psychology 



III. RETENTION IN THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A. The progress of each prospective teacher will be reviewed after 
each nine-week period by the Department Chairman or a dele- 
gated member of the Education faculty. 

1. Criteria include: 

a. Adequate academic progress including maintenance of 
the academic standard required for admission to the 
teacher education program. 

b. Consistent personal representation of the standards and 
objectives of Southern College and the teacher educa- 
tion program. 

B. The teacher education faculty reserves the option to disqualify 
a person at any point in his teacher education program if it 
becomes evident that standards for admission are not being 
upheld. The student has the right to appeal any such decision 
through the Teacher Education Council with the Vice Presi- 
dent for Academic Administration in consultation. 

C. The required courses for graduation may be altered during the 
student's program at any time to meet revised certification 
standards of either the denomination or the state. It is the 
responsibility of each student to check periodically with the 
certification officer to ensure requirements are being met. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 128, 315, 384, and 415. 
Cognate requirements are MATH 215 and three hours each in biology 
and computer science. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Major: Forty-one hours including EDUC 125, 134, 217, 230 or 231, 
240, 332, 333, 356, 427, 443, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, 467. Cognate 
requirements include HLED 203; GEOG 204; LIBR 325; ENGL 218. 

Kindergarten Endorsement: Students desiring a kindergarten en- 
dorsement must include in their program of studies EDUC 426, 466, and 
PSYC 128. 

Professional Semester: One semester of the senior year is a profes- 
sional semester. Its required curriculum includes the following: 



83 



Education / Psychology 



First part of the semester: 

ft^ EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies 3 hours 

Second part of the semester: 
EDUC 467 Student Teaching 8 hours 

Because of time commitments during the student teaching experi- 
ence, employment will not be permitted and additional course work will 
be by permission only. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity for , 
student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching centers. 

Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of 
the credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four < 
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education 
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondence 
course, a petition must be filed with the Teacher Education Council and ] 
its approval obtained before registering for the course. The course must 
be completed and the grade filed in the Records Office before student 
teaching is begun. 

Subject Matter Requirements: Even though the Elementary Education 
student may elect to take a major and a minor in teaching fields rep- 
resented in the elementary school curriculum, he or she must also satisfy 
the following Tennessee requirements for certification: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 

College Composition 101-102 6 hours j 

Mathematics 6 hours 

B. Religion 12 hours 

Christian Beliefs 155, Adventist Heritage 238 and 6 

hours of RELB. 

C. History/Political Science/Economics 

American History 154, 155 6 hours 

World Geography 204 3 hours 

D. Language/Literature/Fine Arts 
Listening to Music 115 and Art 

Appreciation 218 or Humanities 205 3-5 hours 

Literature 6 hours 

Speech 3 hours 

E. Science 

Biology 4 hours 

Chemistry or Physics 4 hours 

Earth Science 4 hours 



Education / Psychology 

F. Behavioral and Family Science 

Intro to Sociology 125 or QtZ 

Family Relations 365 3 hours V% * 

Health and Life 173 2 hours 

Safety Education 203 2 hours 

G. Skills 

Library Materials for Children 325 3 hours 

Physical Education activity courses 4 hours 

Physical Education in the Elem. Sch. 463 2 hours 

TEACHING CERTIFICATE 

All candidates for a teaching certificate are required to take the core 
battery and the appropriate specialty area of the National Teacher 
Examination, usually in their senior year. 

SECONDARY EDUCATION TEACHING CERTIFICATE 

1. Professional Education Requirements: 26 semester hours. 
The following are required courses: 

A. Must be taken prior to admission into Teacher Education Pro-, 
gram. 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

B. To be taken only after admission into Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 3 hours 
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional 

Children and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

C. To be taken during the professional semester. 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 6 hours 

In addition to the above, all English majors seeking secondary 
education endorsement will be required to take EDUC 332 or 333. 
All students seeking certification in Religion must take Special 
Methods of Teaching Bible (EDUC 438) regardless of whether they have 
other special methods courses. 

Students who are planning to be dormitory deans are advised to take 
EDUC 355 and EDUC 415. 
All candidates for a teaching certificate are required to take the core 



Education / Psychology 



battery and the appropriate specialty area of the National Teacher 
Examination, usually in their senior year. 

In order to meet Seventh-day Adventist certification requirements for 
secondary teaching the student must also take in addition to the above: 

RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 

2. Professional Semester: 

One semester of the senior year is a professional semester. 
Some secondary methods classes are taught only first or second 
semester. Consult class schedule for current offerings. 

Courses marked in section 1C above should be taken in the 
following sequences: 

First part of the semester: 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 3 hours 

EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Second part of the semester: 
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 (full day) 6 hours 

Because of time commitments during the student teaching experi- 
ence, employment wi 1 1 not be permitted and additional course work will 
be by permission only. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity for 
student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching centers. 

Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of 
the credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four 
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education 
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondence 
course, a petition must be filed with the Teacher Education Council and 
its approval obtained before registering for the course. The course must 
be completed and the grade filed in the Records Office before student 
teaching is begun. 

It is expected that any student entering the professional semester will 
have completed all course materials up to that point. Specifically, no 
student will be allowed to enter Special Methods of Teaching (EDUC 
438) or Curriculum and General Methods (EDUC 437) with any incom- 
pletes on their transcript. 






Education / Psychology 



ADDITIONAL TEACHING CERTIFICATES 

In order for a person to obtain an additional teaching credential, the 
classwork for that credential may not be completed before the original 
credential is issued. 

1. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVIDU- 
ALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICA- 
TION. Eighteen semester hours (listed on the following pages) are 
required. A minimum of 12 semester hours from these courses must 
be completed after the date the applicant became eligible for a profes- 
sional certificate endorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a 
subject area in grades K-12. 

A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 332, Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

EDUC 333, Developmental Reading 2 hours 

EDUC 453, Mathematics Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 454, Science and Health Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 455, Bible Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 456, Language Arts Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 457, Social Studies Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

B. Four semester hours to include two of the following three areas: 
EDUC 230, Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

EDUC 231, Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Music 2 hours 

PETH 463, Physical Education in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

C. Two semester hours must be in Survey of Exceptional Children if 
not previously successfully completed. If Survey of Exceptional 
Children or any of the above required courses in Section A or 
Section B have been previously completed, the remaining semes- 
ter hours must be taken from the following courses: 

a. Children's Literature c. Health 

b. Tennessee History d. Geography 

D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching. 

2. PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVIDU- 
ALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 
CERTIFICATION. Ten semester hours of credit after the date the 
original certificate was earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be 



87 



Education / Psychology 



in specialized professional education appropriate to grades 7-12 and 
must include a minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate methods. 
The credit for at least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may 
have been earned at any time prior to the application for adding the 
endorsement. 

1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in at 
least one teaching field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education in- 
cluding: 

A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438. 

B. Any other courses designated by the Department of Education. 

3. Four semester hours of electives in addition to the Elementary 
Education degree requirements. 

3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION BY STATE BOARD OF 
EDUCATION 

Procedures for securing SC's recommendation for state certification 
of students from institutions located out of the state: 

1 . Application is made to the teacher certification officer through the 
Records Office accompanied by an official transcript and a rec- 
ommendation from the applicant's school. 

2, Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher Certifica- 
tion Officer and approved by the Department and the Teacher 
Education Council. 

3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the applicant of any 
deficiencies. 

4, A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this service, to 
be refunded upon completion of courses at Southern College. 






Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 264. 



COURSES IN EDUCATION 

EDUC 100. Student Orientation 1 hour 

A course designed to introduce and facilitate adjustment to college life. 
Topics covered include college level study skills, time management, on- 
campus student services, and an introduction to various departments of 
study regarding career planning. 

EDUC 125. Foundations of Education 3 hours 

An orientation to early childhood, elementary and secondary education. 
Included in this course are 20 hours of observation in child care, elementary 
and secondary classrooms and a study of the history and organization of 
education, as well as an introduction to professional literature. The student 
is required to take all screening tests for admission to the teacher education 



program, as well as completing application forms. (Only two hours credit 
available if the student already has credit for EDUC 123.) (Fall, Spring) 



Education / Psychology 

89 



EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations 
of school systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular em- 
phasis on the Seventh-day Adventist educational system. (Not open to 
students who already have credit for EDUC 133.) (Fall, Spring) 

Students taking Education courses numbered 200 and above must 
have credit for EDUC 125 and 134 and be admitted to the Teacher 
Education program. Exceptions may be granted by permission of the 
Department of Education chairman. 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the Depart- 
ment of Education chairman. 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, 
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. 

EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 

A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various 
levels of the elementary school. Observation and participation in art ac- 
tivities with elementary students will be scheduled. 

EDUC 231. Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Music 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, MUCT 100 (or permission of 
instructor) or MUHL 115. 

A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the 
elementary classroom. The content includes appreciation, singing, playing, 
and rhythmic activities with attention to current methods including Orn, 
Kodaly, and movement education. Observation and participation in the 
music program of the elementary school is required. (Fall, Spring, alternate 
Summers) 

EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. It 
includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exceptional- 
ity, the identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom 
teacher and the consequent classroom implications. (Fall, Spring, alternate 
Summers) 

EDUC 250. Computers in the Classroom (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The course is an introduction to the use and evaluation of computers in the 

elementary and secondary classroom. Experience and evaluation will be 



Education / Psychology 



90 



given to a wide range of educational software such as records , gradebooks, 
word processing, accounts, and computer assisted instruction. 

EDUC 275. Child Care Practicum 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240; HLED 173, 203; BUAD 128. 
The student devotes at least 80 hours of on-the-job practice under the 
supervision of a certified elementary education director. Experiences 
should include: registration and advertising, program design ana manage- 
ment, budgeting, preschool instruction, and parent consultation. 

EDUC 284-285. Montessori Methods I and II 2,2 hours 

A detailed study of the Montessori philosophy, materials, and activities. 
This course is taught in a Montessori School off campus by a certified 
Montessori instructor and includes a paid practicum. Students must pass a 
written exam and correctly demonstrate the use of Montessori materials as 
part of the final exam. 

Both sections should be completed satisfactorily for Montessori Certifica- 
tion. 

EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elemen- 
tary grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including 
phonics instruction. The course involves approximately three hours of 
supervised practicum along with one hour of lecture each week. (Fall) 

EDUC 333. Developmental Reading (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 332 and Admission to Teacher Education. 
A detailed study of the development of vocabulary, comprehension, and 
study/reference skills in the elementary grades. Causes of reading problems, 
assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are 
stressed. (Spring and Summers on demand) 

EDUC 355. Administrative and Personnel Work of Deans 2 hours 

A basic professional course in the administration of the school home. (Of- 
fered on demand.) (Spring) 

EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the depart- 
ment chairman. 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu- 
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. (Fall, 
Spring) 

EDUC 415. Secondary School Homes Practicum 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 355. 

This course is designed to provide resident experience in secondary school 
home administration under the supervision of a successful dean. Usually 
taken concurrently with student teaching. (Fall, Spring) 



Education / Psychology 

EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- Q1 
tion. w * 

Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program 
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is 
given to application of the principles of child development and learning to 
promote harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. Ob- 
servation and participation required. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 427. Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, 

An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencing American educa- 
tion today, with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions. (Not 
open to students who already have credit for EDUC 425.) 

EDUC 432. Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the 
needs of secondary school pupils. It will include the teaching of reading in 
the content areas of one's major field, the program elements with procedures 
and processes involved along with their classroom applications. (Fall) 

EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that 
influence chance, the most important current practices, and critical cur- 
riculum issues racing educators today. It will provide general knowledge of 
current teaching methods, strategies of learning, and evaluation proce- 
dures. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 438. Special Methods of Teaching, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. Course EDUC 437 and EDUC 
438 comprise a block and should be taken the same semester. 
Student must have completed fifteen semester hours in the teaching area to 
qualify for admission. 

The areas which offer methods courses are: Art, Bible, Business (Office 
Administration), English, Foreign Language, Health and Physical Educa- 
tion, History, Home Economics, Mathematics, Music, Science (Biology, 
Chemistry, and Physics). 

The course will be offered the first half of that semester designated by the 
student's major department. The class will meet four class periods per week. 
Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local profes- 
sional meetings are considered part of this course. 

Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization 
of a file of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans, and evalua- 
tion of textbooks. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at 
selected local professional meetings are considered a part of the course. 
(Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 443. Classroom Competencies 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and completion of at least 
two upper division methods courses. 



Education / Psychology 



This course provides opportunity for the student to develop skills and 
Q O knowledge related to concepts of classroom organization and management, 

tf m audio-visual aids and techniques, discipline, public relations and ethics. 

Although all school settings will be considered, emphasis will be given to 
small schools. Classroom experience may be required. (Fall, Spring, Sum- 
mer on demand) 

EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional 
aids with emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the 
sequential skill development and to changes in the mathematical contents, 
technology and pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. 
(Spring, Summer on demand) 

EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are 
examined using basic principles of the scientific method. Observation and 
micro-teaching required. Two-day field trip is required. A lab fee is charged. 
(Fall, Summer on demand) 

EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical 
education with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration 
of faith and learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade class- 
rooms. Observation and micro-teaching required. (Fall, Summer on de- 
mand) 

EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Curriculum organization, methods, materials and instructional aids with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, 
spelling, grammar, literature and composition are developed. Observation 
and micro-teaching required. (Spring, Sunimer on demand) 

EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials 
and methods when integrating social studies, geography and the world- 



wide mission of the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade 
classrooms. Observation and micro-teaching required. (Fall, Summer on 
demand) 



Education / Psychology 

93 



EDUC 466. Student Teaching, Kindergarten 4 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 426 and Admission to Professional Semester. 
This course is offered the first half of each semester and is available during 
the summer term to teachers with previous experience if suitable classes can 
be found. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUC 467. Student Teaching, 1-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Professional Semester. 

This course is offered each semester and is available during the summer 

term to teachers with previous experience. The student will cte assigned a 

half-day each week of classroom observation and participation the first half 

of the semester. A weekly seminar is held in the first nine weeks of the 

semester. 

The second half of the semester will be used for full-time student teaching in 

on-campus or selected off-campus elementary schools. Group conferences 

of two periods each week will be scheduled. A minimum of two hours credit 

must be earned in residence. 

Student teachers are expected to provide their own transportation to their 

teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where they are assigned. 

(Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 468. Student Teaching, Grades 7-12 6 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 217, 437, 438, and admission to professional semester. 
Music majors must have completed MUPF 479. 

This course is offered each semester and the summer session in selected 
areas. The student teachers will be assigned to the cooperating teacher near 
the beginning of the semester and will oe expected to spend a minimum of 
three hours per week in observation and participation. These hours will 
count toward the required student teaching allotment. One-half semester of 
full time directed observation, participation and full-day classroom teach- 
ing is required in on-campus or selected off-campus secondary schools. 
Conferences of two class periods each week will be scheduled. 
A minimum of two hours credit must be earned in residence by degree 
candidates. Student teachers are expected to provide their own transporta- 
tion to their teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where they 
are assigned. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on 
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an 
elective. (Summer) 

EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and 
gather new facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for 
preservice students as an elective. (Summer) 



Education / Psychology 



EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to 

pursue independent study in special fields. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

(F-l), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements, 
COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. 
Special attention given to the structure and function of trie brain and nerv- 
ous system. Recommended as a preliminary to other courses in the field. 
(Fall, Spring) 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on 
the emotional, social, physical, motor, and psychological development of 
the individual. (Fall, Spring) 

PSYC 217. Educational Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, 
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. (Credit not 
permitted if EDUC 217 has been taken.) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, 
social roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of considera- 
tion. Credit applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not 
for both. (Spring) 

PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in 
the Christian cultural setting. 

PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good 

adjustment and mental health. (Spring) 

PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours 

(See SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 

PSYC 355. Organizational Behavior 3 hours 

(See BUAD 355 under Business Administration Department listing.) 

PSYC 356. Tests and Measurements 3 hours 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu- 



larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. (Credit 
not permitted if EDUC 356 has been taken.) 



Education / Psychology 

95 



PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: One course in Psychology. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual 

counseling. The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. (Fall) 

PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

The application of relational and experimental research designs to psychol- 
ogy. A semester research proposal and completed project is expected of each 
student. (Fall) 

PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124. 

Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a con- 
sideration of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. (Spring) 

PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: group 
dynamics, psychological assessment, individual differences, psychology of 
women, sensation and perception, etc. This course may be repeated for 
credit with an appropriate change in topics. (Spring, alternate years) 

PSYC 495. Directed Study (F-l), (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PSYC 384. 

Completion of an experimental project under the direction of a psychology 
instructor. Students are responsible for developing appropriate research 
options. (Fall, Spring) 









Engineering Studies 



ENGINEERING STUDIES 

John Durichek, M.A. 

Lawrence Hanson, Ph.D., Chairman 

Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D. 

Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree in 
engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies pro- 
gram at SC, students transfer to Walla Walla College in Walla Walla, 
Washington, for the final two years. Southern College awards an As- 
sociate of Science degree in Engineering Studies and Walla Walla a 
Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering with concentrations in civil, 
electrical, and mechanical engineering. 

The WWC School of Engineering, with which Southern College is 
affiliated, offers a high quality program that is fully accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology — the only nation- 
ally recognized organization which accredits engineering programs. It 
has an enrollment of approximately 400 students many of whom are 
transfer students from affiliated Seventh-day Adventist colleges. 

The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the 
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering pro- 
gram essentially the same as if the first two years were taken at Walla 
Walla College. Even though transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler 
than to a non-affiliated school, the Southern College engineering studies 
program is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of 
many colleges and universities. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ENGINEERING STUDIES 

Major: Thirty-six hours consisting of ENGR 149, 150, 211, 212, 214; 
CPTR 218; MATH 115, 217, 218; PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 311, 312. 
Required cognates: CHEM 151, 152; ENGL 102. 

The total number of hours for the associate of science degree in 
engineering studies is seventy. General education courses must meet 
general education requirements for the associate of science degree at 
Southern College as well as general education requirements for the 
bachelor of science degree in engineering at Walla Walla College. The 
suggested sequence of courses presented below does this. Students who 
plan to continue their engineering studies at a school other than Walla 
Walla College should take that school's catalog to the engineering ad- 
viser for guidance in selecting general education courses 



A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 265. [ 






Engineering Studies 

ENGINEERING COURSES 



ENGR 149. Engineering Graphics 2 hours 

A basic course in drafting including proper use of instruments, ortho- 
graphic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial representa- 
tion, dimensional drawings. Five clock hours of laboratory per week. Lec- 
tures as announced by instructor. Instruments cost approximately $40. 
(Fall) 

ENGR 150. Computer Graphics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGR 149. 

An introduction to computer-aided design and drafting. The drawing pro- 
grams used in this course are Auto Cad and Cad Key. Five clock hours of 
laboratory per week. Lectures as announced by instructor. (Spring) 

ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 217, PHYS 211, 213. 

Two- and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; 

centroids and center of mass, virtual work, and moments or inertia. 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312. 
One- and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector 
calculus; dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative mo- 
tion; work and energy; impulse and momentum. 

ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312. 
Circuit variables and parameters; Kirchoffs laws and circuit solution; 
sinusoidal steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics; 
Thevenin's theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete 
response. Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and AC 
meters, potentiometers, recorders, and bridges. 






97 



English 



98 



ENGLISH 

Ann Clark, Ph.D. 
Jan Haluska, M.A. 
John Keyes, Ed.S. 
Wilma McClarty, Ed.D. 
David Smith, M.A., Chairman 

The English Department offers two categories of classes that view 
man's search for truth and its most convincing expression through a 
Christian perspective. Language courses aid students in developing 
ease, confidence, and competence in the art of effective communication 
and in acquiring knowledge of the science of language; literature 
courses develop the ability to discern and appreciate the best literary j 
works. 

Students majoring in English must meet the specific requirements of 
the English Department (below) and the General Education program j 
(pages 13-17). For English, intermediate foreign language is required. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Major: Thirty-one hours excluding Basic Writing and College Com- i 
position, but including ENGL 215, 216, 218, 314, 315 and 335; plus six ; 
hours from ENGL 214, 333, or 334; plus nine hours from ENGL 336, 337, j 
338, 444, or 445. Required cognates: HIST 374, HMNT 205, intermediate 
foreign language. 

Minor: Nineteen hours, excluding Basic Writing and College Compo- 
sition, including ENGL 218, 315; ENGL 214 or 333 or 334; ENGL 215, 
314; six hours of English electives to include one additional literature 
class. 

Teaching Endorsement: The following are the minimum require- 
ments. 

ENGL 218 Principles of Grammar 2 hours 

ENGL 315 Introduction to Linguistics 2 hours 

Two of the following three: 6 hours 

ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature (3) 
ENGL 333 American Literature: Colonial through 

Romantic Periods (3) 
ENGL 334 American Literature: Realism to the Present (3) 

ENGL 215 Survey of English Literature 3 hours 

ENGL 314 Creative Writing 3 hours 

One of the following three: 3 hours 

ENGL 336 Medieval and Renaissance Literature (3) 
ENGL 337 Nineteenth Century British Literature (3) 
ENGL 444 Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature (3) 



English 

ENGL 445 World Literature 3 hours 

LIBR 425 Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours QQ 

One of the following two: 2 hours 

EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading (2) 
EDUC 333 Developmental Reading (2) 

EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School (2) 2 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

Students anticipating secondary teaching should meet state certifica- 
tion requirements (see Secondary Education requirements under DE- 
PARTMENT OF EDUCATION), should consider taking a minor in Fields 
Related to English Education, and should obtain experience working on 
the Southern Accent staff, Southern Memories staff, and/or a programs 
committee of one of the student organizations. 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 



A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 266. 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 

ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Students whose first language is not English must have a score 
of 90 or above on the Michigan English Language Institute Test. 
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful 
entry into ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 12 or below are 
required to register for this class. Students successfully completing this 
course will earn three institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL 
101. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall) 

ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours 

ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102. 

A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially 
revision. ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which 
readily apply to most writing taslcs. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies 
developed in ENGL 101 while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills 
which apply to various persuasive and research writing activities. This 
course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

ENGL 218. Principles of Grammar 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101. 

A detailed survey of descriptive grammar as it pertains to parts of speech, 

sentence structure, punctuation, and usage. Designed to aid any student 



English 






who wishes to strengthen his skills in grammar analysis* it is also especially 
helpful for prospective teachers and writers. (Fall) 

ENGL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student, including requests for credit for such activities as projects done 
during student missionary terms. This course also includes credit offered by 
the English Department on directed study tours. Open only to students 
approved by the department chairman in consultation with the prospective 
instructor. 

ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor. 

A study of the principles, techniques, and types of personalized writing, 

providing the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find 

possible markets for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. 

(Spring) 

ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 218. 

Provides a background in the history of the English language, etymology 
and the processes of word formation, dialectology and syntax analyses, and 
relates these learnings to the teaching of contemporary English. (Spring) 

LITERATURE 

ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial 

through modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having 

individual, national, and universal interest. Major writers will include, 

among others, Cooper, Hawthorne, Twain, Frost, and Hemingway. (Fall, 

Spring) 

ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special em- 
phasis on the author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible- 
based thinking, and a review or literary trends and influences from the late 
Roman periodto the present. Among writers receiving strong attention are 
Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring) 

ENGL 216* Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

The study and appreciation of selected works, with special emphasis on 
literary terms and on the critical qualities that distinguish such basic literary 
types as the short story, the drama, the novel, and the poem. (Fall) 

ENGL 333. American Literature From Colonial Through 

Romantic Periods (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A reasonably comprehensive, chronological study of the works of major 
American writers with special emphasis on Bradford, Taylor, Franklin, 



Edwards, Irvine, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, 
Longfellow, ana Whitman, (Spring, even years) 



English 
101 



ENGL 334. American Literature From 

Realism to the Present (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A continuation of ENGL 333, from the mid-nineteenth century through 
some of the more recent writers, including Dickinson, Twain, James, Crane, 
Robinson, Frost, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Williams, Warren, and 
Bellow. (Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the Bible's literary masterpieces from an archetypal perspective. 
The Bible is viewed as one story, the double quest: man, searching for a lost 
Eden, and Christ, the great Questor, seeking the restoration of His world and 
His family. This story, reinforced by its central theme of redemption and by 
the universal archetypal symbols centering in Christ the Word made flesh, 
actually permeates all imaginative literature. Biblical genres studied in- 
clude the story of origins, heroic narrative, epic, idyl, lyric poetry, wisdom 
literature, gospel, epistle, and apocalypse. (Fall) 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Shakespeare, the men and their times. Readings in 
Canterbury Tales, Middle English romance, allegory, play, and meditation 
in translation; in sixteenth century prose, Elizabethan poetry and dramatic 
literature, with study of genre, conventions, and trends. Specific attention to 
moral and religious issues. (Spring, even years) 

ENGL 337. Nineteenth Century British Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785- 
1901), with special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Shelley, Keats, Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and 
Wilde. This course may be taught only alternate years. (Fall) 

ENGL 338. Twentieth Century Writers (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth century writers with an emphasis on American and/or 
British works, although world literature in translation may be included. 
This course may be taught only alternate years. (Spring) 

ENGL 444. Restoration and 

Eighteenth Century Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

English life and letters in ferment through the Enlightenment and the 
decline of Neo-classicism: Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Johnson. Special 
attention to moral and religious issues and trends. This course may be 
taught only alternate years, (Fall) 

ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the 
Western World — the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the class will 
consider a range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to the 
Italian Renaissance. Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the student's 
ability to differentiate the pagan from the Christian in the thematic mix of 



English 



102 



individual works. Students desiring a complete sequence in world literature 
may follow this course with MDLG 304. (Fall) 

ENGL 495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department 
on directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the 
approval of the department chairman in consultation with the prospective 
instructor. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching English 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances; the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks is also included. Four lectures each week oi the first half of the 
semester. (Spring) 

(A-l), (D-2), (G-1), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 












Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 

Ted Evans, M.Ed. 

Philip Garver, M.S., Acting Chairman 

Steve Jaecks, M.S. 

The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose to 
acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to help each stu- 
dent develop physical efficiency through participation in supervised 
activity, to develop wholesome recreational habits by helping the stu- 
dent acquire interest, knowledge, and skills in several recreational ac- 
tivities, and to contribute to preparation for a career in health, physical 
education, and recreation. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 

Major: Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 473; PETH 
121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 363, 364, 374, 463, (295, 495); PEAC 254, 
255; FDNT 125. Required cognates: BIOL 101, 102. 

Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH 121, 122, 221, or 222 activity unit will 
be indicated by grade of C— or less. Deficiencies for these units must be 
met by taking for no credit the corresponding general education activity 
course. 

Intramural participation is recommended of all majors and minors. 

Majors training for teaching positions must meet the NCATE certifica- 
tion requirements set forth by the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 
364. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission 
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before 
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HEALTH SCIENCE 

Major: Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 473; PETH 
374, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151-152; MATH 215; BIOL 101, 102, 125; 
FDNT 125. 



[Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 267, 



103 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



104 



GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC courses are graded on a pass/fail basis. 
PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of skills necessary for enjoyable and successful play. (Spring, 
Fall) 

PEAC 124, Basketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Team activity skills developed that may be used in the individual's leisure 
time. (Fall) 

PEAC 125, Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour 

The learning of basic training and aerobic principles followed by a personal 
long-range conditioning program. May be repeated for credit. 

PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of skills necessary for enjoyable and successful play. (Fall) ] 

PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Strokes, rules, and playing situations included with physical conditioning 
for badminton. (Spring) 

PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour 

Activities with emphasis on recreational carry-over values. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

Basic tennis skills including the strokes, rallying, and volleying. (Fall) 

PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer; includes use of all clubs and course 
play. (Fall) 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

Emphasizing various types of cycling, repairs, and safety factors. Students | 
are to provide their own bicycles. (Spring) 

PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Play on a variety, of courses for the bogie golfer. (Spring) 

PEAC 139. Intermediate Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

- For the advanced player with emphasis on playing strategy, doubles, and 
mixed doubles. (Fall) 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour 

Basic skills emphasized on trampoline, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance 
beam. (Fall, Spring) 



Health Physical Education 
and Recreation 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to basic certification by N. A.S.D.S. or N. A.U.L Lab fees in addition to 1 fl C 
tuition. Lab fee required. (Fall, Spring) Atf v 

PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Both beginning and intermediate swimming, and aquatic safety skills will 
be included. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (G-3) 1,1 hour 

Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of try-out require- 
ments for team membership. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 254. Lifesaving (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Advanced Life Saving certification. (Spring) 

PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Spring) 

PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour 

Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic 
heading. Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow 
skiing, rock climbing, spelunking, aerobics, and sailplaning. This course 
may be repeated with the varying subject matter. Lab fees in addition to 
tuition are usually charged, by approximately $50-$75. 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful 
living and Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing 
students. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HLED 203. Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours 

The nature and causes of accidents, safety measures for the prevention of 
common accidents of the home, school, industry, transportation, and recrea- 
tion. The standard and advanced Red Cross Certificates will be issued to 
those completing the required work in first aid. (Fall) 

HLED 314. Kinesiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 105, 106 or equivalent. 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement, 

including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. (Fall) 



Health. Physical Education 
and Recreation 



- n ~ HLED 315. Physiology of Exercise (W j 3 hours 

lllu Prerequisite: BIOL 101, 102 or equivalent. 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, massed gym- 
nastics, and physical conditioning. Significance of these effects for health 
and for skilled performance. (Spring) 

HLED 373. Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 314. 

The study of treatment and prevention of athletic injuries. (Spring, even 

years) 

HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours 

This course emphasizes lifting the Great Healer through health ministry. 
Principles found in the Bible and Spirit of Prophecy are used as the basis for 
optimum health habits. Learning of health for an evangelistic tool and for 
optimal personal health are the two-fold objectives for the course. (Spring) 

HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with 
emphasis on the development and organization of the school health instruc- 
tion program. (Spring, odd years) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 121, 122. Professional Skills, Team Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 
techniques for softball, football, volleyball, basketball, hockey, and soccer. 
For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

PETH 221, 222. Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 
techniques for golf, tennis, badminton, gymnastics, conditioning, recrea- 
tional activities, track and field. Taught in alternate years for HPER majors 
and minors only. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 2 hours 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience 
for those interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor 
living and activities. (Spring, Summer) 

PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization 
of officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements and 

Research of Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statisti- 
cal procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. 
(Spring) 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 1 f|7 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physi- 
cal Education and Recreation. (Fall) 

PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours 

The course based on physical anthropometrics and the neurological de- 
velopment of the child, adolescent related to his motor behavior. Taught in 
alternate years. (Spring) 

PETH 463. Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 hours 

This course is designed primarily for elementary teachers, physical educa- 
tion majors and minors. Objectives for this course include: a comprehensive 
review of motor learning and development stages, methods and materials, 
graded activities in games and rhythmic activities, self-testing and safety 
measures. Observation and teaching of elementary school children will be 
scheduled. (Spring, alternate Summers) 

PETH 490. Senior Seminar (W) 2 hours 

An exploration of philosophical and historical contributions to the field. 
Discussion of current topics, issues and research pertinent to the field and 
the interests of the students. Research and/or writing required as a portion of 
the class. (Fall) 

PETH 295, 495. Directed Studies (W) 1-3 hours 

An introduction to research and discussion on problem areas in the disci- 
pline. Limited to Physical Education majors. Writing emphasis credit for 
PETH 495 only. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Health and 

Physical Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. The first half of the first semester during the senior year. (Fall) 

oF-3), (G-3), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



History 



■HISTORY- 



Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. 
Benjamin Mc Arthur, Ph.D. 
William Wohlers, PhD., Chairman 

History is the study of the human experience. It investigates man- 
kind's ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investigation, 
history courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view of 
humanity. This perspective recognizes both the potential and the limita- 
tion of human endeavor and thereby permits a broader comprehension 
of the past and a greater hope for the future. 

Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental ap- 
proval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history must 
plan his entire study program with a member of the history faculty. 
Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on the 
following conditions: 

1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere 
in the Catalog. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 

Major: Thirty hours including HIST 154, 155; 174, 175; 499. Six hours 
of political science may apply to the major. The intermediate level of a 
foreign language is required. At least two courses are to be taken in each 
of the following areas: 

Area I: American History, HIST 354, 355, 356, 357, 359; PLSC 254. 
Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389; PLSC 389; either 
HIST 364 or 365. 

History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in history 
who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as medicine or 
law must present a balanced program of general education classes and 
electives that will support the professional objectives. 

History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in history 
who plans to teach will automatically have the 24 semester hours re- 
quired for certification in the area of the first teaching field. It is strongly 
recommended that the student also earn teaching credentials in a field 
outside of history. No specific supporting field is required but art, 
behavioral science, business, English, modern languages, and religion 
are recognized as intimately related to the study of history. A student 
may receive certification to teach history as a second area by completing 
a minor in history. See under Minor below. Since the entire second 
semester of the senior year is devoted to certification requirements, 



History 



students earning teacher certification must finish all history classwork 
before reaching the final semester. Students applying for teacher certifi- 
cation must consult with the Education Department to draft a schedule 
of classes meeting certification requirements. 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The additional 
twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, six hours of 
which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be 
chosen from each of the American and European areas. Three hours of 
political science may be taken in lieu of three hours of history. A student 
planning to minor in history in order to obtain a second teaching area for 
certification must take all eighteen hours in history and must include 
HIST 154, 155. 

History Department tours: The Department of History regularly spon- 
sors study tours to foreign countries and in the United States. The 
purpose of these tours is to provide students and other participants with 
an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a combina- 
tion of traditional lecture and reading with direct observation of histori- 
cal sites. Academic activities connected with the tours require students 
to spend an amount of time equal to that expected in a regular classroom 
setting. Preparatory meetings and assigned reading are included in this 
computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 295:495 Directed 
Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for academic credit. 

History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students 
earning general education credit in history should take courses from the 
100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general education 
requirements in history should select courses from the 300 and 400 level. 



109 



A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 268. 



HISTORY 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present. The 
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in 
each semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as general 
education for freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. Survey of Civilization (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory consideration of the ancient, classical, and medieval con- 
tributions to our own civilization and a consideration of modern and current 



History 



110 



developments. This course is recommended as general education for 
freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring) 

HIST 354. Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, 
independence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth- 
century trends in selected republics. 

HIST 355. History of the South (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the Old South from the discovery through the war between the 
states, the reconstruction and the subsequent developments, and recent 
changes, including the current scene. 

HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. 
Special emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in the 
national character. 

HIST 357. Modern America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the 
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the 
United States in world affairs. (Fall) 

HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth century American history, 
focusing on trie modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered 
are entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, 
and art and architecture. 

HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic 
period to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and 
theological development. (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the 
Protestant Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious 
trends. (Spring) 

HIST 374. History of England (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth 
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments 
which nave influenced western civilization as a whole. 

HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, 
Greece, and Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development 
of western culture. 



History 

HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the 
modern age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the * * * 
institutions and values of modern western civilization. The chronological 
emphasis is on the eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of major historical developments affecting international relations 
since the Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace 
and war, power and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as 
others, in their historical setting. Students may earn either history or politi- 
cal science credit, depending on individual assignments. 

HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l), (W) 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a 
student is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower divi- 
sion. This course also includes credit offered by the History Department on 
directed study tours. Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Approval 
of the department is required prior to registration, 

HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in 
conjunction with the preparation of a research project. (Fall) 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours 

An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches of government of the national, state, and local levels. 

PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2), (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 389 for course description. 



GEOGRAPHY 

GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are consid- 
ered. Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 

GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours 

A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the 
United States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities 
include assigned reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations, 
formal paper after return to campus. Prior to departure, the student will 
make all arrangements with a teacher assigned by the Department of His- 
tory. One-third tuition rate. 



History 



112 



HUMANITIES 



HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual 
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and 
the arts will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and litera- 
ture. Students may participate in activities involving specific art forms. 
Resource persons may assist as. available. This course is also taught as part of 
the European study tour program during selected summer sessions. 

HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour 

A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science 
that have shaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern 
Scholars program during their junior or senior year. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching History 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials in instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(C-l), (C-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 












Home Economics 



HOME ECONOMICS' 



Roy Dingle, A.S. 

Earl Evans, B.S. 

Diane Fletcher, M.A., Chairman 

Home Economics programs are designed to prepare men and women 
for careers dealing with home and family life, food and nutrition, cloth- 
ing and textiles, and teaching of non-vocational Home Economics in 
secondary and elementary schools. 

Flexibility of programs allows a choice of concentration to fit the 
preparation needed for the chosen Home Economics profession. 

Emphasis is placed upon the Seventh-day Adventist philosophy for 
home and family living and preparation for professional, church, and 
community leadership. 

All Home Economics programs are planned with a member of the 
Home Economics faculty. Approval is then considered on an individual 
basis and is granted on the following conditions: 

1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere 
in the CATALOG. 

2 . Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS 

Home Economics can complement other disciplines. The following 
academic combinations are possible: Home Economics and Business for 
a career as a home economist in business; Home Economics and Social 
Work for a career in gerontology; Home Economics and Education for a 
teaching career; Home Economics and Child Care for a career in day care 
supervision; Home Economics and the sciences for pre-professional 
preparation for medical school and paramedical careers. Employment 
opportunities abound for those who pursue advanced degrees in one of 
the areas of Home Economics. 

Major: Forty-one hours including FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317, 325 
HMEC 146, 147, 148; CLTX 164, 165, 166; HMEC 201, 202, 349, 415, 485 
and six hours of upper division elective credit. Cognate requirements 
PSYC 124; HLED 203. 

Home Economics majors and candidates for secondary certification 
are encouraged to attend two approved professional meetings each 
semester. 

Minor — Home Economics: Eighteen hours, six hours of which must be 
upper division. 

Minor — Foods and Food Service: Eighteen hours, six hours of which 
must be upper division. 



113 



Home Economics 



Teaching Endorsement Requirements: 

114 Foods and Nutrition courses 8 hours 

Clothing and Textiles courses including CLTX 315 8 hours 

Home Management courses including HMEC 146 8 hours 

Total 24 hours 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education and Psychology for admission to the Teacher 
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 
apply to the Department of Education and Psychology for admission to 
the professional semester. Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 
134 on page 89. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

IN FOOD SERVICE ADMINISTRATION 

The bachelor of science degree in food service administration pro- 
vides the student with advanced skills in institutional food service, 
supervision and administration. A minor in Business Administration is 
required for this degree. 

Major: Fifty-two hours including FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 125, 126, 
127, 129, 219, 220, 239, 317, 325, 385; BUAD 355; FONT 415; HMEC 495; 
FDNT 497. Cognate requirements: CPTR 120, BIOL 125, PSYC 124 or 
128. 

Minor — Business Administration: Eighteen hours including ACCT 
121-122, ECON 213; BUAD 334, 344 and three additional hours in 
Accounting, Economics or Business Administration. Recommended: 
BUAD 353. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PRE-DIETETICS 

The associate of science degree in pre-dietetics prepares the student 
for admission to the Coordinated Undergraduate Program (CUP) in 
Dietetics at Loma Linda University or Andrews University. Admission 
to any professional school is dependent on meeting the GPA and prereq- 
uisite requirements of the individual school. Students desirous of ad- 
mission to other Coordinated Undergraduate Programs (CUP) in dietet- 
ics should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the requirements. 

Major: Thirty-nine hours including MATH 104, FDNT 125, 126, 127, 
317, ACCT 103, ECON 213, BIOL 101-102, 125, CHEM 111-112, 113-114, 
PSYC 124, SOCI 125. 

Students applying to Andrews University should take another 
Psychology or Sociology course and CPTR 125. 

Students applying to Loma Linda University should take another 



Home Economics 

Religion course, and six additional hours of Humanities — Language/ 
Literature / Fine Arts — which must include Speech. | | C 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS 

The purpose of the two-year curriculum is to prepare the student for a 
successful family experience as well as for service to his community. All 
specified courses will apply toward a Bachelor's degree in Home 
Economics. 

Major: Twenty-four hours including courses FDNT 125,126,127,317; 
HMEC 146, 147, 148, 201; CLTX 165, plus electives to make a total of 24 
hours in Home Economics; HLED 203; general electives to make a total of 
64 semester hours. 

Home Economics majors and candidates for secondary certification 
are encouraged to attend two approved professional meetings each 
semester. 



ASSOCIATE OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN FOOD SERVICE 

The two-year associate of technology program is designed to provide 
the student with advanced skills in institutional food service production 
operations including management of special functions. All specified 
courses will apply toward a bachelor's degree in Food Service Adminis- 
tration. 

Major: Thirty-seven hours including FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 125, 
126, 127, 129, 219, 220, 239, 317. Cognate requirements: HMEC 146 or 
BUAD 128; SPCH 136; PSYC 124 or 128. General education require- 
ments include: ENGL 101, MATH 103, and six hours B-l or B-2, and 
electives for a total of 64 semester hours. Work experience in the food 
service and/or bakery is required. 



CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN FOOD SERVICE PRODUCTION 

The purpose of the one-year certificate program is to provide the 
student with the basic production skills necessary for institutional food 
service. All specified courses will apply toward an associate of technol- 
ogy degree in food service. Course requirements are FDNT 111, 112, 113, 
114, 127, 129, HMEC 146 or BUAD 128; SPCH 136;MATH 099; B-l or B-2 
(three hours), and electives to complete a total of 32 semester hours. 
Work experience in the food service is required. 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 269. 



Home Economics 



116 



FOODS AND NUTRITION 

FONT 111-112. Principles of Quantity Food Service I, II 2,2 hours 

Classroom instruction in physical and chemical principles of institutional 
food preparation including the principles of sanitation and safety. (Fall, 
Spring) 

FDNT 1 1 3-114. Quantity Food Service Production Laboratory 6,6 hours 

Prerequisite or corequisite: FDNT 111-112. 

Experience in food service production operations to illustrate and apply the 
principles presented in lectures of FDNT 111-112. Three five-hour labora- 
tory periods each week. (Fall, Spring) 

FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours 

An introduction to the basic principles of human nutrition. Includes study 
of the nutrients and the requirements for different age groups and normal 
physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and sociologi- 
cal influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. (Fall) 

FDNT 126. Foods (G-2) 2 hours 

Basic principles of food science including food composition, food selection, 
and physical and chemical principles of food preparation. Two hours of 
lecture each week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with 

FDNT 127. (Fall) 

FDNT 127. Food Preparation (G-2) 1 hour 

Principles of quality food preparation. Efforts will be made to meet the 
specific needs and interests of the group. One three-hour discussion and 
laboratory per week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with 
FDNT 126. (Fall) 

FDNT 129. Institutional Baking Techniques 3 hours 

Lecture and experience in principles of commercial institutional bakery 
production and operation, including purchasing, equipment layout, 
maintenance, and sanitation. One hour of lecture and five hours of labora- 
tory each week. (Fall) 

FDNT 151. Creative Cuisines 1 hour 

An introductory laboratory course in food preparation. Emphasis will be on 
practical cookery for today's lifestyle. The course will include microwave 
cooking; baking, including whole wheat and fancy breads; preparation of 
convenience and manufactured foods; and preparation of vegetarian en- 
trees, utilizing unprocessed foods available in the supermarket. This course 
may, with department approval, be substituted for FDNT 127. (Spring, 
Summer) 

FDNT 219-220. Advanced Food Service Production 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 111-112, 113-114. 

Lecture and experience in recipe development, menu planning, and man- 
agement of banquets and special functions. One hour of lecture and five 
hours laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 



Home Economics 



FONT 239. Advanced Institutional Baking Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FDNT 129 I 1 7 

Lecture and laboratory experience in advanced principles and techniques of 
commercial and institutional bakery production and operation. One hour 
lecture and five hours of laboratory each week. (Spring) 

FDNT 317. Meal Management (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor. 
Experience in planning, costing, and serving meals to family-sized groups; 
problems in consumer economics and art of home food service. Two lectures 
and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring) 

FDNT 325. Demonstration Techniques 2 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor. 
Purposes, standards, and techniques of giving demonstrations with applica- 
tion to education and business settings. There will be a fee for supplies. 
(Spring, even years) 

FDNT 385. Foods and Nutrition Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Studies in a variety of current topics relating to foods and nutrition. Topics, 
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest. 
(Fall, odd years) 

FDNT 415. Practicum in Special Functions 3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 219-220, 239, 317, 315, 328. 

Hands-on experience in all phases of catering for banquets and a variety of 

special functions. 140 clock nours of laboratory experience required. (Fall) 

FDNT 497. Internship in Food Service Administration 4 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 219-220, 317, 325, 328, 415. 

A tailored program in a selected food service facility, will include 400 clock 
hours of on-the-job experience in production, supervision, and administra- 
tion. One-third regular tuition rate. (Summer) 

HOME MANAGEMENT 

HMEC 146. Consumer Education (F-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in consumer education from the standpoint of purchasing 
and money management as related to the home and its personal needs. 
(Spring, odd years) 

HMEC 147. Family Resource Management (F-2) 3 hours 

A study of the achievement of family goals through management of personal 
and family resources including time, money, energy, and health. (Fall, even 
years) 

HMEC 148. Orientation to Home Economics 1 hour 

Orientation in the areas of Home Economics and a study of the field in terms 
of history, philosophy, and professional opportunities. (Fall, odd years) 



Home Economics 



HMEC 201. Parenting I (F-2) 2 hours 

X 1 U ^ basic course in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of parent- 

infant interaction. Particular emphasis will be given to family planning, the 
childbirth experience, and care of the infant. (Fall] 

HMEC 202. Parenting II (F-2) 2 hours 

An examination of a variety of specific techniques for developing com- 
munication and working relationships between parents and children. Dis- 
cussion of common problems of young children and of methods of modify- 
ing behavior. Special emphasis will be given to discipline, communication 
skills, and understanding and relating to children's individual characteris- 
tics. (Spring) 

HMEC 225. Life Skills 2 hours 

A basic course presenting a variety of skills necessary for successful living 
in today's world. NOT available for Home Economics majors and minors. 
(Fall) 

HMEC 244. Household Equipment (G-2) 2 hours 

Evaluation, use, and care of household appliances and equipment. (Spring, 
even years) 

HMEC 349. Interior Design (F-2) 3 hours 

A basic design course dealing with the principles of applied art in the home. 
Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring, even years) 

HMEC 385. Home Management Seminar 1 hour 

Studies in a variety of current trends relating to home management. Topics, 
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest. 
(Fall, odd years) 

HMEC 415. Practicum in Home Economics 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Twenty hours in Home Economics including HMEC 147 and 
349, and FDNT 317, or approval of the instructor. 
Experience in solving problems of family living. Laboratory will include 
personal management as well as working in the community. Registration 
required at the department office one semester in advance. (Spring) 

HMEC 485. Home Economics Seminar (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Twenty hours completed in Home Economics. 

Recent trends in Home Economics and related professional fields. Required 

of and limited to majors. (Spring, even years) 

HMEC 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

To permit the advanced student majoring in Home Economics to do indi- 
vidual work in the field under the direction of a staff member. By de- 
partmental approval which must be obtained before the semester begins. 






Home Economics 



CLOTHING AND TEXTILES 

CLTX 164. Textiles (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of basic fibers and fabrics including properties, construction, selec- 
tion, uses, and care. Three lectures per week. (Fall, even years) 

CLTX 165. Basic Clothing (G-2) 2 hours 

Basic principles of clothing construction as applied to individual garments. 
Three hours combination lecture/laboratory each week. Three hours of addi- 
tional sewing experience required each week. (Fall) 

CLTX 166. Intermediate Clothing (G-2) 2 hours 

Principles of wardrobe planning, selection, and care for the individual. 
Emphasis is given to the relationship of the art principles to clothing. Two 
lectures each week. Two hours of additional sewing experience required 
each week. (Spring) 

CLTX 313. Clothing and Human Behavior (F-2), (W) 2 hours 

Clothing as it relates to self-expression and to the individual's adjustment to 
the physical and social environment. The Seventh-day Adventist phi- 
losophy of dress is studied. (Spring, odd years) 

CLTX 315. Pattern Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: HMEC 165 or approval of instructor. 

Clothing design and practice in creating designs through flat pattern and 
draping techniques. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week. 
(Spring, odd years) 

CLTX 316. Tailoring for Men and Women 3 hours 

Prerequisite: HMEC 165 or approval of instructor. 

Evaluation and use of various tailoring methods as applied in selection, 

fitting and construction of tailored garments. (Fall, odd years) 

CLTX 345. Upholstery (G-2) 3 hours 

Laboratory experience in simple upholstering. Two three-hour combined 
lecture and laboratory periods. There will be a fee for supplies. (Spring, even 
years) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Home Economics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Fall) 

(F-2), (F-3), (G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



119 



Journalism and Communication 

9ft JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION - 

Don Dick, Ph.D. 

C. A. (Bill) Oliphant, Ph.D., Chairman 

Ron Smith, M.S. 



The Journalism and Communication Department at Southern College 
is committed to offering programs which meet the high standards of the 
Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism and Mass Communica- 
tions, the national accreditation organization for college and university 
departments and schools of journalism throughout the United States. 

Thus the Department of Journalism and Communication provides an 
educational environment in which future leaders in journalism, public 
relations and related areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, the 
intellectual discipline and the professional abilities necessary to the 
mastery and management of a wide range of writing, editing and other 
journalistic and public relations skills and techniques. 

The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in 
Journalism and Public Relations. Minors are also available in each of 
these areas. 

Two options are provided by the Journalism Major, one with a News 
Editorial emphasis, the other with a Broadcast Journalism emphasis. 

The Journalism Major with News Editorial emphasis prepares stu- 
dents for careers as reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly 
newspapers, magazines, wire services, publishing houses and for the 
vast array of publications that serve the church, business, industry, 
governmental agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities and 
other non-profit organizations. 

Students enrolling in the Journalism Major with Broadcast emphasis 
receive preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio and 
television as reporters, writers and editors in news and public affairs 
operations. 

Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major seg- 
ment of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, univer- 
sities, hospitals and other medical institutions and in a wide range of 
organizations. 

Both the Journalism Major and the Public Relations Major prepare 
students for entry into graduate schools nationwide. 

Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study 
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree 
requirements of the Department of Journalism and Communication, 
including the intermediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills Gen- 
eral Education requirements. 



Journalism and Communication 



INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 

Because of the strong relationships which the Department of Jour- 
nalism and Communication has developed with the Chattanooga area 
mass media, journalism, broadcast and public relations students have 
many opportunities to meet and work with professionals in television 
and radio news, in public relations, advertising and on daily and weekly 
newspapers. 

Internships: Arranging for students to fill internships on newspapers, 
in publishing houses, in public relations and fund development de- 
partments and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital part of the 
education program provided by the Department of Journalism and 
Communication. 

A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the depart- 
ment to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The de- 
partment also participates in the General Conference internship pro- 
gram in which students work in various denominational institutions. 
The college radio station, WSMC FM90.5, also provides learning oppor- 
tunities in the department. 

Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as writ- 
ers and editors by working on Student Association Publications such as 
Southern Accent, the campus newspaper; Southern Memories, the year- 
book. 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM OR PUBLIC RELA- 
TIONS 

Major — Journalism: News Editorial 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography 3 hours 

JOUR 265 History and Theory of 

Mass Communications 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours 

JOUR 326 News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

JOUR 425 Science and Technical Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and 

Society J^ horn's 

TOTAL 30 hours 
Required Cognates for News Editorial Emphasis: 

ART 109 Design I 3 hours 

ECON 213 Survey of Economics 3 hours 



journalism and Communication 



PLSC 254 American National and State 

1 22 Government _3_ hours 

TOTAL 9 hours 
Recommended Elective for News Editorial Emphasis: 
JOUR 497 Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Major — Journalism: Broadcasting 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 217 Radio Station Operations 3 hours 

JOUR 265 History and Theory of 

Mass Communications 3 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and 

Society 3 hours 

JOUR 493-494 Broadcast Journalism Workshop 8 hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 
Required Cognates for Broadcast Emphasis: 

BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours 

PLSC 254 American National and State 

Government _3_ hours 

TOTAL 9 hours 
Recommended Elective for Broadcast Emphasis: 
JOUR 497 Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Major — Public Relations: 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and 

Society 3 hours 

PREL 334 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

PREL 406 Public Opinion and Propaganda 3 hours 

PREL 480 Case Studies: Public Relations and 

Organizational Communications 2_ hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 



Journalism and Communication 

Required Cognates for Public Relations: 

ART 109 Design I 3 hours 123 

BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

BUAD 355 Organizational Behavior 2 hours 

TECH 145 Graphic Arts 3 hours 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking _3_ hours 

TOTAL 14 hours 
Recommended Electives for Public Relations: 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

PREL 368 Fluid Development 3 hours 

PREL 497 Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Minor — News Editorial Journalism: 18 hours 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours 

JOUR 325 News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and 

Society 3 hours 

Minor — Broadcast Journalism: 18 hours 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 217 Radio Station Operations 3 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 494 Broadcast Journalism Workshop 6 hours 

Minor — Public Relations: 18 hours 

ART 109 Design I 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and 

Society 3 hours 

PREL 334 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 345 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

PREL 380 Case Studies: Public Relations and 

Organizational Communications 3 hours 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 272. 



Journalism and Communication 



124 



JOURNALISM 

JOUR 105. Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm. 

Introduction to computerized writing and editing of news, features and 
publicity for print and broadcast media; using the Associated Press 
Stylebook in copy editing; copy improvement, writing headlines, checking 
accuracy; picture editing, writing photo captions. 

JOUR 205. News Reporting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor. 
News gathering and research techniques; development of news writing 
skills and style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and 
fairness and on meeting deadlines in covering news events and interview- 
ing news sources. 

JOUR 217. Radio Station Operations 3 hours 

College radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 serves as a laboratory in which stu- 
dents become familiar with day-to-day station operations, including control 
room procedures, announcing, production, broadcast news and teletype 
copy handling and processing, music programming. Introduction to station 
management and broadcast decision-making. 

JOUR 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours 

Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that 
constitute good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film 
development, negative enlargement and print finishing. Students supply 
their own 35mm cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. Two 
hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supplies made availa- 
ble to class members at cost of approximately $50. 

JOUR 265. History and Theory of Mass Communications 3 hours 

Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the 
present, its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the 
mass media system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, public 
relations, radio, television and the impact of the media system on society. 
The course also includes study of theoretical models designed to provide 
understanding of the communications process. 

JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor. 
Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcast 
media. Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the college radio 
station; instruction in writing spot announcements. 

JOUR 315. Advanced Photography (G-l) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 225 or equivalent. 

Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on photo- 
journalism, creative use of the camera in producing photo essays, picture 
stories for publication and photo collections for exnibit. Students supply 
their own cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. One hour of 



Journalism and Communication 



lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supplies made available to 
class members at cost of approximately $75. 

JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours 

Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the 
newspaper feature article. Developing writing style through creative use of 
the English language. 

JOUR 326. News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours 

Journalistic interpretation and analysis of the news, study of the editorial 
and critical functions of the press; writing well-reasoned editorials and 
opinion-page articles based on thorough research and careful analysis of 
information. Writing book reviews, evaluations of radio, television, film 
productions, music, art and other cultural works. 

JOUR 355. Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

Reporting the actions of local, state and federal governments, politics, 
education, religion, economics, social and environmental issues, with em- 
phasis on background research and investigative reporting. 

JOUR 425. Science and Technical Writing 3 hours 

Specialized course in researching, interpreting and writing articles on 
health, medicine, science and technology for publications serving the gen- 
eral public as well as professional audiences. 

JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and 
the news gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy, 
free-press, fair-trial: Contempt of court, access to information, protection of 
sources, copyright law and government regulation of the media. 

JOUR 489. Advising Student Publications 2 hours 

Journalistic writing and editing principles as they apply to student news- 
papers, yearbooks and other publications; libel law, responsibilities of the 
publications adviser and of the student editor; accuracy, balance and fair- 
ness in handling information for publication; role of student publications in 
institutional life. 

JOUR 488. Seminar: Mass Communications and Society 3 hours 

This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examina- 
tion of the role and function of the mass media system in the United States; 
the concept of social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical, 
social, economic and political issues involved in the function of newspa- 
pers, magazines, radio, television, advertising and public relations. Em- 
phasis on reading, writing media critiques andon analysis of concepts and 
ideas. 

JOUR 490. Workshop for Free-lance Writers 3-6 hours 

Designed for individuals who are or who want to become free-lance writers 
and who have developed an outline for a major manuscript or who are 
engaged in writing a substantial magazine article or book. The workshop 
provides critical evaluation and guidance in writing and rewriting as well as 



Journalism and Communication 



126 



an overview of the challenges and opportunities in free-lance writing. 
Enrollment by permission of instructor. 

JOUR 493-494. Broadcast Journalism Workshop I, II 3,3 hours 

The purpose of this course is to give students realistic training in broadcast 
journalism through personal involvement. A television or radio station 
serves as the classroom in which the workshop is conducted. Students begin 
as observers of news and public affairs operations, then become active 
participants in these operations. Course requirements include assigned 
readings, periodic research reports based on readings, observations, ac- 
tivities and interviews with station news and other personnel. A major 
research paper and participation in twice monthly group seminars are also 
required. Students are responsible for their own transportation. (Fall, 
Spring) 

JOUR 495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a 
specialized area of the mass media. The end product of the directed study 
will be a carefully documented research paper. Directed study topics will be 
selected with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to 
the student in carrying out the research project. 

JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Students work at a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station; in a 
publishing house, public relations department or firm or an advertising 
agency to obtain on-the-job experience. Conferences with the instructor 
provide evaluation and guidance. Internship arrangements are made in 
advance in consultation with the instructor. 

PUBLIC RELATIONS 

PREL 334. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to 
the historical development and contemporary practice of public relations; 
analysis of the public relations role in business, industry and non-profit 
organizations and of the functions and responsibilities of the public rela- 
tions practitioner. 

PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

Advertising theories and principles; fundamental of advertising copy writ- 
ing, layout and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for 
public relations and marketing. 

PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach 
specified audiences through mass media channels and through controlled 
media. Preparation of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, 
audio-visuals, speeches and media campaigns; planning and conducting 
special events. 

PREL 368. Fund Development 3 hours 

Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning, 
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect 



Journalism and Communication 



lists, writing proposals, identifying and training development leadership, 
working with foundations. 

PREL 406. Public Opinion and Propaganda 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of 
public opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public re- 
sponse; characteristics of publics and how they are influenced. 

PREL 480. Case Studies: Public Relations and 

Organizational Communications 2 hours 

The public relations function in the context of the organizational communi- 
cations and decision-making process. Application of communications 
theory and techniques in developing both internal and external communi- 
cations systems in terms of organizational nature and purpose; selected case 
studies. 

PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a 
specialized area of public relations, advertising or marketing. The end 
product of the directed study will be a carefully documented research paper. 
Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the instructor 
who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the research 
project. 

PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Supervised work in a public relations office, department or agency. Confer- 
ences with the instructor to provide evaluation and guidance. Internship 
arrangements are made in advance with the instructor. 

SPEECH 

SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches 
with emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, 
methods of securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of 
delivery. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 2 hours 

Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this 
course emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communica- 
tion setting, namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and 
self-disclosure. The course utilizes readings and learning activities to help 
students understand the theory of interpersonal communication and apply 
it in realistic transactions. (Fall, Spring) 

SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 2 hours 

Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of 
selections in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally. 
(Fall, Spring) 






Library Science 



LIBRARY SCIENCE 



Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Chairman 
Loranne Grace, M.L.S. 
Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. 

Accepting no more students into this program after August, 1986. 

Minor: Eighteen hours. 

A school librarian K-12, Tennessee endorsement is available to cer- 
tified teachers who complete the 18 hours of Library Science provided 
by this minor. 

Teaching Endorsement: If a student meets the requirements for a first 
teaching field he may add the following endorsement by meeting the 
number of hours indicated below. 

LIBR 125 Reference 3 hours 

LIBR 226 Libraries and Librarianship 2 hours 

LIBR 314 Cataloging and Classification 3 hours 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

LIBR 333 Instructional Media 2 hours 

LIBR 416 School Library Media Center 

Administration 3 hours 

LIBR 425 Library Materials for Young 

Adults and Adults _2 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 















Schedule of Course Offerings: 






87 


87-88 


88 


88-81 




Summer 




Summer 




1st 


226 


125 


314 


125 


Sem. 


325 


226 


416 


226 


2nd 




325 




325 


Sem. 




425 




416 



LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 3 hours 

Presents basic concepts, selection and use of general and specialized refer- 
ence material for all levels of school libraries. Useful for the general student 
who desires to know how better to use the library. Required for all student 
assistants working in McKee Library. (Fall) 



Library Science 

LIBR 226. Libraries and Librarianship 2 hours 

Introduces the aspects of the library profession and the areas of service of 190 
various types of libraries. Develops the career possibilities of librarianship. * ™ " 

(Fall) 

LIBR 314. Cataloging and Classification 3 hours 

Prerequisite: LIBR 125, 226. 

Examines the basic concepts and strategies for instituting and operating the 
cataloging area of the school library or media center. Involves the student in 
the basic methods of cataloging, classification, and other technical proce- 
dures integral to the retrieval of information. (Fall) 

LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related 
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and 
reading that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through 
criticalevaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of 
books and materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers. 
(Spring) 

LIBR 333. Instructional Media 2 hours 

A laboratory course in the selection, operation, and use of audio-visual 
equipment and materials. Preparation of transparencies, flat pictures, 
graphics, and audio materials will be required. One hour lecture and three 
hours laboratory per week. (Spring) 

LIBR 416. School Library Media Center Administration 3 hours 

Prerequisites: LIBR 125, 226, 314. 

Presents the basic concepts and organizational procedures for the adminis- 
trative personnel of the school library or media center so that this resource 
will become involved with the total program of the school. (Spring) 

LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours 

Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12. 
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific 
needs of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills. 
Develops an appreciation for books and reading that can enthusiastically 
involve both young adults and adults. (Spring) 

LIBR 467. Library Internship 3 hours 

This course is available to students already employed in a media center. 
Field experience under supervision in which the following competencies 
are applied: 1) selection and utilization of resource materials, 2) the design 
and production of A/V items, 3) technical processing of media, and 41 the 
administration and management of media services. Conferences will be 
held with the student and the immediate supervisor at regular intervals 
throughout the semester. 

(G-2) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 






Mathematics 



MATHEMATICS 



Lawrence Hanson, Ph.D., Chairman 
Robert Moore, M.S., Study Leave 
Art Richert, Ph.D. 

Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical think- 
ing have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well- 
educated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention 
of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the calculus, and 
more recently the development of statistical inference, to name just a 
few, are mathematical contributions to civilization which have signifi- 
cantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science, and technology of 
mankind. 

The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical 
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing students 
to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, logical 
thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of problem- 
solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal education of 
professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of mathematics, 
and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of mathematics. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

Major: Forty hours including MATH 317, 318, 319, 411, 412, and 485. 
Cognate requirements are CPTR 218; PHYS 211-212, 213-214. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

Major: Thirty hours including MATH 318, 319, 411, 412 and 485. 
CPTR 218 is a cognate requirement. For those with two majors or secon- 
dary certification, mathematics electives may be substituted for MATH 
319 and 412. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 115 and six hours of upper 
division courses. 

Teaching Endorsement: In addition to meeting the requirements for a 
first teaching field, the student may add the following endorsement by 
meeting the number of hours indicated below: 

MATH 114 Elementary Functions and Relations . 4 hours 

MATH 115 Calculus I 4 hours 

Math elective credit including 

six hours numbered 300 or above . . 10 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission 
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before 



Mathematics 



the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. Please see the 

note on page 84 between EDUC 134 and 217. 131 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 274. 



MATH 099. Basic Mathematics (A-2) Non-Credit 

This course concentrates on the skills of arithmetic and beginning algebra 
and their application to everyday life situations. Calculated as one hour for 
determining class loads. Students with ACT mathematics standard score of 
12 or above are exempt from this course. There is a $50 charge for this 
course. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numera- 
tion systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, met- 
ric system, consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or 
minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 104. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents and radicals, equations 
and inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equa- 
tions, logarithms. This course does not apply on a major or minor in 
mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 114. Elementary Functions and Relations (A-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or two years of high school algebra. 
The real and complex number systems; the elementary functions and their 
graphs, including polynomial and rational functions, exponential and 
logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their inverses; analytic 
geometry. Only two hours apply toward a major in mathematics. (Fall) 

MATH 115. Calculus I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114 or four years of high school mathematics which 
include at least one semester of trigonometry and some analytic geometry. 
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions including 
limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications 
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem or calculus, 
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. 
(Spring) 

MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two 
years of high school algebra with a B average, or MATH 104, or MATH 103. 
An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organiza- 
tion and analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions 
(binomial, normal, Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis test- 
ing, correlation and regression, nonparametric statistics. (Fall, Summer) 



Mathematics 



MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

1 Q9 Prerequisite: MATH 115. 

An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of 
logic and sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. 
(Spring) 

MATH 217. Calculus II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 115. 

Precise definitions of limits, further topics in differential calculus, estimat- 
ing definite integrals, polar coordinates, parametric equations, sequences, 
infinite series, Taylor series, functions of two variables, partial derivatives, 
directional derivatives. (Fall) 

MATH 218. Calculus III 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 217. 

Algebraic operations or vectors, multiple integrals, vector calculus includ- 
ing Green's theorem, Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. 
(Spring) 

MATH 314. Applied Finite Mathematics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215 or BUAD 313. 

Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans- 
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. 
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program 
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 217. 

Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equa- 
tions, power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the 
Laplace transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. 
(Spring) 

MATH 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bes- 

sel functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, 
including mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the 
Cauchy-Goursat theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent 
series, the theory of residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even 

years) 



Mathematics 



MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 115, 216. 133 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of 
linear equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigen- 
values and eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of Fortran. 
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integra- 
tion, numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations, 
error analysis. (Spring, even years) 

MATH 411, 412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, 
uniform continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the 
derivative and integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences 
and series of functions, the Lebesque integral, Fourier series. (Fall, odd 
years, and Spring, even years) 

MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 115, 216. 

Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry, 
finite geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, 
geometric transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry. 
(Fall, odd years) 

MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff. 

Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics and 

current literature. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, odd years) 

MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty. 

Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation 

with an instructor. (On demand) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Mathematics and Physics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performance, and the survey ana evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(A-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Modern Languages 



MODERN LANGUAGES 

Helmut Ott, Ed.D., Chairman 

This department offers the opportunity for students to discover 
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as 
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The 
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical tool 
in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in 
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture 
should be part of the background of educated persons, particularly those 
with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern Languages 
aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility to dem- 
onstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or as re- 
spondents to the Master's gospel commission. 

Students whose mother tongue is a language other than English and 
who wish to major in their native language obviously begin with certain 
basic skills already achieved. These skills are reasonably expected to be 
at least equivalent to the intermediate level. Such students will be asked 
to demonstrate these skills through a qualifying examination which, 
when successfully completed, will constitute a waiver of the six inter- 
mediate credits. These six credits are to be replaced by three hours of 
advanced English grammar (ENGL 218) and three hours from Master- 
pieces in Translation (MDLG 304), American or English literature, or 
American history. The foreign language major for students majoring in 
their mother tongue may thus be considered to consist of 30 hours but to 
include a substitution of six hours. 

FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad. Southern College is a member of the 
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of 
French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign lan- 
guage amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting. 

The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: In Austria, Seminar 
Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste, 
Collonges-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, 
Sagunto. 

Students participate in the ACA program to obtain such goals as a 
language major with a speaking proficiency; a language minor with a 
speaking proficiency; general education credit, especially in such fields 
as history, humanities, religion, art, and music in an overseas setting; 
broader perspectives through foreign travel and experience, without 



Modern Languages 

loss of academic time; foreign study at reasonable cost; and insights into 

the global nature of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 135 

Most ACA students return with a minor in the language. Some, espe- 
cially if they have completed the intermediate year before leaving for 
Europe, return with enough credits for a major. A major or minor in the 
foreign language is not automatic, however; ACA students intending to 
fulfill major or minor requirements must counsel with the Modern 
Languages staff before drafting their overseas program. 

Needed for admission to the ACA program are: 

1. Admission as a regular student at Southern College. 

2. Competence in the language. (The intermediate level is recom- 
mended; one year in college or two in secondary school may some- 
times be accepted.) 

3. A record free from academic and citizenship probation. 

4. The special ACA application form, submitted to the Admissions 
Office. 

5. Compliance with the financial requirements. (See page 204. Costs, 
including transportation, are comparable to those at Adventist 
colleges in the United States.) 

The University o/Montemorelos. By arrangement with the University 
of Montemorelos in Nuevo Leon, students may apply for an intensive 
summer course in Spanish in Mexico. An academic-year program is also 
available to a limited number of students. Credit for both plans is vari- 
able. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, GERMAN, OR SPANISH 

Major — French, German or Spanish: Thirty hours for the Bachelor of 
Arts degree, excluding course 101-102 but including course 211-212. 
Because the number of hours available on the Southern College campus 
is limited, especially in French and German, students are expected to 
earn a large portion of their major through ACA or the Montemorelos 
affiliation. Students not interested in foreign study are referred to the 
International Studies major (below). 

Minor — French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding 
course 101-102 but including course 211-212 and six hours of upper- 
division courses. Because advanced courses in French and German are 
not at present offered on the Southern College campus, the student 
desiring a minor in French or German must plan either a year in the ACA 
program or two summer terms in an intensive language program previ- 
ously approved by this department. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST) 

Major — International Studies: This major is intended to offer basic 
language and literature within a framework of international cultural 



Modern Languages 



dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a "humanities 
major." Only a Spanish emphasis is at present available on the Southern 
College campus. The French or German emphasis, however, may be 
available to ACA students who complete sufficient language, culture 
and literature courses overseas. For the International Studies major, 
thirty hours are required, as listed below. A cognate requirement of 
RELT 368, Comparative Religions (3 hours), may be taken as one of the 
required general education courses (area B). 
SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 211-212 — 

Intermediate Level 6 hours 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 344 — Composition and 

Conversation 3 hours 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 354 — Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

ENGL 445 — World Literature 3 hours 

MDLG 304 — Masterpieces in Translation 3 hours 

ART 344 (or MUHL 115) — History of Art 

(or Listening to Music) 3 hours 

HIST 386, 389 (or 354) — Rise of the West 

or Vienna to Vietnam (or History of Latin America) 3 hours 

Additional hours from language and literature, world geog- 
raphy, a second foreign language, or ART 344 or MUHL 115 
(whichever is not taken above) 6 hours* 

*Students desiring certification in Spanish, French or German must 
take these six hours in that language. 

TOTAL 30 hours 

Teaching Endorsement: 

1. For students with successful completion of 2 years Foreign Lan- 
guage study in high school: 

a. One language endorsement — a minimum of eighteen hours in 
that language. 

b. Two or more foreign languages — a minimum of thirty semester 
hours with a minimum of twelve semester hours in each of the 
languages. 

2. For students with no evidence of two years of high school credit: 

a. One language endorsement — a minimum of twenty-four hours 
in that language. 

b. Two or more foreign languages — a minimum of eighteen semes- 
ter hours in each of the languages. 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89. 






Modern Languages 



SPECIAL COURSES 



MDLG 304. Masterpieces in Translation (D-2) 3 hours 

A survey of great literary works from France, Germany, Spain, and Spanish 
America, from the seventeenth century to modern times. Students desiring a 
complete survey of world literature may first enroll for ENGL 445, World 
Literature, which covers the centuries up to the seventeenth. Applies to- 
ward general education requirements in literature but not toward the major 
in French, German or Spanish. (Spring, even years) 

MDLG 295/495. Directed Study i-6 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
individual student. This course also includes credit offered by the Modern 
Languages Department on directed study tours. Approval of the instructor 
must be obtained prior to registration for the course. 

FRENCH 

FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

FREN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to FREN 102. 
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is French.) 

FREN 211-212. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit 
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is French. 
FREN 211 is offered Fall even years; 212, Spring odd years.) 



GERMAN 

GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

GRMN 101, or equivalent, or one year of German in secondary school, is 
prerequisite to GRMN 102. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is German.) 

GRMN 211-212. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, or 
a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 



137 



Modem Languages 



138 



Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit 
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is German. 
GRMN 211 is offered Fall odd years; 212, Spring even years.) 

SPANISH 

SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

SPAN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to SPAN 102. 
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is Spanish). 

SPAN 211-212. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, or 

a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 

Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No 

credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 

Spanish). 

SPAN 344. Composition and Conversation (D-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent. 

Development of skill in speaking, understanding, and writing idiomatic 
Spanish. (Open to Spanish or Latin-American nationals only by permission 
or instructor. Fall, odd years) 

SPAN 354. Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent. 

Backgrounds of the social, religious, political, economic, artistic, and intel- 
lectual scene in the Spanish-speaking world. (Fall, even years) 

SPAN 365. Spanish Linguistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent. Recommended: SPAN 344. 
Introduction to the morphological, syntactic, and phonemic structure of the 
Spanish language. Practice in sounds, intonation, and transcription; reme- 
dial pronunciation drills. The course includes a brief survey of the history of 
the language. (Spring, odd years) 

SPAN 376. Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent. 

History and development of Spanish literature; reading of representative 

works. No credit allowed if SPAN 336 credit has been awarded. (Spring, odd 

years) 

SPAN 436. Masterpieces of Spanish-American 

Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent. 



Modern Languages 



History and development of Spanish-American literature; reading of rep- 
resentative works. (Spring, even years) 1 QO 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical 
application, with special attention to goals, planning, classroom 
techniques, selection and utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of 
student performance. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first 
semester during the senior year. 

(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 












Music 



MUSIC 



J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A. 

Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed. 

Judith Glass, M.Mus. 

Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Chairman 

Patricia Silver, M.A. 

The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one of 
the arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God and 
to enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this philosophy, 
course work is offered which meets the needs of the general college 
student as well as music majors and minors. 

The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the 
Bachelor of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and 
history, as well as a high level of achievement in a major performance 
area. In addition, the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills 
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of 
teachers for the Seventh-day Adventist school system. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of 
the college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take 
written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a perform- 
ance examination in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman 
standing as a music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and 
MUPF 189. 

Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be ob- 
tained by writing the chairman of the Department of Music. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano 
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary, (The latter may not 
be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General 
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examina- 
tion includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several 
moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmoni- 
zation of simple folk melodies. The functional piano examination 
should be passed during the first week of the first semester in residence 
or the student must register for applied piano instruction. 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for 
thirteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice per 
lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following a 
jury examination at the end of each semester. 



Music 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required 
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except for 1 JL 1 
the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and * ^ * 
senior recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to 
meet this requirement will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to par- 
ticipate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12 or 
more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are ex- 
empted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must, 
however, complete eight (8) hours of appropriate ensembles. 

Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or the 
Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student must be 
registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior recital. 
Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may be 
partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music performance. 

A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at least 
three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance at this 
audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sopho- 
more year. The requirements for junior standing are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.0 for the Bachelor of Arts degree 
and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree. 

b. A grade point average of 2.5 in all music courses. 

c. Completion of the functional piano requirement. 

d. Completion of MUCT 111-112, 121-122. 

e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music 
concentration area. 

Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result in 
the student receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, 
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. 
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters before 
graduation. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education is an NCATE ap- 
proved degree which meets state and denominational certification re- 
quirements. Students must apply for admission to the Teacher Educa- 
tion Program, through the Department of Education, prior to taking 
education courses. Each student will be responsible to determine the 
additional courses that may be required for certification in the state of his 
choice. This information can be obtained at the Department of Educa- 
tion. 



Music 



State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education 
1 JL 2 majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at the 
M ^** 480 level. 

The following general education requirements apply only to students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 9 hours 

1. English 6 hours 

2. Mathematics 3 hours 

B. Religion 12 hours 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 6 hours 

2. Religion: RELT 155, 238 6 hours 

C. History, Political and Economic Systems 9 hours 

1. History 6 hours 

2. Political Science and Economics 3 hours 

D« Language, Literature, Fine Arts 3 hours 

1. Foreign Languages 

(Intermediate level) 0-3 hours 

2. Literature 0-3 hours 

E. Natural Sciences 6 hours 

1. Biology 0-3 hours 

2. Chemistry 0-3 hours 

3. Physics 0-3 hours 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 2 hours 

1. Health Science: HLED 173 2 hours 

G. Activity Skills 4 hours 

1. Recreational Skills 4 hours 

TOTAL 45 hours 

Music Core; 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 6 hours 

MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II 2 hours 

MUCT 211-212 Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours 

MUCT 221-222 Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2 hours 

MUHL 314, 315 History of Music 8 hours 

MUPF 477 Instrumental Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

MUPF 313 Orchestration & Arranging _3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 

Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano profi- 
ciency examination. Four (4) hours of keyboard secondary may be used 
in lieu of the proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard may 
not be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/ 
General Endorsement. 



Music 



Vocal/General Endorsement 

A. Applied Music Concentration Voice M4«jl 

. Applied Concentration 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED Elective 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Music Elective _4 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 



* 



B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard 

*Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours 

Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration) 

or 
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy (Organ Concentration) 2 hours 
MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar jj hour 

TOTAL 33 hours 

1 . Organ majors must take two hours of MUPF 2 79 , Service 
Playing, in lieu of two hours of MUPF 289. 

Instrumental Endorsement 

Applied Music Concentration 

(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Secondary Instrument Instruction 

(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) 6 hours 

Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar J. hour 

TOTAL 35 hours 

Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement 

An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a 
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided 
both are represented. 

Education Core: (Before taking education courses, the student must 
apply to the Education Department for admission to the Teacher 



Music 



Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 
144 a PPty to the Education Department for admission to the professional 
semester.) 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education .... 2 hours 
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of 

Education . . 3 hours 

EDUC 240 Education of the Exceptional Student 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Secondary School 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching, 7-12 J3 hours 

22 hours 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School 

Pedagogy, or Materials and Methods . _6 hours 

7 hours 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed to 
give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of man. 

Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the 

following: 

Music Theory including MUCT 111-112; 121-122; 

211-212; 221-222 19 hours 

MUHL314-315— History of Music to 1750/1 750 to Present 8 hours 

MUPF 189, 389 — Concentration 8 hours 

Music Ensembles 5 hours 

A student must complete all general education requirements of the 

College. 
The foreign language recommended is either French or German. 

Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following: 

MUCT 111-112 — Music Theory I and II 6 hours 

MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 3 hours 

MUPF 189 — Concentration 2 hours 

MUPF 477 or 478 — Instrumental or Choral Conducting 

Techniques 3 hours 

Music Course Electives (including three hours upper 

division) _4 hours 

18 hours 






Music 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 275. 



MUSIC THEORY 

MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours 

A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not 
apply toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. 
(Spring, Summer) 

MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and 

visually comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from 

one to tour voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall, 

Spring) 

MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills re- 
lated to the materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take 
this concurrently with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course. 
(Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 211-212. Advanced Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in 

MUCT 111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, 

Spring) 

MUCT 221-222. Advanced Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 
211-212. Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. 
This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and 
band instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumen- 
tal chamber groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and 
analysis of scores is emphasized. (Spring) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to 

the more complex music of all historical periods. (Spring) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content 
to be arranged. Approval must be secured from the division chairman prior 
to registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 



145 



Music 



146 



MUSIC HISTORY 



MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musi- 
cal styles, and forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are 
required. Does not apply toward a music major. (Fall) 

MUHL 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church 
with particular emphasis on hymnology. (Spring) 

MUHL 314. History of Music to 1750 (D-3), (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of music literature from antiquity to 1750 including cultural 
backgrounds, development of music form and style, and analysis of rep- 
resentative masterworks from each major period of music history. A unit of 
non-Western music is also included. Two listening periods per week are 
required. (Fall: even numbered years) 

MUHL 315. History of Music, 1750 to Present (D-3), (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112 or permission of instructor. 
A study of music literature from 1750 to the present, including cultural 
backgrounds, development of music form and style, and analysis of rep- 
resentative masterworks from each major period of music history. Two 
listening periods per week are required. (Spring: odd numbered years) 



MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for 
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruc- 
tion is required. (Spring: even numbered years) 

MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, finger- 
ings, practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of litera- 
ture for the instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of 
classroom and private instruction is required. (Fall: even numbered years) 

MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic 
technique, and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments 
and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private 
instruction is required. (Spring: odd numbered years) 

MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for 
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruc- 
tion is required. (Fall: odd numbered years) 



Mum 

MUED 231. Music Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 (or permission of instructor) or MUHL 115. 1 417 

A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the 
elementary school. The content includes fundamentals, appreciation, sing- 
ing, playing, and rhythmic activities. Observation and participation in the 
music program of the elementary school is required. Two hours lecture and 
one hour laboratory work per week. (Fall, Summer) 

MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; 
planning a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including 
technic, repertoire, and musicianship. Observation and teaching is re- 
quired. (Fall: odd numbered years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of 
instructor. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; 
testing and classification of voices; physiological and psychological prob- 
lems of voice production and diction. Observation and teaching is required. 
(Spring: odd numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 
Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompani- 
ment of church services; registration of organ literature on various types of 
organs. Observation and teaching is required. (Fall: even numbered years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including 
curriculum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters 
related to student teaching. (Spring) 






APPLIED MUSIC 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of 
practice and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 



Music 



148 



hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor. 
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non- 
liturgical services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, 
conducting from the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection 
of appropriate preludes, offertories, and postludes. Performance experience 
required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted, (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive 
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is 
included. (Fall: odd numbered years) 

MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive 
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is 
included. (Spring: even numbered years) 

Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the College 
as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music major or 
minor may not apply these toward his applied music concentration. 
Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional Piano Exami- 
nation. 

Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music major 
and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the examina- 
tion for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required with these 
course numbers. 

The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, classi- 
cal guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, oboe, 
clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone 
tuba, and percussion instruments. 



Music 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 



Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. 
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit 
each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, in- 
cluding dress rehearsals, is required. 

Voice majors are required to sing in the Southern College Concert 
Choir or Chamber Singers for two years. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by the members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 118/318. I Cantatrici Ladies' Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A female-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods. 

MUPF 148/348. Chamber Singers (G-l) 1 hour 

A mixed-voice choir which performs choral music appropriate to the 
Chamber Choir. 

MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods. 

MUPF 168/368. Southern College Concert Choir (G-l) 1 hour 

A mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods. 

MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, 
musical productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This 
course does not fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. 
(Fall, Spring) 



INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 

Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through audi- 
tion. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour 
credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required. 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble 
participation requirement for music majors except those taking a 
keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking a 
keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience 
credit, must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony 
Orchestra. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring] 



149 



Music 



MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 
JJjQ (Fall, Spring) 



1 hour 



MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of 
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring) 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 

































Nursing 



NURSING 



Katie Lamb, M.S.N., Chairman 
Collegedale Orlando 

Ruby Birch, M.S.N. Flora Flood, M.S.N. 

Betty Garver, M.S.N. Marsha Rauch, M.S.N. 

Dorothy Giacomozzi, M.S. Cheryl Thompson, M.S.N. 

Leona Gulley, M.H.Sc. Erma Webb, M.S. 

Dorothy Hooper, M.S. 

Shirley Howard, M.S.N. 

Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N. 

Beth Jedamski, M.S. 

Catherine Knarr, M.S.N. 

Katie Lamb, M.S.N. 

Caroline McArthur, M.S. 

Laura Nyirady, M.S.N. 

Charlene Robertson, M.S.N. 

Elvie Swinson, M.S. 

PHILOSOPHY 

God is the One in whom we live and move and have our being. In the 
beginning when God created man in His image it was His purpose that 
man should throughout his life ever more fully reveal the image of his 
Creator. But sin brought about in man feelings of distrust of his fellow- 
man and of God, and a great sense of personal insecurity. Sin also 
weakened his physical powers, lessened his psychosocial capacity, and 
dimmed his spiritual vision. Man then became subject to various health 
problems. Those health problems have created a need for intervention 
from the health-related professions. 

Nursing as a health profession is a progressive science and art, utiliz- 
ing knowledge from many physical and psychosocial disciplines in 
assisting individuals and groups to solve health problems. While nurs- 
ing shares with other health care providers the goals of maintaining and 
promoting optimal health, it is unique in that it provides for the ac- 
tivities of daily living through its nurturing role and coordinates the 
health care according to observations of behavioral response of the 
patient/client. Nursing also includes preventive and creative roles in 
meeting the needs of the whole individual. The nurse can most effec- 
tively fill these roles through a consistent relationship with Christ which 
enables the nurse to assist others to live, move, and have being (Acts 
17:28). 

As the roles of the nurse have become more complex, the differentia- 
tion of responsibilities of nurses has created a need for nursing person- 
nel with different levels of preparation. The implication for nursing 
education is that it must provide curricula to educate a clearly defined 
practitioner on each level of practice. To meet this need, students in the 



151 



Nursing 



articulated baccalaureate program receive an associate of science degree 
after the second year with the option to halt their education or continue 
upper division nursing. The person who exits at this level will primarily 
provide nurturing and coordinating aspects of nursing in a cir- 
cumscribed setting. This nurse will apply the nursing process in assess- 
ing the level of wellness of the patient/client using predetermined 
criteria and techniques, will plan and implement predetermined inter- 
ventions, and will function in predetermined leadership roles. These 
roles will include management of care for groups of patient/clients and 
direction of auxiliary personnel. 

In a variety of settings the baccalaureate graduate will provide preven- 
tive, creative, coordinative, and collaborative aspects of nursing. The 
nurse practicing at this level will act as a change agent utilizing the 
research orientation to the nursing process which includes the system- 
atic gathering of data, considering alternatives, implementing pre- 
determined and/or creative interventions, evaluating outcomes, and as- 
suming accountability for actions. On completion of the program the 
graduate will have competence in a variety of practice settings and 
beginning expertise in at least one area. The graduate will be equipped to 
move quickly into beginning leadership roles and will have the theory 
and practice base in behavioral and physical sciences for graduate study 
in nursing. 

DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM 

The articulated program leads to a baccalaureate degree in nursing 
with the option to exit at the associate degree level. The holders of an 
associate degree from a state approved program in nursing may progress 
into upper division nursing. Licensed diploma graduates will be 
evaluated on an individual basis. 

The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science 
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus 
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state board 
examinations to become a registered nurse. 

A well-equipped learning center and skills laboratory are provided to 
assist students in learning experiences. 

ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an in-depth 
study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. All students 
will be required to participate in validation procedures designed to 
evaluate and improve the individual student and the program of study. 

A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each 
year with a limited size of 40 students due to available clinical facilities 
and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size and a new 
class is admitted each semester. 



Nursing 

CONSORTIUM BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM 

The program enables registered nurses employed on a full-time basis 1 3 *J 
at a member hospital to obtain a baccalaureate degree on a part-time 
basis. All upper division nursing classes are offered in the evening. One 
course is offered each fall and winter semester and one course during a 
summer session for a given group. This program is offered in Col- 
legedale and Orlando. 

Admission and progression criteria are the same as the campus-based 
baccalaureate program with the following exceptions: 

1. Math requirement: Math requirement is waived for RN/BS stu- 
dents. 

2. Residence requirements: The requirement that the last thirty (30) 
semester hours must be taken in residence has been adjusted to 
allow the consortium students to take general education courses, 
with the exception of Christian Ethics, at another college concur- 
rently with clinical nursing courses. 

3. Transfer work: Seventy-four (74) semester hours from a junior 
college is allowed which will include 68 hours for the equivalent of 
an Associate Degree plus six semester hours of Biochemistry. 

4. Religion: Three hours are permitted to be taken at a local college or 
university. Three hours Christian Ethics must be taken at Southern 
College. 

5. Writing courses: Only two writing emphasis courses rather than 
three will be required. 



POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately 
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility for 
their learning and professional behavior. 

The Division of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies of 
the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations as 
outlined. The faculty reserves the right to withdraw or revise policies as 
deemed necessary. The Collegedale- and Orlando-based programs are 
governed by the same policies. 

Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the stu- 
dents enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be 
expected to provide their own transportation or make arrangements to 
share this expense with fellow students in the same course. 

Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost of 
nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing Education 
Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see bulletin section Admis- 
sions, Expenses and Financial Aid). 

The Tennessee State Board of Nursing and other State Boards reserve 



Nursing 



the right to deny licensure in their states if the applicant has an unre- 
solved felony on record in any state. 

The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or withdraw 
courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 

ACCREDITATION 

The program in nursing is fully accredited by the Board of Review for 
Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and Associate of Science 
Degree Programs of the National League for Nursing. It is accredited by 
the National League for Nursing to admit registered nurse students to the 
curriculum. It is recognized by the Board of Regents of the Department of 
Education of the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, and it is 
approved by the Tennessee Board of Nursing. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING 

Major: Thirty-seven hours for the Bachelor of Science degree after 
completion of the Associate of Science degree at Southern College or the 
equivalent* including NRSG 324, 325, 327, 335, 387, 389, 394, 425, 484, 
485. Required cognates: RELT 373, CHEM 111, 203, and three hours 
upper-division Behavioral Science. MATH 215 Statistics is a required 
course but is not considered a cognate. General education requirements 
include an additional three hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, and 
three hours Area D to make a total of 131 semester hours of which 40 
hours are upper division. 

*Graduates of a state approved associate degree nursing program will be con- 
sidered to have met the general education requirements for the first two years of 
the program. If an Area C-l course was not included in the associate degree 
program, however, it must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science 
degree general education requirements of " 3 hours Area C or D. " A maximum of 
72 semester hours will be accepted from a junior college. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING 

Major: Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree including 
NRSG 105, 116, 117, 215, 216, 217, 218, 223. Required cognates: BIOL 
105, 106, 125, PSYC 128, SOCI 125, FDNT 125. General education 
courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the other disciplines 
of the College. Students are exempt from general education courses for 
Areas D and G. A total of 69 semester hours is required for the Associate 
of Science degree. 

LOWER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Minimum requirements for admission to the clinical area of the De- 
partment of Nursing are listed below. The final decision on acceptance 
and continuation in nursing is made by the Department of Nursing. 



Nursing 

Declaration as a nursing major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the 
Department of Nursing. | C C 

1. Acceptance to Southern College and hold a diploma from a four- 
year accredited high school or the equivalent. 

2. High school grade point average of 2.50* minimum on solids 
(math, science, English, history, foreign language). 

3. A grade of "C M or better in each semester of high school chemistry. 
A student who does not meet the high school chemistry require- 
ment may remove this deficiency by taking CHEM 111 and earning 
a "C" or better. 

4. Minimum ACT standard score of 17 in English and composite. 

5. A student who does not meet the high school grade point average or 
ACT requirements may take a minimum of twelve semester college 
hours in required courses leading to nursing, with a current and 
cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50* before being con- 
sidered for clinical nursing courses. 

6. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. 

7. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and/or graduation. A grade of at least "C— " is required 
in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative grade point 
average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admission and progres- 
sion in nursing. (Cognate courses are Anatomy and Physiology, 
Nutrition, Developmental Psychology, Microbiology, and Sociol- 
ogy. 

8. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 is required both in 
nursing and in the cognates for graduation. 

9. Students with previous college work must have a minimum cur- 
rent and cumulative grade point average of 2.50* before being 
considered for clinical nursing courses. 

10. Students whose native language is other than English must 
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its 
equivalent. 

11. Achieve a score of 20th percentile on the Nelson-Denny reading 
test prior to admission. If the score falls between the 20-34th 
percentile level, the student will be admitted on probation. 

12. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on 
standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in 
the program will be required if performance level is not achieved. 
Failure to achieve the required score on the comprehensive exami- 
nations (see Nsg 223, Nsg-Seminar) will result in delay in gradua- 
tion and requires the successful completion of NRSG 050. 

13. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee, 
transfer students from another major or another college will be 
evaluated individually and accepted on a space available basis. 



Nursing 



14. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is 
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be 
approved by the Nursing Progressions Committee. 

15. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral 
fitness. Further references or information may be required regard- 
ing character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a question in 
these areas. 

16. A licensed practical nurse (LPN) may be granted 5 hours of ad- 
vance placement after successful completion of the course As- 
sociate Nursing Perspectives, NRSG 103, and an evaluation which 
includes both clinical and theory common to Basic Nursing I, 
NRSG 105. The LPN must hold a valid license from the state in 
which he/she is enrolled in classes. 

The following should be sent to the Director of Admissions by March 1 
for the fall class and by October 15 for the winter class: (1) application to 
the College, (2) application to the Division of Nursing, (3) transcripts, (4) 
ACT scores. Students who for various reasons are not able to complete a 
semester or do not progress with their class, cannot be assured place- 
ment in their choice of subsequent class. 



* On a 4.00 scale 

CURRICULUM (First and Second Year) 

Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Science 
degree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations. 

Number of Hours Required: 

Nursing 35 Natural Science 13 

Behavioral Science 6 General Eduction 15 



A year-by-year outline for the associate degree is listed on page 277, 



NRSG 050. Nursing N-CLEX Review (non-credit) 3 hours 

This course is designed to review and consolidate theoretical components of 
the first two years of the nursing program. The content focuses upon 
medical-surgical, obstetrical, mental health, and the nursing of children. 
The student is expected to perform satisfactorily on a comprehensive 
examination. Failure to meet this requirement results in termination from 
the nursing program. 

NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour 

This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical 
Nurse for advanced placement and career mobility. It will provide an under- 
standing of the associate nurse role, familiarize the student with philosophy 
of spiritual care and give an orientation to the program and its philosophy 
and conceptual framework. 



Nursing 

NRSG 105. Basic Nursing I: Foundations 5 hours 

Prerequisite: Chemistry (high school or equivalent). 157 

Co-requisites: FDNT 125, BIOL 102 

This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritual 

aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding of the roles of 

the nurse, utilizes the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills 

common to all areas of nursing with an emphasis on gerontology (three 

hours theory, two hours clinical). (Fall) 

NRSG 116. Basic Nursing II: Medical-Surgical 5 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101, FDNT 125, NRSG 105. 
Must meet college math requirements. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing in 
dealing with selected basic needs of adults at various points on the 
wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected 
medical-surgical problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote 
physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist 
in rehabilitation (two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth 
hours clinical). (Spring) 

NRSG 117. Basic Nursing II: The Childbearing Family 5 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101, FDNT 125, NRSG 105. 

Must meet college math requirements. 

This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care 

of childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, 

and spiritual health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during, 

and immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process (three 

hours theory, two hours clinical). (Spring) 

NRSG 215. Basic Nursing III: Parent-Child 4 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 128; NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 102. 

Co-requisite: BIOL 125. 

This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of 

family-centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness 

continuum (two and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours 

clinical). (Fall) 

NRSG 216. Basic Nursing III: Medical-Surgical 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 102, PSYC 128. 
Co-requisite: BIOL 125. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing in 
continuing to deal with selected basic needs oi adults at different points on 
the wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on nursing process 
as applied to individuals who are experiencing select medical/surgical 
interferences; promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health; in- 
tervening in illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. (Two and one-fourth 
hours theory, one and three-fourths hours clinical). (Fall) 

NRSG 217. Basic Nursing III: Mental-Health 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 102, PSYC 128. 
Co-requisite: BIOL 125. 



Nursing 



158 



This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing 
process in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis 
on specific psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness 
continuum (Two and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical). 
(Summer) 

NRSG 218. Basic Nursing IV: Medical-Surgical 7 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125, NRSG 215, 216, 217. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of utilizing the 
nursing process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, 
physical, and spiritual aspects of individuals who have medical-surgical 
interferences. The impact of historical events and current trends upon the 
future of nursing is considered as well as the problems and responsibilities 
of the registered nurse. The student is introduced to leadership concepts 
(three hours theory, four hours clinical). (Spring) 

NRSG 223. Nursing Seminar 1 hour 

This course is designed to aid the student in validating and consolidating 
previous learning experiences. The seminar will include intensive review of 
all areas of nursing. A series of comprehensive examinations will be given at 
the culmination of the seminar. The student must perform at a pre-specified 
level on each area of the comprehensive examination. If a student fails to 
achieve this level, a grade of "I" or incomplete will be given for the course. 
Removal of this "I" will necessitate the student's successful completion of 
the non-credit course NRSG 050. (Spring) 

UPPER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admissions: 

Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are 
listed below. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in 
nursing is made by the Division of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing 
major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the Division of Nursing. 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses in 
nursing. 

3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade 
below "C— " for lower division cognate courses. 

4. Students whose native language is other than English must pass an 
English proficiency test. If the student fails the English proficiency 
test, he must take remedial work in written and spoken English and 
repeat the proficiency test with a passing grade before entering 
nursing. 

5. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on 
standardized tests. Remedial work will be required if performance 
level is not achieved, 

6. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee, 



Nursing 

transfer students from another major or another college will be 
evaluated individually and assisted in fitting into the program. 1 E|Q 

7. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is 
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be 
approved by the Nursing Progression Committee. 

8. The applicant must show evidence of moral, physical, social, and 
intellectual maturity. Further references or information may be 
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a 
question in these areas. 

9. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout their 
upper division program. 

10. Eligibility for Licensure: 

Applicants to be considered for admission to junior standing in 
nursing must either have a current license to practice as a regis- 
tered nurse in the U.S. or, if a new graduate or foreign student, must 
be eligible to sit for state boards. A student must pass state board 
examinations before registering for senior clinical nursing courses. 

11. Experience: 

A. Student who has graduated within five years prior to applica- 
tion. 

1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references 
are required from basic nursing program. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). Students who have graduated 
within the previous twelve months will be exempt from the 
work requirement. 

B. Student who has graduated more than five years prior to appli- 
cation. 

1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in nurs- 
ing for each five years since graduation and one year must be 
in the last five years. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). 

12. Nursing Credit: 

A. Associate Degree Graduate. 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree nursing pro- 
gram will have met nursing requirements for the first two years 
of the program. If the cumulative nursing GPA is below 2.25, an 
applicant will be accepted on probation. 

B. Diploma Graduate. 

Graduates of a state approved diploma program will be 
evaluated in both theory and skills on an individual basis. A 
maximum of thirty-five semester hours of nursing credit may be 



Nursing 

given which is equal to the requirements of the first two years of 
1 fifl nursing at Southern College. 

13. General Education and Cognates: 

A. Associate Degree. 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will 
be considered to have met general education requirements for 
the first two years of the program, including history and 
mathematics requirements. (If an Area C-l course was not in- 
cluded in the associate degree program, it must be taken in 
fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general education 
requirements of "3 hours Area C or D.") If the cumulative 
cognate GPA is below 2.25, an applicant will be accepted on 
probation. 

B. Diploma Graduate. 

1 . Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required 
at Southern College if received from an accredited senior or 
junior college or by examination according to the policy 
stated in the bulletin. 

2. . All cognates for the first two years must be completed before 
entering junior nursing courses. General education re- 
quirements may be taken concurrently. 

C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level 
nursing courses. 

14. Progression: 

A. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. 

B. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and graduation. A grade of at least "C- M is re- 
quired in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admis- 
sion, progression, and graduation in nursing. (Cognate courses 
are CHEM 111 and 203, Selected Concepts in Biochemistry; 
RELT 373, Christian Ethics.) 

C. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance 
on standardized and validating tests. Remedial work will be 
required if performance level is not achieved. 



*On 4.00 scale. 

CURRICULUM (Third and Fourth Years) 

Students must take a total of 1 3 1 hours required for graduation includ- 
ing 40 hours upper division. 

Number of hours required after completion of the associate degree in 
nursing: 



Nursing 37 Natural Sciences 7 

Behavioral Science 3 * General Education 12 

Mathematics 3 



Nursing 

161 



*One of the general education courses must be a writing course. 



A year-by-year outline for the major offered is listed on page 277. 



NRSG 324. Professional Nursing Perspectives 1 hour 

A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition of 
learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate 
approach to nursing. Study will be focused upon the Department of Nurs- 
ing's philosophy and conceptual framework, nursing theories and models, 
professional nursing, and related concepts. Students will be evaluated in 
both theory and skills to identify strengths and weaknesses. (One hour 
theory). (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic 

Principles of Human Physiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 203. 

This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with 
clinical practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic inter- 
ferences, and to move toward more independent predictive care of patient/ 
client. (Four hours theory). (Arranged as needed for Consortium students). 
(Spring) 

NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours 

Co-requisite: NRSG 324. 

This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the 
expanding role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to de- 
velop advanced skills in utilizing the nursing process through history 
taking, physical examination, health planning, and counseling of the 
patient/client. (Three hours theory, one hour clinical). (Arranged as needed 
for Consortium students). (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 
emphasis on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their 
optimal level of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course 
combines community and mental health concepts (three hours theory, three 
hours clinical). (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on 
community assessment and working with groups, (two hours theory, one 
hour clinical). (Arranged as needed for Consortium students). 



Nursing 



NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

1 fi2 Prerequisite: NRSG 327, 346; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 
emphasis on moving individuals, families and communities toward their 
optimal levels of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This 
course combines community and mental health concepts (one hour theory, 
two hours clinical). (Arranged as needed for Consortium students). 

NRSG 387. Home Health/Gerontology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 327; NRSG 335 or NRSG 346/347. 
A course providing the registered nurse student with theories and practice 
of caring for the client (ages cover the life span) requiring skilled nursing 
care in tne home. Content will also include in-depth study of the active and 
non-active older adult. (Two hours theory, one hour clinical). (Beginning 
Summer 1988). 

NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 111 and CHEM 203. 

Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications, 
pharmacokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. (Two 
hours theory). (Beginning Summer 1988). 

NRSG 394. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including 
framework for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The 
student plans a research proposal. The course is designed to give the student 
the concepts, methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and applica- 
tion of research and evaluation. (Three hours theory). (Fall; Arranged as 
needed for Consortium students). 

NRSG 425. Advanced Nursing Concepts 4 hours 

Prerequisites: All junior level nursing courses and cognates. 
This course teaches the process of conceptualization. It provides part of the 
theory base for the advanced nursing practice courses and explores in-depth 
concepts. Current issues facing the professional baccalaureate nurse are 
explored. Each student is required to develop and present concepts in order 
to gain experience in applying and integrating his knowledge and demon- 
strate his understanding. Students are expected and encouraged to make 
clinical and scholastic application of course content in their nursing prac- 
tice. (Four hours theory). (Fall, Spring; Arranged as needed for Consortium 
students). 

NRSG 484. Advanced Nursing Practice I 

(Primary Care with Research Component) (W) 6 hours 

Pre- or co-requisite: NRSG 425. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of 
specialized interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical compe- 
tence. The choices of clinical areas may be limited due to the number of 
students in the semester. Content will focus on updating major theoretical 
areas and clinical skills. The scientific method of inquiry will be utilized in 
conducting a research project (two hours theory, four hours clinical). (Fall, 
Spring; Arranged as needed for Consortium students). 



Nursing 

NRSG 485. Advanced Nursing Practice II (Management) 4 hours 

Pre- or co-requisite: NRSG 425, 484. | IIO 

This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independent ***** 
judgment in developing clinical competence and management skills. This 
goal will be accomplished primarily through the leadership modes of re- 
search, management and administrative experiences in selected clinical 
areas. (Two hours theory, two hours clinical). (Fall, Spring; Arranged as 
needed for Consortium students). 

NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the depart- 
ment prior to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be 
earned. The area of directed study will appear on the transcript. No more 
than six hours directed study may be applied toward a degree. 

(W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

THE ORLANDO CENTER 

General Information 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists offers at its Orlando 
Center an alternative to its main campus nursing program. It is adminis- 
tered by an associate director for the Nursing Department. The program 
at the Orlando Center is dedicated to the same Seventh-day Adventist 
ideals and philosophies that guide the main campus. Like the main 
campus, the Orlando Center employs professionally educated, high 
quality staff members. Only nursing and general education classes are 
offered that are required for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. 
This part-time program is primarily for employees of Florida Hospital 
Medical Center who want to upgrade their degree. The National League 
for Nursing accreditation status of the main campus applies fully to the 
Orlando Center. The center has approval from the Florida State Board of 
Nursing and the Florida State Board of Independent Colleges. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For information about this part-time program, contact the Associate 
Director of the Nursing Department, 711 Lake Estelle Drive, Orlando, 
Florida 32803. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING 

During the 1987-88 school year, the last two semesters of the Associate 
of Science Degree program will be taught at the Orlando Center. There 
will not be a new class for the Associate of Science degree accepted on 
this campus for the academic year 1987-88. 



Physics 



PHYSICS 

Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Chairman 
Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D. 

Physics bridges the gap between mathematics and logic on one hand, 
where absolute certainty can be obtained about abstract ideas, and most 
of human thinking on the other hand, where only tenuous knowledge 
exists about the solutions to very real and pressing problems. Physics 
attempts to obtain progressively more precise solutions to clearly de- 
fined problems more and more representative of the real world. This 
attempt includes modeling, simulation, and control using numerical, 
analytical, analog, and experimental methods. It not only presents the 
possibility of a challenging career but also contributes heavily to the 
life-experience of non-technical people. 

The staff is concerned with the preparation of technically-minded 
students for challenging careers in pure Physics or in Physics applied to 
other fields. It also attempts to demonstrate to non-technical students the 
value of using Physics in their areas of interest. It is committed to 
exploring with all students the areas where Physics touches on religious 
and ethical values. Throughout, it makes extensive use of the excellent 
digital computer facilities at Southern College. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

Major: Thirty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 317, 318, 480, and 
CPTR 125, 131, or 218. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

Major: Forty hours including CPTR 125, 131, or 218, and PHYS 480. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including PHYS 213-214 and six hours upper 
division. CPTR 125, 131, or 218 may be included. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the first 
teaching field. He may add the following endorsements by meeting the 
number of hours indicated below. 

Physics 

PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 hours 

Physics electives 8 hours 

PHYS 213-214 General Physics Laboratory _2 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

General Science 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 hours 

Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 



Physics 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission 
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before | fL K 
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. Please see the ** t * 
note on page 89 between EDUC 134 and 217. 



Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 278. 



PHYS 107. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3 hours 

A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the applica- 
tion of physics and laboratory work which can be done with simple mate- 
rials. Laboratories include the use of calculators and the computer to do 
arithmetic, the estimation of numerical quantities and errors, and the con- 
struction of apparatus with which to make observations. Does not apply on 
major or minor in physics. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory each 
week. (Spring) 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: 

Creation vs. Evolution (E-3) 3 hours 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date 
line and calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, 
energy processes in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity 
(?) and expansion (?) of the universe. Cosmology, the formation and sub- 
sequent histories of the solar system and the earth, radioactive and radiocar- 
bon age dating. Life on other worlds. Astronomy and the Bible. This course, 
dealing as it does with the physical aspects of the history of the earth and 
universe, complements BIOL 425, which deals with the biological aspects. 
Three hours lecture each week, with the occasional substitution of an 
observation period. (Spring) 

PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, 
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic 
science requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a 
laboratory science if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to 
familiarize the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a 
systematic development of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, 
Spring) 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115. 

Continuation and conclusion of PHYS 211-212. Relativity, atomic structure, 
nuclear properties and radiations, and wave mechanical calculations in one 
dimension, and other areas of 20th century physics. Three hours lecture 
each week. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall) 



Physics 



PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 115 and previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 

211-212. 

Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral 

calculus will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 

311-312 will have taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus. 

One class period per week. (Spring) 

PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed 
from the standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495, (Spring) 

PHYS 314. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115. 

A systematic introduction to thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and statisti- 
cal mechanics of solids, liquids, and gases. 

PHYS 315. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115. 

Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the energy equation. 
Boundary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers. Separation-of- 
variables method for the hydrogen atom. Electron spin and the Pauli re- 
quirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to states of 
light atoms. Variation techniques for small atoms and molecules, Hueckel 
and LCAO methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory. 

PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester 
of college physics or chemistry. 

The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because 
they conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or 
both. Non-logical factors in the acceptance of scientific statements as au- 
thoritative. 

PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester 
of college physics or chemistry. 

The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of 
design to comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday 
world and on the subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with 
the unknown (by determinists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving 
problems mathematically), or with God's continual upholding of natural 
process. 

PHYS 410. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310; MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desira- 
ble). 

The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked 
using the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of 



Physics 

particles, solids, and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector 
theorems, transforms, and tensors are introduced as needed. (Spring) 



167 



PHYS 411-412. Electricity and Magnetism 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310; MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desira- 
ble). 

Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and 
the motion of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent 
prediction of electromagnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and 
nuclear theory are stressed. Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, 
and special functions may be used after being introduced or reviewed. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 418, 419. Advanced Modern Physics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310, 410, and 411-412; MATH 316 and 317 (previously 
or concurrently; MATH 319 desirable). In the event that the student fails to 
meet these prerequisites, permission of instructor must be obtained. 
An advanced treatment of atomic and nuclear physics, elementary particles, 
wave mechanics, relativity, and other topics on the frontiers of physics. 
Research experience is available in PHYS 497. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and 
research journals. The student must have done some original research of an 
experimental, computational, or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in 
this course. PHYS 297/497 exists to fulfill this requirement. 

PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular 
needs in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to 
registration. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned 
in accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student. May be re- 
peated for up to four hours. (Fall, Spring) 

EARTH SCIENCE 

ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, 
to the areas of astronomy, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration 
is given to the following current issues: (1) the environment — conservation 
and pollution of naturalresources; (2) space science — exploration and uses; 
(3) cosmology — special creation and evolution. (Fall) 

ERSC 106. Earth Science Laboratory (E-4) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in ERSC 105. 
Laboratory to accompany ERSC 105. (Fall) 



Physics 



168 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Mathematics and Physics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(E-4), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



























Religion 



RELIGION- 



Douglas Bennett, Ph.D. 

Jack J. Blanco, Th.D. 

Jerry A. Gladson, Ph.D. 

Norman R. Gulley, Ph.D. 

Gordon M. Hyde, Ph.D., Chairman 

Ronald M. Springett, Ph.D. 

The Department of Religion makes two major contributions to the 
Christian knowledge and experience which characterize Southern Col- 
lege of Seventh-day Adventists. It provides the religion courses which 
meet the general education requirements in religion for all students. It 
also directs and instructs religion majors who are preparing for the 
ministry, for secondary Bible teaching, for chaplaincies, and other pro- 
fessions. 

The Religion Major, providing a balanced selection of Biblical Studies 
and Theology courses, is open to all degree candidates. Since it builds 
upon the twelve hours of General Education requirements in religion, it 
is frequently chosen by students preparing for such professional fields as 
medicine, dentistry, and law, involving a wide range of requisite courses 
in their preparation for advanced study. 

The Ministerial Training Program, fostered by the Department of 
Religion, is integrated with that of the Seventh-day Adventist Theologi- 
cal Seminary at Andrews University, Berrien Springs, Michigan. 

The Ministerial Track — Seminary, outlined below, meets Seminary 
entrance requirements for the Master of Divinity degree which is the 
standard program of ministerial training prescribed by the North Ameri- 
can Division of Seventh-day Adventists. 

The Ministerial Track — Non-Seminary, provides preparation for 
those who, under special circumstances, may be called into the ministry 
without attending the Seminary. 

The Teacher Education Track is coordinated with the program of the 
Department of Education of the college. Planning toward certification 
for Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education 
Department to ensure that all requirements are met, both for admission 
to the Teacher Education program in the sophomore year and to the 
professional semester before the senior year. (Detailed instruction is to 
be found in the Education section of this catalog, and by inquiry of the 
secretary of the Department in Summerour Hall.) 

General Education Courses in Religion 

In selecting the twelve semester hours of religion courses required of 
the four-year graduate, the student has considerable latitude. The Reli- 
gion Department recommends that students take at least three semester 
hours at the upper division level. 



Religion 



The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and 
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and 
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal com- 
mitment to serve family, community, and the world. 

Advancement to Ministerial Candidacy 

Students seeking preparation for the Christian ministry make formal 
application to enter the same in the first semester of the sophomore year. 
(Upper class transfer students apply during the first semester in resi- 
dence at Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists.) A program of 
leadership potential assessment precedes individual advancement to 
ministerial candidacy. Various assessment profiles are administered 
early in the academic year. An accumulating file assists the student and 
faculty adviser in an ongoing program of evaluation and counselling 
during the period of training. Each student has an adviser who works 
with him throughout his college experience. 

As part of their preparation for ministry, candidates are required to 
attend professional chapels for the information and inspiration pro- 
vided. If at. any time after being admitted to the ministerial program, 
candidates give evidence of failing to maintain commitment to the 
criteria or preparation for ministry, they may forfeit the department's 
recommendation to the ministry. 

Graduation Requirements 

Any candidate for graduation from the Department of Religion must 
have a cumulative GPA of 2.25 in the major, demonstrate competence in 
English communication skills, and give evidence of moral, physical, 
social, and intellectual fitness, emotional maturity, and professional 
commitment. Only those who complete the ministerial requirements, 
meeting the above criteria, will be recommended by the department as 
prospective ministerial employees. 

Seminary Entrance Requirements 

Graduates applying to enter the Seminary will need to show a GPA of 
2.50 overall. Seminary admission requirements are on file with the 
Department of Religion and are available on request. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGION 

Major: Thirty hours to include RELB 125, 345, 346, 425, 426, 435, 436; 
RELT 138, 484, 485. Additional requirements for the Ministerial Tracks 
and Teacher Education Track are as follows: 

Ministerial Track — Seminary: A Biblical Languages minor and the 
following cognate courses: HIST 364, 365; RELP 321, 322. 

Ministerial Track — Non-Seminary: A Practical Theology minor and 
the following cognate courses: HIST 364, 365; SPCH 135; RELL 271-272. 



Religion 

Teacher Education Track: Professional and general education courses 
as outlined in the Educational section of the catalog and a minor of the 171 
student's choice. EDUC 438, Special Methods of Teaching Bible, must be 
included. 

The Division of Religion strongly recommends that ministerial stu- 
dents choose the seminary track. The division further recommends that 
they broaden their professional training by selecting from the following 
courses to fulfill general education requirements: PSYC 128 (F-l); BUAD 
128 (F-2); SOCI 223 (F-2); CPTR 105, 106, 107, 120, 127 (G-2); and from 
the following as electives: ACCT 103; BUAD 334, 344; TECH 164. 

Directed field education provided by the Department of Religion is 
required of ministerial students. Participation in these experiences, 
which are designed to enhance professional development, is necessary 
in order for the student to be granted a ministerial recommendation by 
the division. The division will keep majors informed of the requirements 
to be met. 

Evangelism field schools may be conducted under the auspices of the 
division and offer up to five hours of academic credit. Additional pro- 
grams for individual students and student teams may be available by 
approval of the division to accommodate requests from the conferences 
of the Southern Union. Satisfactory prior arrangements must be made 
with the Department of Religion. 

Details concerning the field school and associated programs are avail- 
able through the Department of Religion. 

Minor — Religion. Eighteen hours including six upper division hours 
and RELT 234, 255. No more than one course may be selected from the 
following: RELT 317, 318, 325. 

Minor — Biblical Languages. Eighteen hours including RELL 271-272; 
311-312; 471-472. 

Minor — Practical Theology. Eighteen hours including RELT 236; 
RELP 321-322; 351-352; 455; SPCH 136, EDUC 134. 

Minor — Denominational Teaching Endorsement: The student must 
earn a major in the first teaching field. He may add denominational 
certification in Religion by taking the following minor: RELB 125; RELT 
138, 236, 255, and 3 hours selected from each of RELB, RELT courses. 

Tennessee State Certification 

Students seeking Tennessee State Certification only must take 12 
hours selected from the following: RELB 125, 345, 346, 425, 426, 435, 
436, and RELT 368. Note that RELT 236 will not be accepted by the state 
for certification and RELT 368 will not be accepted by the denomination. 

Students who wish to obtain teacher certification must apply to the 
Department of Education before the end of their sophomore year to be 



Religion 

admitted to the teacher education program and before the end of their 
1 / ^ junior year to be admitted to the professional education semester. 



J Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 279, 



BIBLICAL STUDIES 

RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis 
upon His teachings as they apply to the personal, social, and religious 
problems of the individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELB 345. Pentateuch and Writings (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, the first and third major 
divisions of the Old Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, 
theme, theology, historical setting, and significance of this literature in 
Christian interpretation. Various approaches to the study of the Old Testa- 
ment will be surveyed. (Fall, alternate Summers) 

RELB 346. Prophets (B-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Prophets, the second division of the Old Testament. 
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting, 
and significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, alter- 
nate Summers) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover 

their meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, alternate Summers) 

RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their histori- 
cal fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special 
message for our day. (Spring, alternate Summers) 

RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

An exegetical study of the following epistles in order of their composition: 1 
and 2 Thessalonians, 1 and 2 Corinthians, Galatians, and James. Includes a 
background survey of the book of Acts. (Fall, alternate Summers) 

RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

An exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, Pastoral, and General epistles, 
(excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, alternate Summers) 

RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited to Religion and Theology majors and must be ap- 
proved by the chairman of the Department of Religion. Occasionally the 
course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of 
classes. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Religion 






RELIGION 



KELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the 
subsequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special 
emphasis will be placed on the contributory role in the church of the 
Spiritual Gift of Prophecy through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White. 

RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

Recommended: One college Biblical Studies or Religion course. 
Last-Day Events is a Biblical, theological and historical study of eschatology 
rooted in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day 
Adventist contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in 
the past and present. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 236. Biblical Interpretation (B-2) 3 hours 

An introduction to the theory and practice of biblical exegesis and her- 
meneutics. Designed to enrich anyone wishing to learn how to read and 
understand the Scriptures, the course will focus on the nature of the biblical 
text, available resources for interpretation, and the proper procedures in- 
volved in adequate exegesis. Some consideration will also be given to the 
interpretation of the writings of Ellen G. White as they relate to the Bible. 
(Spring) 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered 
context. This course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view 
to enhancing the student's understanding and ability to provide Biblical 
support for his faith. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

*RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and 

Religion (B-2, E-3) 3 hours 

(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 317.) 

*RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and 

Religion II (B-2, E-3) 3 hours 

(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 318.) 

RELT 326. Dynamics of Salvation (B-2), (W) 3 hours 

The study of the underlying principles of the plan of salvation as revealed in 
the sanctuary services of the Old Testament. (Spring) 

RELT 367. Philosophy of Religion (B-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the basic concepts of religion from a philosophical viewpoint. 
Attention will be given to such major questions as religious experience, 
reason and faith, theism and atheism, religious language, and the problem of 
evil. (Spring) 

RELT 268/368. Comparative Religions (B-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian reli- 
gions, including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of 



173 



Religion 



174 



each. KELT 268 is offered on the Orlando campus only and does not carry 
writing emphasis. RELT 368 will require observational field work. (Spring) 

KELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

A foundation course in moral decision-making with case studies taken from 
bio-ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by which to make 
basic ethical decisions across the professional spectrum. These norms are 
then applied to personal and social issues relevant to the student. Limited to 
nursing students or students with Junior/Senior class standing. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science and 

Religion (B-2, E-l), (W) 3 hours 

(See Division of Natural Science listings, BIOL 424.) 

RELT 465. Historical Theology (B-2), (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 364, 365. 

A comparative study of the major beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists and of 
other Christian churches from pre-Reformation times to the present. The 
uniqueness of "The Great Controversy" theme will be given special em- 
phasis. (Spring) 

RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Theology I and II examine the major locii of Christian beliefs. 
Christian Theology I takes up Prolegomena, Doctrine of God, Christologv, 
and Pneumatology; and in the process covers a portion of the 27 Seventh- 
day Adventist fundamental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certifi- 
cation. (Fall) 

RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELT 484. 

Christian Theology II examines Anthropology, Soteriology, Ecclesiology, 
and Eschatology, covering the rest of the 27 Seventh-day Adventist funda- 
mental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification. (Spring) 

RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited to Religion and Theology majors and must be ap- 
proved by the chairman of the Department of Religion. Occasionally the 
course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of 
classes. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



* One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science 
requirement for majors, to Religion for nonmajors. 

PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 
Lay Leadership 

RELP 051-052. Student Mission Practicum (non-credit) 6,6 hours 

This course is designed specifically for those who participate in the North 
American Division Taskforce Program, and those who work in other coun- 



Religion 

tries as part of the Student Missions Program. Activities will vary according 

to specific area and positions available and the length of service will be from -j m f" 

nine months to one year. May not be repeated. 1 / *J 

RELP 127. Student Missions Orientation 2 hours 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, 
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social 
and monetary problems, personal qualifications for service and relevant 
denominational policies for overseas service. The course is required by the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists for those under appointment 
as student missionaries. One-third regular tuition rate. (Spring) 

RELP 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours 

The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of 
Prophecy; review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting 
institutions; study plans and methods of operation and set before the stu- 
dent the needs and call for active involvement as lay members to help finish 
the work of the church, (Fall) 

RELP 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours 

Teaches the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian litera- 
ture. 

RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited to Religion and Theology majors and must be ap- 
proved by the chairman of the Department of Religion. Occasionally the 
course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of 
classes, (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

Pastoral Leadership 

RELP 321. Homiletics I 2 hours 

Prerequisite: SPCH 135. 

An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be 

given to the sermon structure and the preparation of biographical and 

topical sermons. Opportunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons. 

One lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior year. 

(Fall) 

RELP 322. Homiletics II 2 hours 

Prerequisites: SPCH 135 and RELP 321. 

Expository, textual, and evangelistic sermon types will be considered. One 
field trip will be required. Opportunity will be provided to develop profi- 
ciency in preaching. One class lecture and two laboratories each week. To be 
taken in tne junior year. (Spring) 



RELP 351-352. Pastoral Ministry I and II 2,2 hours 

An introduction to the practice of pastoral ministry, this course focuses on 
the theology of ministry, ministerial ethics, the relationship of the minister 
to denominational polity, the community, and the local church. Considera- 
tion is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as pastoral 
care, administration, leadership in worship, etc. Laboratory work in area 
churches will be required. (Fall, Spring) 






Religion 

*RELP 455. Evangelistic Methods (B-2) 3 hours 

1 y ft Attention will be given to concepts and methods involving ways of creating 

m M u witnessing opportunities; the giving of Bible studies; obtaining a decision 

for Christ; the conducting of Revelation Seminars; and public evangelism. 

Where possible , Revelation Seminars will be conducted concurrent with the 

class. Three hours per week of field experience required for this course. 

(Fall, occasional Summers) 



* RELP 455 may be applied to General Education requirements, Area B-2, for up 
to three hours of credit. 

BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours 

A study of the grammar and syntax of the vernacular koine Greek of New 
Testament times, with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work 
required. (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A course. in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of koine Greek with 
translation of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the 
Pauline Epistles. (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 471-472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 2,2 hours 

A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical 
biblical Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work re- 
quired. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Bible 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. EDUC 133. 
Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

(B-l), (B-2), (D-l), (E-l), (E-3), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General 
Education requirements. 






Technology 



TECHNOLOGY- 



John Durichek, M.A., Chairman 
Francis Hummer 

Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning 
with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, draft- 
ing, and auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are: 

1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by providing 
classroom and lab experiences that nurture creativity. 

2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living by 
providing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the environ- 
ment. 

3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life as 
hobby and recreational activities as well as professional enhance- 
ment. 

4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning 
skills. 

5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and service 
occupations. 

6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical and 
professional degree programs and occupations. 

These courses are essential for students majoring in: 
Art 

Business Administration 
Education 

Journalism and Communications 
Office Administration 
Pre-Occupational Therapy 
Pre-Engineering 

Minor: A minor in Technology is eighteen hours including six hours 
upper division. Courses in Auto Body do not apply on this minor except 
TECH 223. 

DIPLOMA PROGRAM 

Auto Body — Repair and Refinishing 

The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing, 
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical 
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient 
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as tradespeople provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use 
during the course. The department will assist the student in the pur- 
chase of these tools which will cost approximately $300. 



177 



Technology 



Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applica- 
tions to this program should be sent directly to Francis Hummer, instruc- 
tor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August 1 
will receive a scholarship in the amount of one-half the tuition in 
addition to whatever grants or scholarships for which they may be 
eligible. 

The requirements are as follows: AUTO 110, 111-112, 114, 116, 118, 
120; TECH 164, 364, and three hours from General Education B-l or B-2 
courses. 



A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 281. 



AUTO BODY 

AUTO 110. Panel and Spot Repair 5 hours 

Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to 
straighten small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready 
for painting. (Fall) 

AUTO 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 4,2 hours 

An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will 
progress to doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his 
own respirator and spray gun. Costs average $125. (Fall, Spring) 

AUTO 114. Oxy- Acetylene Welding 1 hour 

Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop 
welding jobs. Personal goggles required. (Fall) 

AUTO 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours 

Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. 
Body alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair 
are involved. (Fall) 

AUTO 118. Collision Repair II 4 hours 

Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body align- 
ment, frame straightening, glass work, fiber glass repair, and body section 
replacement. There is no lecture component to this class, but rather is 
composed of four 3 period labs per week. (Spring) 

AUTO 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours 

A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an 
individual basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies 
purchasing, shop management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring) 



Technology 



TECHNOLOGY 



TECH 145. Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours 

Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera 
techniques, platemaking, screen printing and press work. Experience is 
offered in personal computer desk-top publishing. Skills learned are applic- 
able for personal and business communications. A supplies fee will be 
charged for projects produced in class. Average cost of projects approxi- 
mately $75. (Fall) 

TECH 149. Engineering Graphics (G-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and 
the principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, 
pictorial representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods 
laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments 
cost approximately $40. (Fall) 

TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture 
construction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A 
supplies fee will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project 
construction. Generally, the costs have exceeded $100 or $200 if large 
furniture items were constructed. (Fall) 

TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the 
matters of buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will 
work on his own car or on one belonging to the shop. Basic tools are needed 
which will cost $50-$75. One period lecture and three periods laboratory 
each week. (Fall) 

TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours 

Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with 
metals. Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet 
metal, welding, plus hand- and power-operated metal-cutting equipment. 
One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week. Project expenses 
average $50. Each student must purchase his own safety glasses, welding 
gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate years) 

TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course designed to acquainles and techniques used in 
repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will be given for class admis- 
sion to those who have experience in doing automotive work and who have 
gas welding skills. Each student will needhis own basic hand tools which 
cost approximately $100. One period lecture and six periods laboratory per 
week. (Spring) 

TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report 
of the problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to 
those earning a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring) 



Technology 



180 



TECH 349. Computer Graphics (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an 
aid in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, arthitec- 
tural and electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods labora- 
tory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 

TECH 354. Furniture Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on construction of a piece of furniture of the 
student's choice. One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week. 
Students must underwrite the costs of materials. (Spring, alternate years) 

TECH 364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 164. 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main 
emphasis is given to power plant and drive train design, operation and 
service. One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. Each 
student supplies his own hand tools and coveralls. Minimum tool set costs 
approximately $75. All lab learning experience is on actual cars either from 
the community or personal vehicles. (Spring) 

See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements. 





















INTERDEPARTMENTAL 
PROGRAMS 









MEDICAL SCIENCE- 



Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred 
upon students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who 
satisfy the following two conditions: 

1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate col- 
lege program of which at least the last 30 were taken in residence at 
Southern College and at least 12 of which are at the upper division 
level. 

2. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of 
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the respec- 
tive professional program has been successfully completed and 
that the applicant is eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of 
Records. 



'GENERAL STUDIES 

Adviser: Mary Elam 

The Associate of Science degree with a major in General Studies is 
designed for students who have not made a career decision at the time 
they enter college. This degree offers them an opportunity to earn a large 
part of the general requirements for a baccalaureate degree while leaving 
approximately 20 semester hours free for exploration in areas of their 
choice. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

AREA SEMESTER HOURS 

A-l English 6-9 

A-2 Mathematics 3 

B Religion 6 



181 






Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 






C History/Government/Economics . 

1 82 ^ Language/Literature/Fine Arts . . . 

E Natural Science 

F Behavioral/Family/Health Science 

G Activity Skills 

Electives 



Area C. 
Area D. 
AreaE. 
Area G. 



6 
6 
6 
3 
6 
19-22 



At least 3 hours must be history. 

Must include at least 2 sub-areas. 

Must include at least 2 sub-areas. 

Must include at least 2 sub-areas with not more than 3 hours 

in any one sub-area. 

Elective credit is to be selected from not more than four 

subject areas. 



A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 266. 



NON-DEGREE 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 

Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide 
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. If 
other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are pre- 
pared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence of 
courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen pro- 
fessional school. 

ANESTHESIA 

Adviser: Charlene Robertson 

Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas 
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an approved 
program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. Additional 
requirements may be determined by consulting the Department of Nurs- 
ing. 






DENTISTRY 

Adviser: Duane Houck 






The minimum requirement for admission to schools of dentistry is two 
years of college; however, few applicants are accepted after two years 
and most candidates complete a baccalaureate degree before being ad- 
mitted. 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



Successful applicants to Dental School must make satisfactory scores 
on the Dental Admissions Test in addition to meeting G.P.A. and per- 
sonal qualifications. For admission to Loma Linda University (LLU), it is ** 
recommended that the student maintain a minimum G.P.A. of 3 .0 in both 
science and non-science courses. Satisfactory performance on the Dental 
Dexterity Test is also required. 

The following courses must be included to meet the minimum re- 
quirements for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry: 

BIOL 155, 156 8 hours 

BUAD 334 3 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114 4 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Physical Education 1 hour 

Religion 9 hours 

Electives 8 hours 

The following courses are strongly recommended: 

FDNT 125 3 hours 

TECH 174 4 hours 

ACCT 103 3 hours 

MATH 115 3 hours 

An additional Psychology course 

LAW 

Adviser: William Wohlers 

Students interested in the study of law as a profession should become 
acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law schools. This 
will make possible the planning of a pre-professional program which 
will qualify the student for admission to several schools. It is a general 
requirement that students complete a bachelor's degree before entering 
law school. Although no particular major is required, four fields should 
be especially considered by the student serious about law school. These 
are: Business, history, English, and behavioral science. Certain courses 
recommended by all law schools include American history, freshman 
composition, principles of accounting, American government, princi- 
ples of economics, English history, business law, creative writing, and 
mathematics. Pre-law students should concentrate on developing their 
analytical and verbal skills. 

Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from 
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American Bar 
Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For informa- 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



184 



tion about the Law School Admissions Test write the Law School Ad- 
missions Service, P.O. Box 2000, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940. 

MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine 
are advised to include mathematics and science courses during their 
high school years. 

It is recommended that applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior 
to entrance into medical school. Exceptional students may be eligible to 
apply after completion or a minimum of 85 semester hours. Letter grades 
are essential for evaluation of the required science courses. Applicants 
for admission to the Loma Linda University School of Medicine should 
maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in both science and 
non-science courses. The following courses must be included in the 
applicant's academic program. Classes with asterisks in biology, 
chemistry, and mathematics are recommended. 

BIOL 155, 156, 313*, 316*, 417* 11 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 115* 8 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Religion 12 hours 

It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes study 
of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid preparation for 
the future role of the physician. 

Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are 
directly involved in the providing of health care. 

The applicant is required to have taken the new MCAT prior to con- 
sideration by the admissions committee. The medical school entrance 
exam is administered twice a year — in September and April. Applica- 
tion for the exam is made through the Counseling and Testing Center one 
month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance into medical school 
following graduation, the student should plan on taking the MCAT in 
April of the junior year which means that all of the above listed science 
courses should be completed by this time to insure maximum perform- 
ance on the exam. The exam may be retaken in September of the senior 
year. 

Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools of 
medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. Premedi- 
cal students are encouraged to make appointments to speak with them. 

Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College 
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 

this service. The AMCAS application may be obtained either at the 
college the applicant is attending or directly from AMCAS. Application | O C 
should be directly to AMCAS between July 1 and November 1 for entry in * "** 
the summer of the following year. 

American Medical College Application Service 

1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. 

Washington, DC 20036-1989 
After receiving the application from AMCAS, the admissions office of 
the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether or 
not supplementary information is needed. Following a careful evalua- 
tion of the supplementary application and letters of recommendation 
submitted to the admissions office, selected applicants may be invited 
for a personal interview. 

OPTOMETRY 

Adviser: Ray Hefferlin 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the 
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice. 
However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and 
physics. Additional courses in the areas of fine arts, language, literature, 
and the social sciences are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However, 
additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional 
training. 

Following is a list of pre-optometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 225 and 155-156 11 hours 

CHEM 151-152 8 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 115, 215 12 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric 

Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 North 

Lindbergh Blvd., St. Louis, Missouri 63141. 

OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D. 
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the 
D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the Kansas City School 
of Osteopathic Medicine, one of twelve osteopathic medical colleges in 
this country. 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



Courses for admission are similar to those for Loma Linda University 
School of Medicine. 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point aver- 
age of 3.0 should be maintained in both science and non-science sub- 
jects. 

PHARMACY 

Adviser: Mitchell Thiel 

The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five 
years, the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College. 
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat vari- 
able so the student should consult the catalog of the school of his choice 
for specific course recommendations. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 

ACCT 121 3 hours 

BIOL 155-156 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211, 213 4 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours 

Social Sciences: 

Psychology 2 hours 

Other 4 hours 

Speech 2 hours 

Electives 12 hours 

A minimum grade of "C" must be obtained for each required pre- 
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance of 
acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score must 
be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admission Test. 

PUBLIC HEALTH SCIENCE 

Adviser: Elvie Swinson 

There is an increasing demand for programs that promote health and 
disease prevention. Two major factors influencing this demand are (a) an 
effort to slow down or decrease the rising costs of medical care and (b) 
emphasis on improving the quality of life. The undergraduate program 
in public health science at Loma Linda University (LLU) provides an 
opportunity to emphasize the prevention of illness and the promotion of 
health. The first two years of the program are offered at Southern College 
after which the student transfers to LLU to complete the work to receive 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 

the bachelor's degree in public health science. The following courses 
should be included in the pre-public health science curriculum to qual- | QTP 
ify for admission to LLU. Students not having had high school physics * "* 
must enroll in college physical science. 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

Humanities (include at least two areas: speech (highly 
recommended), fine arts, foreign language, HMNT 

205, literature, philosophy) 9 hours 

BIOL 105, 106 or 155, 156, and 125 9-11 hours 

CHEM 111-112, 113, 114 8 hours 

MATH 104 3 hours 

PSYC 124, SOCI 125, ECON 225 9 hours 

Religion 9 hours 

Electives sufficient to make a total of 64 hours chosen in 
consultation with adviser. 

The Allied Health Professions Admission Test is required. 

VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Adviser: Edgar Grundset 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is very 
keen. Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a de- 
gree rather than the required minimum of two years of college. It should 
also be noted that it is almost impossible to be accepted in any veterinary 
institution other than the school in the state where the applicant resides. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary Ap- 
titude Test in addition to meeting grade point average and personal 
qualifications for admission. Professional training entails another four 
years of school beyond college. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 125, 155-156 11 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 115 9 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities 8 hours 

Social Sciences 8 hours 

Speech 2 hours 

Animal Science (not offered at Southern College) 9 hours 

(Some schools will accept a full year of general biology 

or zoology in lieu of Animal Science — one needs to 

check with the institution.) 



STUDENT LIFE 
AND SERVICES 



A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of associa- 
tion. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if students 
develop their interests and meet their needs through participation in the 
nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take ad- 
vantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural, 
social, and spiritual growth. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" 
prepares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the 
rights and opinions of others, and offers a firsthand experience in adjust- 
ing to a social group. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires 
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork 
and who are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with their 
parents or other close relatives in the vicinity to reside in one of the 
residence halls. 

REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for Students with 
Special Needs 

Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and 
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending. 
All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for 
special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office 
for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive informa- 
tion concerning all features of campus life and can share with the college 
officials any information pertinent to personal needs. 

DINING 

For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern College 
provides a complete cafeteria service, organized to serve the students' 
needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and 
cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is available 
for the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary dining 
rooms are available for meetings of various student or faculty organiza- 
tions. 

189 



Student Life and Services 



HEALTH SERVICE 
1 90 ^ e health Service is administered by a nurse director in cooperation 
with a college physician and the Vice President for Student Services. 
The director uses the physician's standing orders and maintains regular 
office hours. The college physician holds regular clinic hours each 
weekday morning. 

An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night on an 
on-call basis by live-in A.D. nurse graduates who are continuing for the 
B.S. degree. 

The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all 
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The 
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge for 
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to cover 
costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given are 
charged by the pharmacy. 

All students taking eight hours or more must purchase the Student 
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of adequate cover- 
age by another policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than 
eight hours may also purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing 
complete benefits and terms is given to each student at registration. In 
case of major illness, students may be referred to off-campus hospital 
facilities. 

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE 

During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser who 
will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on 
academic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek 
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member of 
the faculty. 

Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a profes- 
sional counselor should consult the Vice President for Student Services 
or Director of Counseling Services. Personnel trained in psychology and 
counseling are available to those with serious social and personal prob- 
lems. 

The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling 
service in providing guidance information to both students and coun- 
selors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service as a 
means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or occu- 
pation. 

ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the student 
desiring a college education. There is much that the student must do for 
himself in getting acquainted with the academic, social, and religious 
life of the college by perusing this bulletin and the Southern College 



Student Life and Services 



Student Handbook. Instruction and counsel are given which will help 
the student better understand the college program and what is expected 
of him as a citizen of the college community. 

Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to the opening 
week of the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in 
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, 
and functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when 
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new 
freshman students are required to attend the orientation program. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his 
educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the college 
to give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to work, is 
physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his class 
schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should be able 
to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking employment should 
contact Student Employment Office located in the Student Center. 

SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE 

One of the personnel services of the college is that of assisting 
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service 
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of 
prospective employers. The Job Placement Office serves as the liaison 
officer in bringing graduate and employer together. 

STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more semes- 
ter hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association with 
voting privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for leadership 
development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives of South- 
ern College are afforded by the Association. The Association assists the 
college administration and faculty in the implementation of policies and 
assumes responsibility in giving direction to campus activities en- 
trusted to it. 

The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated 
through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. 
The activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, South- 
ern Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the announcement sheet, 
Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty directory, Joker. 

The activities and responsibilities of officers and the detailed organi- 
zation of the Student Association are outlined in the Student Associa- 
tion Constitution and By-laws. 



Student Life and Services 



CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS 
1 02 Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than 
thirty campus organizations provide opportunity for enrichment, lead- 
ership training, and enjoyment. They include church-related 
organizations — Campus Ministry, Student Ministerial Association, Col- 
legiate Adventists for Better Living, and Literature Evangelists Club; 
clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the divisions; social 
clubs — Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi, and Upsilon Delta 
Phi; and special interest or hobby clubs. 

Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative grade 
point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the previous 
semester to hold any elected office. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

Each year a concert-lecture series featuring distinguished artists, lec- 
turers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally on Satur- 
day or Sunday nights. The cost of season tickets issued to students is 
partially included in the tuition. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of 
behavior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine 
Christian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and 
social integrity delight in standards that elevate and ennoble. Admission 
to Southern College is a privilege that requires the acceptance of and 
compliance with published and announced regulations. Only those 
whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals of the 
college and who willingly subscribe to the social program as ordered are 
welcomed. It therefore follows that since students at Southern College 
receive an education subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventist Church, 
those who engage in activities designed to be detrimental to the church 
on or off campus will not be knowingly accepted or retained. 

A student who finds himself out of harmony with the social policies of 
the college, who is uncooperative, and whose attitudes give evidence of 
an unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific 
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of 
drugs, theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or vulgar 
language, hazing, and improper associations are not tolerated. 

Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of 
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The 
handbook includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A 
copy may be obtained from the Office of the Vice President for Student 
Services. Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are 
of equal force with those listed in official publications. 



Student Life and Services 

CHAPEL AND WORSHIP SERVICES 

In private parochial education it has been well known that elimination 1 Q Q 
of residence halls convocations and all school convocations is the first 
step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. 
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student 
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an 
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private 
education such as is found at Southern College. 

The religious emphasis weeks and the weekend church services assist 
in the spiritual growth of the students comprising the college commu- 
nity. Students are required to attend these services regularly. Failure to 
do so will jeopardize the student's current status and readmission 
privileges. 



ADMISSIONS, 
EXPENSES, AND 
FINANCIAL AID 



ADMISSIONS 

Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless of 
race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests are 
in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the college as expressed in 
its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is not a re- 
quirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the 
policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist institu- 
tion. 

PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three satis- 
factory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one of the 
following three conditions by the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home 
Study International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 
2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a minimum 
composite score of 15 on the American College Test (ACT). 

B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a com- 
posite score of 15 on the ACT, and be eighteen years old by June 1 
(prior to admission). 

C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, fourteen 
of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum GPA of 3.00 
in the major subjects, and have a minimum composite score of 15 
on the ACT. 

Southern College must have received a final high school transcript or 
GED scores from each new student before he will be admitted to regis- 
tration. 



x Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should 
consult divisional admissions requirements. 

2 Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign lan- 
guage. 

195 



Admissions 



Acceptance on Academic Probation 
\ U|| A. If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below the 
minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be ac- 
cepted on academic probationary status. 
B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 
12 semester hours during the first semester. 

If both the high school GPA and the ACT composite score are below 
the minimum requirements (2.00 and 15 respectively), it will be neces- 
sary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours (in solid 
courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being accepted at 
Southern College. These six hours may be taken at Southern College 
during the summer (last session excluded) or at another accredited 
college. 

Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following 
minimum subjects in their secondary program: 

1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech. 

2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra. 

3. Two units of science. A college class in biology, chemistry, or 
physics must be taken in addition to general education require- 
ments if this condition is not met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World 
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be taken 
as part of the general education requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. If 
deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level will be 
required. 

6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION 

Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen or as 
transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the Catalog for 
admission requirements. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another accred- 
ited college or university must follow the same application procedure as 
other students. Transfer credits may be applied toward the requirements 
for a degree when the student has satisfactorily completed a minimum of 
twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by examination taken at other 
colleges will be accepted according to Southern College standards (see 
pages 28 and 29). A maximum of seventy-two semester hours may be 
accepted from a junior college. Background deficiencies revealed by 
transcripts and entrance examinations will be given individual atten- 
tion. 



Admissions 



Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not 
regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 16 107 
semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. Only ** 
those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses, and for 
which the student has earned a "C" or better grade, will be accepted. 

A student who has been dismissed from another institution because of 
poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that institu- 
tion, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify for 
readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. Trans- 
fer students must submit both their college and high school transcripts 
to the Admissions Office before being admitted to registration. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission 
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates or 
otherwise-qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer 
to another institution of higher learning may register as special students. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

An international student making application to Southern College 
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school 
(secondary) education. The student is required to list only the institu- 
tions and dates attended on the application forms, but will not be 
accepted to Southern College until the college has received original 
records or official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other 
credentials, with validation by school or national officials. These should 
be in the original language, accompanied by a translation (not an in- 
terpretation) in English, and certified by an American Embassy official if 
possible. 

The Vice President for Admissions of Southern College will evaluate 
academic documents received for international students based on the 
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets pub- 
lished by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admis- 
sions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, pub- 
lished by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General Certifi- 
cate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0" 
level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1 
through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a natural 
science, and three others selected from a second language, mathematics, 
science and social studies. 

Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before 
admission. This may be done by taking the English Language Profi- 
ciency Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 
Students whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is below 550. 



Admissions 



Students must reach the above stated score to be admitted to the college 
1 Oft for the regular academic year. 

In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses 
for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information 
section of the Catalog.) 

International students should realize that according to U.S. Immigra- 
tion laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more than 20 
hours per week and may not be employed except on the college campus. 

It is important that international students not leave their homeland 
until they receive an official letter of admission from Southern College. 
Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic credentials are 
satisfactory, surety advance deposit has been made, and he is able to 
demonstrate his ability to finance his education at Southern College. 
Then the (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued. 

When the student departs his homeland, he should have in his posses- 
sion: 

1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College; 

2. 1-20 form; 

3. A valid passport; 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States; 

5 . Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in addition to 
the international surety deposit required of all non-U.S. citizens). 

APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

► Prospective students should request application forms from the 
Office of Admissions. 

► Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should 
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee of 
$15. 

► It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools (high 
school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of Admis- 
sions in support of the application. These will become the property 
of the college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED DIRECTLY 
FROM AN APPLICANT. 

► To permit a more effective program of counseling for admission, 
students transferring from another college or university with fewer 
than 55 semester hours and other students who have no college 
composition and/or mathematics courses will be required to take 
the ACT (American College Test) prior to registration at Southern 
College. 

► Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of cred- 



Admissions 



its, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions Committee 

will notify the applicant of the action taken. 1 00 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

New students are urged to submit applications not later than the last 
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the 
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to suggest 
ways of strengthening the student's preparation, Because of the diffi- 
culty sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtaining 
necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time will 
be necessary for processing late applications. 

Students in residence may submit re-applications without charge 
until April 30. Thereafter the regular application fee of $15 will be 
required until July 15, after which the fee becomes $20. 





































Expenses 



200 



EXPENSES 

FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT 

Southern College strives to give every student the opportunity to 
obtain a Christian education. The administrators and Financial Aid 
Office personnel will make every effort to assist students in meeting 
their financial obligations in order to reach this goal. 

The Director of Financial Aid will assist in financial planning by 
helping students to obtain employment on the Collegedale campus (see 
labor regulations on page 209) and financial aid in the form of grants, 
loans, and scholarships. Before each registration EACH student must 
submit a payment agreement to the Student Accounts Office showing 
how he will finance his college expenses. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given 
below to assist the student in financial planning. 

STUDENT COSTS 

Tuition 1987-88: 

Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of $230 
per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be charged 
$2,750. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $175 per semester 
hour. 



ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET 

Tuition (Based on 12-16 hours per semester) $5,500 

Books, Supplies, and Miscellaneous 390 

Resident Hall 1,096 

Food ($175/month average) (monthly minimum charge $75) 1,400 

TOTAL $8,386* 
*With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced. 



FAMILY REBATE 

When two students from the same immediate family are in attendance 
at SC each taking eight semester hours or more and having the same 
financial sponsor, a tuition rebate of five percent will be applied to each 
statement. A 10 percent rebate will be applied when three or more 
students have the same financial sponsor and are taking eight or more 
semester hours each. Application forms for this rebate will be available 
at the Student Accounts Office. 



Expenses 



MUSIC 



Private music lessons are offered for academic credit by the music 
faculty of Southern College and qualified teaching instructors (contract 
teachers) from the Chattanooga area. Private lessons without academic 
credit are offered through the prep program of the Music Division to 
elementary and secondary students in the area. Teaching in the prep 
program is done by contract teachers and Southern College music stu- 
dents. 

Enrollment for all music instruction must be for a full semester 
whether or not credit is desired. A minimum of twelve one-half hour 
lessons will be provided. No refund of tuition or lesson fees will be made 
after four weeks following registration. 

MUSIC LESSON FEES 

Private music lessons may be taken on a credit or noncredit basis. A 
student will receive thirteen half-hour lessons per semester for one hour 
of credit. The cost of such lessons is the regular tuition plus a $90 music 
lesson fee per semester. 

The noncredit music lesson fee is $210 for thirteen half-hour lessons 
per semester. 

Teachers are not expected to make up lessons missed because of 
unexcused absences. 

Music majors who have obtained Freshman standing in their major 
performance area, who are taking or have completed MUCT 111:112; 
and who are in good and regular standing as music majors will have the 
music lesson fee waived. 

Prep program students must register at the Department of Music 
office, pay in full at the Cashier's Office, and present the receipt to the 
Music Department office prior to scheduling lessons. 

SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES 

The following special fees and charges are assessed separately inas- 
much as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly: 

Application for admission (not refundable) $15.00 

Approximate amount for tools and equipment: 

Technology classes 40 - 200 

Auto body classes 300 

Audit tuition V2 reg. tuition 

Automobile parking fee (per semester) — dormitory 31.50 

Automobile parking fee (per semester) — village 21.00 

Motorcycle parking fee 21.00 

Change of program 10.50 

Credit by examination (per hour) Recording Fee 26.00 



Expenses 



Examinations: 

2fl2 Challenge or waiver 40.00 

**** ** CLEP 30.00 

Rescheduling mid-term or final 52.00 

Graduation in absentia 41.50 

Incomplete 6.00 

Insufficient funds check 16.00 

Late Registration 26.00 

Late return of organizational uniform 16.00 

(The full cost will be charged if irreparably 
damaged or not returned.) 
Nursing education fees*: 

Associate degree (per semester) 170.00 

Baccalaureate degree 
(after completing Assoc. Degree) 

(per nursing semester hour) 10.00 

Scuba 87.50 

Student insurance 115.00 

Spouse insurance 172.50 

Child/children insurance 172.50 

Transcript fee 2.00 

One-day service 5.00 

* Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class. 
STATEMENT CHARGES 

The following items may be charged to the student's account: 

a. Books and required school supplies (maximum $220 first semes- 
ter and $170 second semester). When a student reaches the 
maximum during the semester, all further books and supplies 
must be paid in cash. 

b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction 
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full semester 
whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour of private 
music instruction consists of twelve one-half hour lessons. Re- 
funds will be granted only when the instructor is not available for 
lessons. 

HOUSING 

Residence Hall Costs 

Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,096 for the 
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August 
and January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one 
room and include health and infirmary care. 

A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be al- 



lowed to room alone at an additional cost of $200 per semester if suffi- 
cient rooms are available. 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the cam- 
pus. If a student drops classwork, a prorated portion of the semester 
charge beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room will be 
refunded. 

Room Deposits 

A $100 room deposit, paid at time of application, is required of each 
dormitory student enrolling at Southern College. It should be paid 
initially by July 1 in order to insure a specific room reservation. The 
deposit will then be held by the college for the entire period including 
summers during which the student lives in a residence hall while at- 
tending the college and will insure a room for the student when he 
returns each fall. 

If a student gives notice before July 1 that he will not be attending, his 
room deposit will be refunded. The room deposit will not be refunded 
after August 1. Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged to the 
student's account at the end of each academic year if necessary. 

Married Student Housing Costs 

College-owned apartments and mobile homes may be rented by mar- 
ried students taking a minimum of six hours each semester. The apart- 
ments range in size from two to six rooms and are unfurnished. Rents 
range from $110 to $230 per month. Trailer space is available at $80 per 
month in the College Mobile Home Park for married students with their 
own trailer. Moving and parking charges are the responsibility of the 
owner. Storage facilities are available for an additional $8 per month. 

Rent charges are based on the date of issue and return of keys and 
proper clearance with the Housing Manager (Business Manager's Of- 
fice). Married students renting either an apartment or a trailer from the 
college will be required to pay a housing deposit of $125 of which $50 is 
due with the housing application and the remaining $75 at the time the 
apartment or trailer is rented. This deposit will be refunded after ap- 
proval by the Housing Manager if the apartment or trailer is left clean 
and undamaged. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the student the privilege of 
choosing food and paying for what is selected. Board charges for stu- 
dents vary greatly. Students are encouraged to eat healthfully by avoid- 
ing between-meal snacks and by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus 
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will be 
charged a minimum of $75 per month. Maximum allowable cafeteria 
charge will be $190 per month. Exceptions must be cleared through the 
Student Accounts Office. 



Expenses 
203 



Expenses 



204 



ADVANCE PAYMENTS 

Regular: An advance payment of $800 is required before registration. 
For students residing in any dormitory housing, an additional $100 is 
due before moving in. For new students entering second semester the 
advance payment is $600, and all other appropriate charges are applica- 
ble. When a married couple enrolls for a combined total of seventeen 
semester hours or less of classwork, they will be charged only one 
advance payment. The advance payment is credited back to the stu- 
dent's March account. The advance payment with interest at the rate of 
8% per annum from the date of payment will be credited to the student's 
account when the payment is refunded 

International Students: In addition to the regular advance payment 
listed above, international students are required to pay the following: 
Supplemental International Student Payment: $3,000 is required 
to be paid before an Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be 
held until the student terminates study at Southern College. This 
deposit is not a part of, but in addition to, the regular deposit required 
of all students entering Southern College. 

Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program, 
students aire required to send a nursing deposit of $175. If a student 
applies for the nursing program but does not attend the college, or 
changes their major, the deposit is refundable if the Division of Nursing 
is notified by August 1. After August 1, the nursing deposit is not 
refundable. 

ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY 

Students wishing to study abroad under the Adventist Colleges 
Abroad (ACA) program must pay $100 deposit with their admission 
application and sign the payment agreement in the Student Accounts 
Office stating that the required ACA charges for the year will be paid to 
Southern College before departure from the states. 

METHOD OF PAYMENT 

Community students and residence hall students may choose one of 
the three methods of payment below. 

Payment Plan I. Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges 
for tuition [minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid in 
cash at registration, a discount of FIVE percent is allowed on this cash 
payment. Amounts paid as a result of student loans, grants, or scholar- 
ships are excluded from the amount on which the discount is allowed. 
Students choosing to pay cash in advance must bring with them at 
registration time the full amount required by the plan for the semester, 



Expenses 



less any advance payments or credits. They will also need to bring 
sufficient funds for purchase of books and personal items. 

Payment Plan II. Contract with Southern College. Students desiring to 
pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may choose 
this plan. 

Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth day of each calendar 
month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the last day of each 
month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of statement accord- 
ing to the following schedule: 



August statement 



September statement 



October statement 



ONE-THIRD of (total charges less 
financial aid) less credits upon 
receipt of statement 

ONE-HALF of (total charges less fi- 
nancial aid) less credits upon re- 
ceipt of statement 

TOTAL BALANCE of statement is 
due in full BEFORE semester 
examination permits will be is- 
sued. 



Past Due Date 



September 20 



October 20 



November 20 



205 



Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be 
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards invalidated until 
account is current. 

The above schedule of payment must be maintained since the college 
budget is based upon 100 percent collection of student charges. 

A student cannot take semester examinations or register for a new 
semester until the account is current according to the preceding regula- 
tions. No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid 
in full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions 
will be made. 

The second semester statements and payment schedule will follow the 
same procedure as the first semester with the student's advance payment 
applied to the March statement. 



January statement 



February statement 



March statement 



ONE-THIRD of (total charges less 
financial aid) less credits upon 
receipt of statement 

ONE-HALF of (total charges less fi- 
nancial aid) less credits upon re- 
ceipt of statement 

TOTAL BALANCE of statement is 
due in full BEFORE semester 
examination permits will be is- 
sued. 



Past Due Date 



February 20 



March 20 



April 20 



Payment Plan III Contract with New Insured Tuition Payment Plan or 
Tuition Plan, Inc. Students and parents desiring to pay educational 



Expenses 



206 



expenses in monthly installments and to have the advantages of cash 
payment with the college may select a low-cost deferred payment pro- 
gram available through either the New Insured Tuition Payment Plan or 
Tuition Plan, Inc. The student's education is protected with life and 
disability insurance on the parents. For more information about the Plan, 
write to the Director of Student Financial Aid. 

After considering the discount allowed by the college, the following 
benefits are realized at little, if any, cost to those entering under either 
plan: 

1. A five percent cash discount is allowed each student entering 
under Payment Plan III if the college receives payment for the 
student at its regular disbursement time each semester. 

2. The payments may be reduced to a minimum by being spread over 
12 months or, in the case of a four-year contract, up to 96 months. 

3. The contract may be cancelled at any time without penalty. 

4. The account may be insured. In the event of death or total disability 
of the person responsible for payments, the balance of an insured 
contract is paid in full. 

At the time of figuring the contracts, students may choose to include in 
their contract sufficient cash to cover books, fees, school supplies, etc. 
Any items not included in the contract plan chosen must be paid for in 
cash at the time they are received or arranged. 

The plan is open to employed parents and bona fide sponsors, and all 
arrangements should be made several months before registration in 
order to be assured of the five percent discount. Sufficient cash must also 
be brought to cover items not included in the contract. 

Those desiring further information covering these deferred payment 
plans may contact the Director of Student Financial Aid. 



REFUND POLICY 

Complete Withdrawal from Classes 

A student who withdraws from all schoolwork during the semester 

will receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed withdrawal 

form with all the required signatures is filed with the Records Office. 

Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 

First five (5) school days of the semester 95% 

Sixth through 37th school day of the semester 3% less per day 

No refunds after the 37th school day of the semester. 

Registration Changes 

Refunds of tuition for semester hours dropped are made according to 
the date the drop form with all the required signatures is filed with the 
Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 



Expenses 

First five (5) school days of the semester 95% 

Sixth through 24th school day of the semester 5% less per day 207 

No refunds after the 24th school day of the semester. 
Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes 

Tuition refunds for classes dropped in a summer, or other session less 
than a semester in length, will be prorated on a base of one-half of the 
number of school days in the school term. 

CREDIT REFUND POLICY 

Credit balances are refundable, on request, 30 days after the monthly 
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in 
order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, if a 
student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would not 
be made until after the January statement is prepared during the first 
week of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may be 
refunded earlier upon request to the Student Accounts Office. 

If the student has received financial aid during the current semester, 
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the 
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 216). Cash refunds will not be 
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial 
sponsor. 

COLLECTION POLICY 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are 
requested to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts. If 
arrangements are not made within 120 days after a student leaves South- 
ern College, the unpaid account balance will be submitted to a collection 
agency or attorney. Prompt payment of accounts build credit ratings 
which will be important to you in the future, since delinquent accounts 
are reported to the Credit Bureau systems. 

INTEREST 

Currently enrolled students will be charged interest at a rate of % of 1% 
per month (9% APR) on any past-due balance still outstanding by the 
end of the month wherein payment is due. 

A carrying charge of 1% per month (12% APR) will be added to all 
unpaid balances of 60 days or more for students not enrolled in school. 

HEALTH INSURANCE 

Southern College requires that students be covered by health insur- 
ance. Students who are covered with a similar insurance plan may, 



Expenses 



during registration, make a request of Health Service to be excluded from 
2tUO *he stu dent group health insurance. Such students will need to supply, 
at that time, written evidence from their parent's employer or local 
insurance agent which contains the company name and policy number 
under which they are covered, othenvise, coverage must he purchased 
through the college health insurance plan. 

BANKRUPTCY 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceed- 
ings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of 
the debt, the college, upon notification of such discharge of a student's 
current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal prohibition. 
At the same time such discharge in bankruptcy does not require further 
performance of service by the creditor and, therefore, a student who has 
had debts to the college discharged in this manner may not receive a 
transcript of academic work or additional Financial Aid at the college 
until the debt is paid. 

TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS AND TEST SCORES 

It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test 
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an 
unpaid account at the school, or any unpaid account for which the 
college has co-signed. To expedite the release of these documents, the 
student should send a money order or certified check to cover the 
balance of the account when requesting the documents. Under provi- 
sions of federal loan programs Southern College withholds any records 
when payments for these loans become past due or in default. 

NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS 

When determining what to bring to campus, please remember that the 
college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student even 
though such effects may be required by the college for student use, or 
required by the college to be stored in a designated location. College- 
carried insurance does not insure the personal effects of any individual. 
The college recommends that students consider carrying insurance to 
cover such losses. 

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries 
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of 
work-connected accidents. 



Expenses 



BANKING AND CASH WITHDRAWALS 



The Accounting Office operates a no-charge deposit banking service 
for the convenience of the student. Financial sponsors should provide 
students with sufficient funds through the banking service to cover the 
cost of personal items of an incidental nature and travel expenses off 
campus including vacation periods. Withdrawals may be made by the 
student in person only as long as there is a credit balance. These deposit 
accounts are entirely separate from the student's regular school expense 
account. 

STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS 

Work opportunities for students are available in departments and 
industries operated by the college and local private businesses. These 
employing agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a 
uniform work force. Student employees are responsible for meeting all 
work appointments, including during examination weeks, and to main- 
tain satisfactory job performance. Work superintendents reserve the 
right to dismiss students if their service and work record is unsatisfac- 
tory. Should a student find it necessary to be absent from work, he must 
make arrangements with his work superintendent and Student Health 
Service if he is ill. 

Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of 
work. Student Employment Office personnel will assist students in 
finding jobs providing the student arranges a class schedule that allows 
"blocks" of time for work, is physically able and willing to accept any job 
offer since the college is unable to provide "preference" work. Students 
must be enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours to be eligible for 
campus work. 

When a student accepts employment, he is expected to retain it for the 
entire semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the 
school nurse or Student Employment Office. Should a student receive 
opportunities for more favorable employment during a school term, the 
transfer must be made through the Student Employment Office and the 
two employing organizations. If a student's financial plan requires him 
to work, he must NOT drop his work schedule without making proper 
arrangements with the Student Employment Office. To do so could 
result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card 
until proper arrangements are made. 

The student pay rate is not less than student rates set by the govern- 
ment wage-hour law. It may be higher if a student possesses special 
skills or training and shows responsibility and consistency. 

The following table is an example of earnings for students who work 
30 weeks during the school year. 



209 



Expenses 





Hours Worked 


Wage 


Total Earnings 


210 


Per Week 


Per Hour 


For Year 


10 


$3.35 


$1,005 




10 


$3.50 


$1,050 




10 


$4.00 


$1,200 




10 


$4.35 


$1,305 




15 


$3.35 


$1,507 




15 


$3.50 


$1,575 




15 


$4.00 


$1,800 




15 


$4.35 


$1,958 




20 


$3.35 


$2,010 




20 


$3.50 


$2,100 




20 


$4.00 


$2,400 




20 


$4.35 


$2,610 



Students may also work off campus with permission from the Vice 
President for Student Services. Permission will not be granted for off- 
campus employment that could be detrimental to a student's health or 
character development. 



WORK INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIP 

In order for a student to qualify for a $200.00 work incentive scholar- 
ship, the student must meet the following criteria: 

1. Work at least 12 hours per week and 180 hours per semester be- 
tween the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon. 

2. All work must be performed in at least 3-hour blocks at an on- 
campus employer or at an off-campus non-profit agency (work- 
study). 

3. The student must take at least 8 hours of academic credit (which 
can be anytime of the day) at Southern College. 

4. All academic course work for the semester in addition to the 8 
hours must also be taken at Southern College. 

5. The bonus must be applied for at the end of the semester and 
approved by the work superintendent. 

6. The approval of this bonus will be processed by the labor office and 
also approved by the Financial Aid Office. 

7 . This bonus is based on the assumption that a job is available and the 
student meets all of the above criteria. 

8. The work incentive scholarship is in addition to the regular hourly 
wage received. 

9. Southern College in no way guarantees that there will be enough 
jobs to meet the criteria of 1 and 2. Since there are a limited number 
of jobs in the morning, it is up to the student and the work superin- 



Expenses 

tendent to work out a work schedule that satisfactorily meets these 
criteria. 211 

LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure 
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign stu- 
dents with student visas are allowed to work on campus up to twenty 
hours a week. Wives may work only if they have student visas of their 
own or have immigrant visas. 

STUDENT TITHING 

SC encourages the payment of tithe and church expense by its student 
workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be made 
by the student (except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study 
Program) to have ten percent of his school earnings charged to his 
account as tithe and two percent for church expense. These funds are 
then transferred by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

HALF-PRICE TUITION PLAN 

A special half-price tuition plan has been established for bac- 
calaureate graduates who wish to continue studies at Southern College 
in order to pursue another major, enter a pre-professional program, or 
update their skills. The provisions that apply are: 

1. To be eligible for tuition at half price, students must have earned a 
bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university and have 
a clear transcript, with accounts and loan payments up-to-date 
with the college or university. 

2. Regular admission criteria apply to this program. Completed ap- 
plications, college transcripts, and recommendations must be on 
file in the Admissions Office of Southern College no later than two 
weeks prior to the beginning of the semester for which the graduate 
is applying. 

3. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Financial 
Aid Office. 

4. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and 
where the hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The half- 
price offer does not include private music lessons, independent 
study, directed study, student teaching, internships, nursing, or a 
program where a tuition discount is already in effect. 

5. Since the half-price offer is for tuition only, it does not apply to lab 
fees, surcharges for applicable courses, dormitory charges, or 
cafeteria charges. 



Expenses 



6. Southern College reserves the right to discontinue this special 
2|2 tuition offer at the discretion of the college administration. 

7. A Senior Citizen Tuition Plan is available. Senior citizens (65 years 
of age and older) may register for classes for credit for $30 per 
semester hour ($15 per hour for auditing). This plan is applicable to 
classes where space is available. 






















































Expenses 
FINANCIAL AID 



213 



Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of 
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial 
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national 
origin, or ethnic group. The Financial Aid Office follows established 
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent 
treatment of all applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Director of Student Financial Aid, 
P.O. Box 370, Collegedale, Tennessee 37315-0370, for information about 
and applications for financial aid. Applications received by May 30 will 
be given preference. Applications received after May 30 will be proc- 
essed as long as time and funds permit. 

General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one 
academic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take at 
least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and dem- 
onstrate financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by the 
Financial Aid Office. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. 
citizenship or a permanent visa. (Visa documents must be presented 
upon request.) Students desiring aid must reapply each year. 

Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is adminis- 
tered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and 
philosophy which is that the parents are the primary and responsible 
source for helping a student to meet his educational costs. Financial aid 
is available to help fill the gap between the student's own resources 
(parental contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and the total cost 
of attending Southern College. The amount of parental contribution is 
based on the family's net income, number of dependents, allowable 
expenses, indebtedness, and assets. The Family Financial Need 
Analysis from the American College Testing Program or College Schol- 
arship Service is used in determining a student's eligibility for financial 
aid. 

Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholar- 
ships awarded on the basis of academic achievement. 

Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, 
recipient must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory 
academic progress is defined as maintaining a cumulative and resident 
grade point average of 2.0. If a student does not maintain satisfactory 
academic progress or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit required 
classwork, or take required examinations, financial aid will be sus- 
pended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Loan and Schol- 



Financial Aid 

arship Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from 
2 1 41 i nst i tut i° na l an d private sources as well as federal programs. 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS FOR 
FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

To be eligible for Federal and/or Institutional financial aid, a student 
must maintain measurable satisfactory academic progress. Students are 
expected to: 

1 . Complete a minimum of 2 5 semester hours per award year, (July 1 - 
June 30). This will allow up to 5 years maximum for completion of a 
4-year degree, and 3 years maximum to complete a 2-year degree. 

2. Maintain a minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA of 
2.00. 

Financial Aid Academic Probation Policy 

1. Students who fail to maintain "Satisfactory Academic Progress" 
will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester. 
The recipient must appear before a financial aid counselor before 
aid will be released for the probationary semester. This aid is 
subject to adjustment or cancellation. 

2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative 2.00 GPA must be 
attained by the end of the probation semester or financial aid will 
be suspended. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students may submit a written appeal to the Financial Aid Committee 
describing the circumstances which attributed to their failure to make 
academic progress. This appeal must also include an outlined program 
of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory academic requirements. 
When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be 
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional 
semester hours with a minimum 2.50 GPA, or when Southern College 
and overall GPA has been brought up to 2.00. 

Provisions for Transfer Students 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be 
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all 
hours they have attempted. A student with a minimum grade point 
average of 2.00 will be eligible for aid. Students with an average below 
2.00 will be on financial aid probation provided they were eligible for 
continuing aid at the institution from which they transferred. 

If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they 
must follow Southern College procedure for appeal and reinstatement of 
financial aid. 



Financial Aid 



FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 



To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must 
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid pro- 
grams: 

1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College 
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College 
Scholarship Service. 

2. The Southern College application for financial aid. 

3. Southern College admissions application. 

4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who at- 
tended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern 
College). 

5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all 
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS) for the preceding calendar 
year. (Required of dependent students only). 

6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms. 

7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from home town lender. 
(Southern College has arranged for last resort lenders for students 
whose home town lenders do not participate in the GSL program or 
for any reason refuse to make the loan). 

Applications are available in January of each year and may be obtained 
by contacting Southern College Financial Aid Office. Students are urged 
to complete applications as early as possible after the family income tax 
returns have been completed. Income tax returns only have to be com- 
pleted, not necessarily mailed to IRS before submitting the financial aid 
application. 

Financial Aid Award Procedures 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds are 
available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. The 
financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan, 3) 
grant or scholarship. 

An official award notice will be sent to each applicant. To confirm and 
reserve the funds offered, the student must return the signed acceptance 
of the award within ten days of receipt of award letter. 

Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each 
semester. Students must sign vouchers, and other documents necessary 
to have funds released to statements, at the disbursement office in 
Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this 
procedure is followed. 

Financial Aid Overawards 
When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not in- 



215 



Financial Aid 



eluded in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the 
21 fi Office of Student Financial Aid. Federal Regulations prohibit "over- 
awards" therefore, when total of all resources exceed the allowable 
student budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial 
aid funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any 
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 

The refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is outlined 
on page 206. 

Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational 
costs (tuition, books, room, and board), when a student withdraws from 
classes and under the refund policy receives a refund of tuition and room 
rent, the refund will be used to reimburse the financial aid credited to the 
student account. The allocation of the refund will be applied as follows 
(according to the refund formula): 

1. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT 

2. NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN 

3. GUARANTEED STUDENT LOAN 

4. PARENT STUDENT LOAN 

5. PELL GRANT 

6. STATE GRANT 

7. INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 

8. PRIVATE SCHOLARSHIPS 

9. PARENTS/STUDENT 

Refund Formula; 

Total amount of Federal and State financial aid 
(excluding employment) awarded for period 

Total amount of all financial aid awarded for 
period (excluding employment) 

Rationale for Allocation of Refund and Repayment Formula 
According to the order of allocation: 

1. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant — These funds are 
very limited and can be re-awarded to needy students who may 
have had to take two loans due to the lack of grant funds. 

2. National Direct Student Loan — To reduce the amount of debt to 
the student, and the recovery of funds can be re-awarded to other 
needy students. 

3. Guaranteed Student Loan — It is to the student's advantage to 
reduce the amount of debt that will have to be repaid. 

4. Parent Loans — These loans are obtained by parents generally to 
offset or reduce their expected contribution. 

5. Pell Grants are from an entitlement program and cannot be re- 
awarded. 



Financial Aid 



6. Recipients of State Grants are generally recipients of Pell Grants. 

7. Institutional scholarships and loan funds are very limited, there- 217 
fore these funds can be re-allocated to other students. 

8. Private scholarships are usually based on achievement and not 
need. 

9. Parents and students are primarily responsible for educational 
expenses. 

Financial Aid Repayment Policy 

There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and 
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An 
example would be the student who received Guaranteed Student Loan, 
and did not use the full amount for educational costs. A student owing a 
repayment to any Federally funded student aid program cannot receive 
any type of Federal student aid for future enrollment periods until 
repayments have been made. 

VETERANS 

Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an accred- 
ited training institution. Those who qualify for educational benefits 
should contact the nearest Veterans Administration office. 

Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in 
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is required 
to report promptly to the V.A. the last day of attendance when an eligible 
student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not fulfill 
requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses, non- 
credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and correspond- 
ence work cannot be certified. 

Educational benefits will be discontinued when the recipient accumu- 
lates twelve semester hours of failing and "D" grades in the major, 
minor, and courses required for educational certification or when he is 
subject to academic dismissal. (See page 25.) Benefits may be resumed 
only after the individual has obtained V.A. counseling and approval. 

TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

General Institutional Scholarships 

Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from 29 dif- 
ferent scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are 
achieving academically, and are working part time. These awards usu- 
ally range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the student's 
need and availability of funds. 



Financial Aid 



218 



The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regard- 
less of financial need: 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen who 
graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary 
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern Col- 
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS of $400 are awarded to incoming 
freshmen who have served as S.A. President, S.A. Vice-President, S.A. 
Spiritual Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, 
School Paper Editor, and enroll at Southern College for a minimum of 
twelve semester hours. A student who has held more than one leader- 
ship position will receive one leadership award of $500. 

NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to 
finalists in the National Merit contest in the amount of $1,200 and 
semi-finalists are awarded $800. Students must enroll at Southern Col- 
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours. A student who is a 
recipient of a NARA will not be eligible to also receive an academic 
scholarship. It will be one or the other — whichever is greater, plus $100. 

ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score 
of 25-28 are eligible for a $600 award if they maintain a college GPA of 
3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College. 
Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 29-36 are eligible for a 
$750 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester of the 
first year they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must enroll at 
Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. An ACT 
Scholarship will be given only if the student does not qualify for an 
Academic Scholarship. 

SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in 
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from 
Southern College for 33.33 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement. 

Grants 

THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which provides 
grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate students. 
A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a congressionally- 
approved formula which considers family financial circumstances. 

SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT — Lim- 
ited funds are available to students with exceptional financial need. 

STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made 
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, Connect- 
icut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, 
New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Ver- 
mont, Washington, and West Virginia. Check with your state grant 
agency for additional information. 



Loans 



Financial Aid 
219 



NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN — Under this program, stu- 
dents can borrow money from the federal government, through the 
school. Repayment and 5 percent interest begin six months after a 
student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment. 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing stu- 
dents only. Repayment and six percent interest begin six months after a 
student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment. 

GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS are available through lending 
agencies in each of the states. A student may borrow from a bank, savings 
and loan association, credit union, or other lender, and the state agency 
will guarantee the loan. A student whose family adjusted gross income is 
$30,000 or less may, without undergoing a financial needs test, borrow 
up to $2,500 per year to atotal of $12,500 for undergraduate study. When 
income levels are greater than $30,000 the student must meet a "needs" 
test. The federal government pays the interest on the loan while the 
student is in school. Repayment and 8 percent interest begin six months 
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time en- 
rollment. 

PARENT LOANS (PLUS) — A parent or self-supporting student may 
borrow from a bank or other lender and a state or private non-profit 
agency will guarantee the loan. A parent may borrow $3 ,000 per year to a 
limit of $15,000. Repayment and 12 percent interest being 60 days 
following the date of loan disbursement. 



Repayment Example 




Amount 
of loan 


Based on 


Monthly 
Payments* 


$3,000 
$3,000 
$3,000 
$3,000 


5 yrs. 

7 yrs. 
10 yrs. 
10 yrs. 


$ 66.73 
$105.91 

$129.12 
$172.16 



1st year 
2nd year 
3rd year 
4th year 

* Monthly payment includes cumulative principle and interest. 

Work 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the work-study pro- 
gram, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the 
government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus. 
Students can work part time while they are in school, and they can work 
full time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay 
rate is usually the current minimum wage; this may vary depending on 
the skill and experience needed for the job. 



Financial Aid 



220 



OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to students 
meeting the above requirements or having exceptional academic 
achievement. Details concerning amounts and qualifications for recip- 
ients of these funds can be obtained from the Director of Student Fi- 
nance. 
Alumni Worthy Student Fund for juniors and seniors. 
Alvin Christensen Memorial Loan Fund for junior or senior biology or 

natural science majors. 
Appalachian Nursing Scholarship Fund for nursing students from the 

Appalachian Mountain region. 
Anton Julius Swenson Loan Fund. 
Burdick Scholarship Fund. 
Business Administration Scholarship Fund. 
Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan Fund. 
Chatlos Foundation Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing students. 
Conger Memorial Fund for education majors or minors. 
D. W. Hunter Scholarship and Loan Fund for theology students. 
Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship Fund. 
DeVJitt and Josie Bowen Scholarship Fund for graduating seniors from 

Bass Memorial Academy. 
Doctor Ambrose L. Suhrie Scholarship for elementary teachers. 
Dora McClellan Brown Scholarship Fund for theology majors. 
Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship Award for junior or senior 

history majors. 
Edith Munn Nursing Loan Fund for nursing students from Kentucky- 
Tennessee Conference. 
Edythe Stephenson Cothren Vocal Music Scholarship Fund for 

junior/senior voice majors or minors. 
Southern College Century II Endowment Fund. 
Frankie Collins Loan Fund for ministerial students. 
George Alden Nursing Scholarship Fund for Massachusetts nursing 

students. 
George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship Fund for education majors. 
George White Scholarship Fund. 
Harry H. Goggans Scholarship Fund. 
Henson Nursing Scholarship Fund. 
Irad C. Levering Loan Fund for elementary and secondary education 

majors. 
Joseph Schermerhorn Memorial Loan Fund for students planning to 

serve as doctors, nurses, ministers, or teachers. 



Financial Aid 

K. W. Grader Nursing Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing students. 

Linda Beardsley Stevens Memorial Loan Fund for nursing students. JJ JJ \ 

Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship Fund. 

Ludington Memorial Fund. 

Mitzel/elt Band Scholarship Fund for band members. 

1969 Alumni Loan Fund for juniors and seniors. 

Nursing Magazine Scholarship Fund for nursing majors. 

O. D. and Anna Ruth McKee Scholarship Fund. 

Office Administration Scholarship Fund. 

Otto Christensen Fund for potential Bible instructors or theology 
majors. 

Paul Fisher Scholarship Fund. 

Penna S. S. Chong Memorial Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing 
students. (Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic ori- 
gin.) 

Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan Fund for nursing students. 

San/ord and Martha Ulmer Scholarship Fund. 

Sudduth Memorial Fund for potential teachers. 

Tait Scholarship Fund. 

Theresa Brickman Scholarship Fund for office administration majors. 

William lies Scholarship Fund. 



THE REGISTRY 



PRINCIPALS AND PRESIDENTS, 1892-1987 

Principals of the Southern Industrial School 

George C. Colcord 1892-1896 

W. T. Bland 1896-1898 

C. W. Irwin 1898-1900 

N. W. Lawrence 1900-1901 

Principals of Southern Training School 

J. E. Tenney 1901-1908 

M. B. Van Kirk 1908-1912 

C. L. Stone 1912-1914 

L. H. Wood 1914-1915 

A. N. Atteberry 1915-1916 

Presidents of Southern Junior College 

Leo Thiel 1916-1918 

L. H. Wood 1918-1922 

Leo Thiel 1922-1925 

H. H. Hamilton 1925 - Jan. 1927 

M. E. Cady Jan. 1927 - May 1927 

H. J. Klooster 1927-1937 

J. C. Thompson 1937-1942 

D. E. Rebok 1942-1943 

K. A. Wright 1943-1945 

Presidents of Southern Missionary College 

K. A. Wright 1945-1955 

T. W. Walters 1955-1958 

C. N. Rees 1958-1967 

Wilbert Schneider 1967-1971 

Frank A. Knittel 1971-1982 

Presidents of Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 

Frank A. Knittel 1982-1983 

John Wagner 1983-1986 

Donald R. Sahly 1986- 

223 



Board of Trustees 



224 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

* A. C. McClure, Chairman, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union 

Conference President 
Eugene A. Anderson, Atlanta, Southern Saw Service, Inc., Board 

Chairman 
Mardian Blair, Orlando, Adventist Health System/U.S. Vice President 
James W. Boyle, Orlando, Adventist Health System/Sunbelt Executive 

Vice President 
Tom Campbell, Bradford, Tennessee, Physician 

* Richard Center, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union Conference 

Treasurer 
Edythe Cothren, Ooltewah, Tennessee, Retired musician, educator 
Merrill Dart, Englewood, Colorado, Physician 
C. E. Dudley, Nashville, Tennessee, South Central Conference 

President 
J. A. Edgecombe, Altamonte Springs, Florida, Southeastern 

Conference President 
**Charles Fleming, Collegedale, Tennessee, Collegedale Interiors 

Chairman of the Board 
Robert Folkenberg, Charlotte, North Carolina, Carolina Conference 

President 
*William A. Geary, Calhoun, Georgia, Georgia-Cumberland 

Conference President 
Malcolm D. Gordon, Orlando, Florida, Florida Conference President 
*D. K. Griffith, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union Conference 

Educational Secretary 
R. B. Hairston, Atlanta, Georgia, South Atlantic Conference President 
Richard Hallock, Montgomery, Alabama, Gulf States Conference 

President 
William Hulsey, Collegedale, Tennessee, Collegedale Casework, Inc., 

President 
William lies, Orlando, Florida, Florida Hospital Assistant to 

President 
O. R. Johnson, Jackson, Mississippi, Noel's Auto Electric, Inc M 

Treasurer 
Robert Lorren, Collegedale, Tennessee, Dentist, Alumni Association 

President 
J. C. McElroy, Jr., Cuba, Alabama, Rush Foundation President 
Bill McGhinnis, Ooltewah, Tennessee, Central Bank Senior Vice 

President 
*EUsworth McKee, Collegedale, Tennessee, McKee Baking Company 

President , 
**0. D. McKee, Collegedale, Tennessee, McKee Baking Company 
Chairman of the Board 



Board of Trustees / College Administration 

Denzil McNeilus, Dodge Center, Minnesota, McNeilus Companies 

Executive Vice President 225 

Harold Moody, Spartanburg, South Carolina, Physician 
Harvey W. Murphy, Wilson, North Carolina, Murphy Manufacturing 

Company President, Retired 
Robert Murphy, Longwood, Florida, Murphy Construction Company 

President 
Torrest Preston, Cleveland, Tennessee, Life Care Centers of America 

Chairman of the Board 
Winton Preston, Cleveland, Tennessee, Preston Graphic 

Communications President 
"Donald R. Sahly, Collegedale, Tennessee, Southern College President 
Clinton Shankel, Madison, Tennessee, Kentucky-Tennessee 

Conference President 
*Ward Sumpter, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union Conference 

Secretary 
"Martha Ulmer, Lansdale, Pennsylvania, Retired 
Tom Werner, Orlando, Florida, Florida Hospital President 
J. Henson Whitehead, Jemison, Alabama, Retired 
Bonnie Wilkens, Pioneer, Tennessee, Registered Nurse 



* Members of the Executive Board 
** Honorary Trustees 



COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION 

PRESIDENT 

Donald R. Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President 

Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary 

ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION 

William M. Allen, Ph.D. (1984) Senior Vice President for 

Academic Administration 

Records 

Mary Elam, M.A. (1965) Director of Records 



Library 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971) Director of Libraries 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) Associate Librarian 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program 

Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian 

Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S. (1966) Assistant Librarian 

(Orlando Campus) 



College Administration 



Instructional Media 

226 Fran k Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media 

ADMISSIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice President for 

Admissions and College Relations 

Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director of 

Recruitment 

Public Relations 

Doris Burdick, B.A. (1983) Director, Public Relations 

Student Finance and Accounts 

Laurel Wells (1964) Director, Student Finance 

Randall White, B.S. (1978) Director, Student Accounts 

BUSINESS SERVICES 

Kenneth Spears, M.B.A. (1963) . Senior Vice President for Finance 

Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) Assistant Vice President for 

Finance 

Financial and Accounting Services 

Robert Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A. (1961) Treasurer 

Louesa Peters, B.A. (1964) . Chief Accountant, Assistant Treasurer 

Commercial Auxiliaries 

Roy Dingle, A. S. (1974) Bakery Manager, Village Market 

Judith Henderson, B.S. (1981) Manager, Campus Shop 

Dan McBroom (1957) Associate Manager, The College Press 

Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press 

Larry Rice, B.A. (1959) Assistant Manager, The College Press 

Don Spears (1984) Manager, Supreme Broom Company 

Bruce Vogt, B.S. (1986) . . Production Manager, The College Press 
Charles Whidden (1984) Manager, Village Market 

Computer Services 

John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director, Computer Services 

Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) Analyst/Programmed 

William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager 1 

Service Auxiliaries 

Charles Lucas (1984) Director, Physical Plant 

Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service 

C. R. Lacey (1970) Director, Grounds! 

William McKinney (1974) Director, Motor Pool 

Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Custodial Services 






College Administration 

WSMC FM90.5 






General Manager, WSMC FM90.5 227 

Gerald Peel, B.A. (1985) Station Relations Director, WSMC 

STUDENT SERVICES 

Kenneth R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Vice President for Student Services 

Residence Halls 

Stan Hobbs, B.A. (1985) Associate Dean of Men 

Ron Qualley, B.S. (1980) Dean of Men 

Jeanette Bryson, M.A. (1986) Associate Dean of Women 

Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women 

Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

Counseling 

K. R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Director of Counseling and Testing 

Rhea Rolfe, M.A. (1972) Counselor 

Health Service 

Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service 

Waldemar Kutzner, M.D. (1974) College Physician 

Security 

Clifford Myers, Sr. (1968) Director, Security 

DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI RELATIONS 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1972, 1980) Vice President 

for Development and Alumni Relations 
William H. Taylor, M.A. (1958) . . Director, Endowment Campaign 

COLLEGE PASTORS 

Gordon Bietz, D.Min. (1981) Pastor 

James Herman, B.A. (1976) College Chaplain 

Ken Rogers, B.A. (1986) Youth Pastor 

Rolland Ruf, B.A. (1969) Associate College Pastor 

Ed Wright, M.Div. (1985) Family Ministries Pastor 






Student Directory 



228 



STUDENT DIRECTORY 

(Statistics for Fall Semester, 1986) 



CLASS STANDING 






Freshmen 


344 


25.9% 


2nd Yr. Fresh. 


58 


4.4% 


Sophomores 


273 


20.6% 


Juniors 


260 


19.6% 


Non-Grad. Sen. 


36 


2.7% 


Bacc. Seniors 


147 


11.1% 


Assoc. Seniors 


117 


8.8% 


Post Graduate 


19 


1.4% 


Special 


73 


5.5% 


Total 


1,327 


100.0% 


STUDENT PROFILE 






Gender 






Female 


783 


59.0% 


Male 


544 


41.0% 


Citizenship 






U.S. 


1,233 


92.9% 


Non-U.S. 


94 


7.1% 


Marital Status 






Unmarried 


1,156 


87.1% 


Married 


171 


12.9% 


Religion 






SDA 


1,222 


92.1% 


Non-SDA 


105 


7.9% 


Race/Ethnic Origin 




Caucasian 


1,068 


80.5% 


Black 


142 


10.7% 


Hispanic 


72 


5.4% 


Oriental 


41 


3.1% 


Black 


142 


10.7% 


Am. Indian 


4 


.3% 


STUDENT AGE 






16 


4 


.3% 


17 


70 


5.3% 


18 


199 


15.0% 


19 


307 


23.1% 


20 


204 


15.4% 


21 


128 


9.6% 


22 


99 


7.5% 


23 


61 


4.6% 


24 


40 


3.0% 


25-30 


116 


8.7% 


31-45 


76 


5.7% 


46-60 


17 


1.3% 


60-up 


6 


.5% 



MAJORS 




Business & 




Technology 




Business Admin. 


245 


Office Admin. 


66 


Technology 
Human Development 


16 




Behavioral 




Science 


83 


Education 


67 


Health, P.E. & 




Rec. 


24 


Home 




Economics 


17 


Humanities 




Art 


13 


Communication 


51 


English 


19 


History 


25 


Modern 




Language 


8 


Music 


22 


Nursing 




Baccalaureate 


134 


Associate 


182 


Religion 




Non-Ministerial 


20 


Ministerial 


56 


Science 




Allied Health 


52 


Biology 


62 


Chemistry 


23 


Computer Sci. 


65 


Mathematics 


15 


Medical Tech. 


18 


Physics 


14 


General Studies 


4 


Other (Undeclared) 


161 










Advisory Councils 

ADVISORY COUNCILS 229 



BUSINESS DEPARTMENT 



ACCOUNTING: 

Doug Bullard, Senior Auditor, Ernst & Whinny CPA Firm 

Michael Creamer, Litton Industries 

Ken Kochenower, Partner and Managering Partner, Cline, Brandt & 

Kochenower 
Dennis Millburn, Undertreasurer, Florida Conference of SDA 
Ed Reifsnyder, Vice President for Finance, Adventist Health 

Systems/U.S. 

MANAGEMENT: 

Grady Gant, Director, Chattanooga Manufacturing Association 

James McElroy, Hospital Administrator, Cuba, Alabama 

Bill McGhinnis, Central Bank Senior Vice President 

Jack McKee, Vice President, McKee Baking Company 

James Williams, Owner, Williams, Williams & Williams 

LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE: 

Paul Cinquemani, President, Adventist Living Centers 

Marvin Midkiff, semi-retired, consultant for LTHC organizations 

Clifford Port, Director, Administrator in Training Program, Life Care 

Centers of America 
Forrest Preston, Chairman of the Board, Life Care Centers of America 
Ben Wygal, President, Life Care Centers of America 
Jan Rushing, Executive Vice President of Adventist Health 

System/Sunbelt, Chairman of the Board for Sunbelt Health Care 

Centers, Inc. 

EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
ADVISORY COUNCIL 

Lyle Anderson, Superintendent of Education, Kentucky-Tennessee 

Conference of Seventh-day Adventists 
Ben Bandiola, Professor of Education and Psychology, Southern College 

of Seventh-day Adventists 
Gerald Colvin, Professor of Education and Psychology, Southern 

College of Seventh-day Adventists 
Jim Epperson, Superintendent of Education, Georgia-Cumberland 

Conference of Seventh-day Adventists 
D. K. Griffith, Director of Education, Southern Union Conference of 

Seventh-day Adventists 
Carole Haynes, Director of Teaching Learning Center, Southern College 

of Seventh-day Adventists 



Advisory Councils 

Howard Kennedy, Principal, Spalding Elementary School 
2 Qll Norwida Marshall, Associate Director of Education, Southern Union 
&%Jlf Conference of Seventh-day Adventists 

Desmond Rice, Professor of Education, Southern College of Seventh-day 

Adventists 
Jeanette Stepanske, Associate Professor of Education, Southern College 

of Seventh-day Adventists 
Don Weatherall, Associate Director of Education, Southern Union 
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists 



ENGLISH DEPARTMENT 
ADVISORY COUNCIL 



Delmer Davis, Chairman English Department, Andrews University 
Pam Harris, Journalist, Former academy English teacher 
Carolyn Kujawa, Former Professor of English, Columbia Union College 
Evlyn Lindberg, Professor Emeritus, Southern College English 

Department 
Eilleen Meagher, Director of College Composition, University of 

Tennessee at Chattanooga 
Jodi VandeVere, English teacher, Collegedale Academy 



HOME ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT 
ADVISORY COUNCIL 

Patricia Brogdon, teacher, Patricia's Fine Fabrics 

John L. Deppen, Manager of Research, McKee Baking Company 

Cassandra Garner, private business 

Rene Mote, Certified Color Consultant 

Katharine Powell, Certified Kitchen Designer, teacher UTC 

Patricia Rushing, Chairman, Hamilton County Committee on Aging 

Darlene Schmitz, Director of Corporate Dietary Services, Adventist 

Health Systems, Eastern and Middle America 
Margaret Smith, Home Economics teacher, Hixson High School 
Mary Tanner, Chairman, Home Economics Department, UTC 



' 



Advisory Councils 

JOURNALISM DEPARTMENT 

ADVISORY COUNCIL 231 

Frances Alexander, Community Relations Director, 

Tennessee-American Water Company 
Ed Buice, WTVC Channel 9 Television 
Cecil R. Coffey, President and Chairman of the Board, Coffey 

Communications 
Carl W. Crawford, Manager, Nuclear Power Information, Tennessee 

Valley Authority 
Fred H. Gault, Jr., President, Gault and Associates of Chattanooga 
Margaret Haberman, The Associated Press, Chattanooga, Tennessee 
D. L. Hoover, The Cleveland Daily Banner 
Beecher Hunter, Vice President, Communication, Life Care Centers 

Marketing 
Michael Loftin, The Chattanooga Times 

Davis Lundy, Assistant Managing Editor, The Chattanooga Times 
Howard McNeesh, Assistant General Manager, WTSI Channel 45 

Television 
Lee Meridith, News Director, WRCB Channel 3 Television 
C. A. Oliphant, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and Communication, 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 
Joe Pardue, Marketing Designs 
George Powell, Communication Director, Southern Union Conference 

of Seventh-day Adventists 
Stanley Warren, The Dalton Daily Citizen-News 
Ray White, WDEF Television 
Ron Wiggins, Vice President, Marketing, Life Care Centers Marketing 

MINISTERIAL RECOMMENDATIONS 
ADVISORY COUNCIL 

The Religion Faculty of Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 

Presidents of Conferences of the Southern Union 

Ministerial Directors of Southern Union Conferences 

Vice President for Student Affairs of Southern College of SDA 

Dean of Men of Southern College of SDA 

Dean of Women of Southern College of SDA 

Pastor of Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 

Youth Pastor of Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 

Senior Evangelist for Southern Union Conference 

Ministerial Director of Southern Union Conference 

Director of Student Finance of Southern College of Seventh-day 

Adventists 
Two area lay members of the College Board 



Faculty Directory 



232 



FACULTY EMERITI 

Dorothy Evans Ackerman, M.Music, Associate Professor Emerita of 
Music 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.Mus., University of Chattanooga. 

Theresa Rose Brickman, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of 
Secretarial Science 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of 
Education 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., Northwestern Univer- 
sity. 

R. E. Francis, B.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., 
Andrews University. 

Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic Ad- 
ministration 

B.A., Andrews University; Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; 
Diploma of Education, University of Western Australia; M.Ed., 
Maryland University; EdJD., Maryland University. 

K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Valparaiso University; M.Ed., University of Chattanooga; 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee. 

H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B. A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Evlyn Lindberg, M. A., Associate Professor Emerita of English 

B.A., Willamette University; M.A., Texas Christian University. 

Drew Turlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of Industrial Edu- 
cation 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee. 






Faculty Directory 



FACULTY DIRECTORY 






tWilliamM. Allen, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Administration, 
Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., La Sierra College (Loma Linda University); Ph.D., University of 
Maryland. (1984) 

J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Capital University; M.Mus., American Conservatory of 
Music, D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968) 

Ben Bandiola, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 

B.S.E., M.A., Philippine Union College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
(1984) 

tRonald Barrow, Ph.D., Vice President for Admissions and CoJiege Rela- 
tions 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
Walden University. (1979) 

John Beckett, B.A., Director of Computer Services, Instructor of Compu- 
ter Science 

B.A., Southern Missionary College. (1974) 

Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University; 
B.D., Andrews University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. 
(1961) 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State Univer- 
sity. (1971) 

Ruby Birch, M.S.N. , Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Madison College; B.A., Union College; M.S.N., Vanderbilt 
University. (1975) 

Jack Blanco, Th.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Union College; M.A., SDA Theological Seminary; B.D., SDA 
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary; 
Th.D., University of South Africa. (1983) 

Ann Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A.T., University of Tennes- 
see, Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1965) 

Gerald Colvin, Ph.D., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., 
University of Georgia. (1972, 1984) 

Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Assistant Professor of Office Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee 
State University. (1971) 



Faculty Directory 

tKenneth R. Davis, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion 
Q*\& B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University; 

**** ^ M.A., Boston University. (1970) 

Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Communication 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. (1968) 

Frank Di Memmo, M.S., Director of Instructional Media 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., Shippensburg University. 
(1980) 

Roy Dingle, A.S., Instructor of Home Economics; Bakery Manager, Vil- 
lage Market 

A.S., Southern Missionary College. (1974) 

John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College 
for Teachers. (1969) 

Richard Erickson, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business 
B.S., M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984) 

Earl Evans, B.S., Director of Food Services; Instructor of Home 
Economics 

B.S., Andrews University. (1977) 

Ted Evans, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee, Chat- 
tanooga. (1974) 

Diane Fletcher, M.A., Associate Professor of Home Economics 
B.A., Avondale College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1985) 

Flora Flood, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia. 
(1983) 

Robert Garren, M.F.A., Professor of Art 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of 
Technology. (1968) 

Betty Garver, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee. (1977) 

Philip G. Garver, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan Univer- 
sity. (1976) 

Dorothy Giacomozzi, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 
B.S., Union College; M.S., University of Colorado. (1979) 

Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers Col- 
lege. (1967) 



Faculty Directory 

Jerry Gladson, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Vanderbilt University; 2^11 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (1972) ^- tf if 

Judith Glass, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Texas at Austin; M.Mus., University of Texas 
at Austin. (1975) 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970) 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. (1966) 

Edgar O. Grundset, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Walla Walla College. 
(1957) 

Leona Gulley, M.H.Sc, Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Philippine Union College 
Seminary, M.H.Sc, Philippine Union College. (1978) 

Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Missionary 
College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., Edinburgh University. (1978) 

Jan Haluska, M.A., Associate Professor of English 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University. (1981) 

Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California; 
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of Technol- 
ogy. (1955) 

Dorothy Hooper, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Loma Linda University. 
(1975) 

Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., University of North 
Carolina; Ph.D., Iowa State University. (1973) 

Shirley Howard, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee. (1974) 

Francis Hummer, Instructor of Technology (1979) 

Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee. 
(1977) 



Faculty Directory 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S., Director, ANGEL Program 
2 ^Ifi B,S " Sout hern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of Tennes- 

****** see. (1976) 

Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Andrews University; M,A. f University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1982) 

Steven Jaecks, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., Loma Linda University; M.S., University of Tennessee. (1980) 

Beth Jedamski, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N. , Georgia State Universi- 
ty. (1983) 

Robert Kamieneski, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., La Sierra College; M.Ed., Boston University; Ed.D., Brigham 
Young University. (1980) 

John Keyes, Ed.S., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; M.A.T., 
Andrews University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed.D., George 
Peabody College for Teachers. (1987) 

Dean Kinsey, M.Ed., Director of Adult Studies and Special Programs 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., Boston University. 
(1986) 

Catherine Knarr, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N. , University of Tennessee. 
(1974) 

*Timothy Korson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1984) 

Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan Uni- 
versity; Ph.D., Purdue University. (1968) 

Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Associate Professor of 
Social Work and Family Studies 
B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee. (1972) 

Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972) 

Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980). 

Ben McArthur, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Chicago. (1979) 

Caroline McArthur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University. (1979) 



Faculty Directory 

tjack McClarty, Ed.D., Vice President for Development and Alumni 
Relations 237 

B.M.Ed., University of Montana; M.M.Ed., Andrews University; 
Ed.D., University of Montana. (1972) 

Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., 
University of Montana. (1972) 

tRobert W. Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A., Treasurer 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., University of Arkan- 
sas. (1961) 

*Robert Moore, M.S., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North 
Carolina. (1979) 

Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science 
B.S., East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. (1981) 

Laura Nyirady, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University. (1986) 

Stephen A. Nyirady, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
Loma Linda University. (1986) 

C. A. Oliphant, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and Communication 
B.A., La Sierra College; M.A., University of California at Los 
Angeles; Ph.D., University of Iowa. (1986) 

Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter- 
American University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Andrews 
University. (1971) 

Marsha Rauch, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Catholic University of 
America. (1986) 

Desmond Rice, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Avondale College; M.A., San Francisco State University; 
Ed.D., University of Southern California. (1979) 

*E. Williams Richards, Jr., Ph.D., C.P.A., C.M.A., C.I.A., C.D.P., C.C.P., 
C.C.A., Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; Ph.D., Michigan State Univer- 
sity. (1977) 

Evonne Richards, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Office Administration 
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ed.D., 
University of Tennessee. (1983) 



Faculty Directory 

Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
2^ft B.A., Southern Missionary College; MA. and Ph.D., University of 

****" Texas. (1971) 

Charlene Robertson, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Alabama. 
(1977) 

Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern Col- 
orado; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D., 
University of the Pacific. (1976) 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.B.A., University of Maryland; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. (1964) 

Daniel Rozell, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan Univer- 
sity. (1978) 

tDonald R. Sahly, Ed.D., President 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Uni- 
versity of the Pacific. (1986) 

Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982) 

David Smith, M.A., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University. (1981) 

Ron Smith, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Journalism and Education 
B.A., Boston University; M.Ed., Converse College. (1987) 

tKenneth Spears, M.B.A., Vice President for Finance 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B. A., Middle Tennessee State 
University. (1963) 

Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., University of Manchester. (1969) 

Jeanette Stepanske, M.A., Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University. (1979) 

Elvie Swinson, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N.E., Columbia Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. 
(1973) 

t William H. Taylor, M.A., Director, Endowment Campaign 
B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska. (1958) 



Faculty Directory 

Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Union College; M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Univer- 2^Q 
sity of Maryland. (1966) **%*%* 

Cheryl K. Thompson, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Florida. 
(1982) 

Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Business Admin- 
istration 

B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1956) 

Steven E. Warren, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982) 

Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976) 

Larry Williams, M.S., Associate Professor of Social Work and Family 
Studies 
M.S., University of Georgia. (1983) 

William Wohlers, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Nebraska. (1973) 

Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science 
B.S., Andrews University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern Califor- 
nia. (1966) 

Marcella Woolsey, M.A., Instructor of Biology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Loma Linda University. 
(1981) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 

College. 
* Study leave 
t Administration 



Faculty Directory 

ADJUNCT FACULTY 



240 



Education 

Faculty of Collegedale Academy 
Faculty of Spalding Elementary School 

Southern Union Elementary Supervisors and Superintendents: 

Carolina Conference 
Florida Conference 
Georgia-Cumberland Conference 
Gulf States Conference 
Kentucky-Tennessee Conference 
South Atlantic Conference 
South Central Conference 
Southeastern Conference 

Medical Technology 

Florida Hospital: 

Rodney Holcomb, M.D., Medical Director 

Patricia Rogers, B.S., MT (ASCP), Program Director 

Kettering Hospital: 

Glenn Bylsma, M.D., Medical Director 
Suzanne Columbus, B.S., MT (ASCP), Program Director 
Mary Beth Fannon, M.A., MT (ASCP), Academic Education Coor- 
dinator 
Beverly Schieltz, M.S., MT (ASCP), Clinical Education Coordinator 

Nursing 

Collegedale Wanda Bunce Orlando Dorothy Brown 

Carol B. Burhenn Center Karen Grimm 

Judy Compton Louise Gusso 

Donna Day Connie Hamilton 

Ellen Gilbert Brucie Huffman 

Carol J. Harris Mary Lou Jones 

Beverly Jackson Marion Kierstead 

Kathy Davidson Carol Kunau 

Jacobson Helen Jeanne Lippert 

Joe B. Lasseter Gail Nausbaum 

Pam Lowe Rosann Reilly 
Jill Morgan 
Cindy Nipp 
Cheri Terrell 
Dotty Volz 
JuanitaWeddle 



Faculty Committees 

FACULTY COMMITTEES 
FOR THE 1987-88 SCHOOL YEAR 241 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS: William Allen, Chairman; Mary Elam, Peggy Bennett 
and Department Chairmen: Gerald Colvin, John Durichek, Diane Fletcher, 
Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson, Ray Hefferlin, Gordon Hyde, Ed Lamb, 
Katie Lamb, Stephen Nyirady, Bill Oliphant, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson, 
David Smith, Wayne VandeVere, Steven Warren, William Wohlers. 

ABSENCE COMMITTEE: Dan Rozell, Chairman; Jeanette Bryson, Stan Hobbs, 
Dorothy Hooper, Larry Williams. 

ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman; Gordon Hyde, Sharon 
Engel, Helmut Ott, Ron Qualley, Randy White, Merlin Wittenberg. 

ADVISEMENT COMMITTEE: Mary Elam, Chairman; William Allen, Ron Bar- 
row, Doug Bennett, Ann Clark, K. R. Davis, Merritt MacLafferty, Evonne 
Richards, Elvie Swinson, Larry Williams. 

COMPUTER SERVICES COMMITTEE: Ken Spears, Chairman; William Allen, 
Don Dick, Mary Elam, Tim Korson, Henry Kuhlman, Katie Lamb, Louesa Peters, 
Ron Springett, Wayne VandeVere, Laurel Wells, and one student. John Beckett 
will serve as a consultant. 

FACULTY AFFAIRS COMMITTEE: Floyd Greenleaf, Chairman; Ron Barrow, 
Katie Lamb, Stephen Nyirady and Wayne VandeVere. 

FACULTY SENATE: Donald Sahly, Chairman; Larry Hanson, Secretary; Wil- 
liam M. Allen, Bruce Ashton, Douglas Bennett, Gerald Colvin, K. R. Davis, Helen 
Durichek, Richard Erickson, Phil Garver, Jan Haluska, Dean Kinsey, Katie Lamb, 
Steve Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Ron Qualley, Charlene Robertson, Cecil Rolfe, David 
Smith, Elvie Swinson, Mitchell Thiel, Laurel Wells, Larry Williams, Ken Spears 
(ex officio). 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE: Donald Sahly, Chairman; Larry Hanson, Secre- 
tary; William M. Allen, K. R. Davis, Ken Spears, Gerald Colvin, Jan Haluska, 
Katie Lamb. 

PROMOTIONS COMMITTEE: Ed Lamb, Floyd Greenleaf, Cecil Rolfe, Bill 
Wohlers, Gerald Colvin. 

FINANCIAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE: Ken Spears, Chairman; Richard 
Erickson, Earl Evans, Allen Olsen, Wayne VandeVere. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE: Jack Blanco, Chairman; Ben McArthur 
(Ch. Writing Committee), Katie Lamb, Peggy Bennett, Gerald Colvin, Ch. Honors 
Committee. 

WRITING SUBCOMMITTEE: Ben McArthur, Chairman; Bruce Ashton, Ray 
Hefferlin, Duane Houck, Pat Morrison, Bill Oliphant, Ron Springett and David 
Smith. 

HONORS COMMITTEE: Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, Evonne Richards, Art 
Richert, Charlene Robertson, Cecil Rolfe, Steve Warren, William Wohlers. 

LOANS AND SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman; Jeanette 
Bryson, K. R. Davis (ex officio), Stan Hobbs, Jeanette Stepanske, Laurel Wells, 



Faculty Committees 

Randy White, two students and one representative from the Development Office. 

242 INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES COMMITTEE: Bonnie Hunt, Chairman; Peggy 
Bennett (Library and Academic Affairs), Frank Di Memmo (Instructional Me- 
dia), Loranne Grace (Library), Ann Clark, Mitchell Thiel. 

RECRUITMENT / RETENTION COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman; Joyce 
Cotham, K. R. Davis, John Durichek, Wilma McClarty, Ron Qualley, Dean of 
Women and one student. 

SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL COMMITTEE: Jeanne Davis, Chairman; Earl 
Evans, Sharon Engel, Laura Nyirady, Cherie Smith. 

TEACHER EDUCATION COUNCIL COMMITTEE: (All ex officio). Gerald Col- 
vin, Chairman; William Allen, Howard Kennedy, Dean Maddock, Education 
Department Faculty, K. R. Davis and supervisors for student teachers for each 
department. Also, the NCATE Steering Committee: Gerald Colvin / Ben Bandio- 
la, Co-ChaiTinen; Mary Elam, Stephen Nyirady, William Wohlers. 

STUDENT SERVICES: K. R. Davis, Chairman; Ron Barrow, Sharon Engel, 
Stephen Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Ron Qualley. The following members of this 
committee are mandated as ex officio by the Faculty Handbook: Don Dick, Edgar 
Grundset / Bill Wohlers, James Herman, Pat Silver, Laurel Wells, and three 
students, 

SUB-COMMITTEES UNDER STUDENT SERVICES: 

ARTIST ADVENTURE/PROGRAMS: Edgar Grundset / William Wohlers, Co* 
Chairmen; Jeanette Bryson, Frank Di Memmo, Earl Evans, Bob Garren, Betty 
Garver, Orlo Gilbert, Stan Hobbs, Steve Jaecks, Jack McClarty, and four stu- 
dents. 

DISCIPLINE POOL SUBCOMMITTEE: Phil Garver, Art Richert, Judy Glass, 
Leona Gulley, Beth Jedamski, Callie McArthur, Marcella Woolsey, and four 
students. 

FILMS SUBCOMMITTEE: Don Dick, Chairman; Earl Evans, Shirley Howard, 
Robert Merchant, and two students. (K. R. Davis ex officio), 

RELIGIOUS LIFE COUNCIL SUBCOMMITTEE: James Herman, Chairman; 
Norman Gulley, Larry Hanson, Stan Hobbs, Ed Lamb, Sharon Engel, and four 
students. (K. R. Davis, ex officio). 

SCREENING SUBCOMMITTEE: Pat Silver, Chairman; Ted Evans, Diane 
Fletcher, Ron Qualley, Jeanette Bryson, and two students. (K. R. Davis, ex 
officio). 

STUDENT PERSONNEL COMMITTEE: K. R. Davis, Chairman; Jeanette Bry- 
son, Sharon Engel, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, James Herman, Stan Hobbs, 
Cliff Myers, Ron Qualley, and Becky Rolfe. 






V#* « 



' ^^^ » P--4* 



< ^ W ^y 






^^^ * ; v 






4» ^ 



CURRICULUM CHART 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 
1987-88 



u 



p 

u 

S 

p 
u 



Department 


Degree 


Major 


Minor 


Allied 


BS 


Medical Technology 




Health 


AS 


Pre-Dental Hygiene 






AS 


Pre-Occupational Th 






AS 


Pre-Physical Therapy 




Art 


BA 


*Art 


Art 


Behavioral 


BS 


Beh Sci-Family Studies 
Beh Sci-Sociology 


Behav Sci 


Science 


BS 


Sociology 




BSW 


Social Work 




Biology 


BA 


* Biology 


Biology 




BS 


*Biology 




Business 


BBA 


Accounting 




& Office 


AS 


Accounting 




Admin. 


BS 


Business Admin 


Business Admin 




BBA 


Computer Info Systems 






BS 


Long-Term Health Care 






BBA 


Management 






BS 


* Office Admin 


Office Admin 




AS 


Office Adm-Executive 






AS 


Office Adm-Medical 






AS 


Office Adm-Word Proc 






AS 


Pre-Med Records Adm 




Chemistry 


BA 


* Chemistry 


Chemistry 




BS 


* Chemistry 




Computer 


BBA 


Computer Info Systems 




Science 


BA 


Computer Science 


Computer Sci 




BS 


Computer Science 






AS 


Computer Science 




Education & 


BS 


Elementary Education 




Psychology 




(Secondary teaching — 
See asterisked majors) 






BA 


Psychology 


Psychology 


Engineering 


AS 


Engineering Studies 




Studies 









English 



BA 



"English 



English 



244 













Department 


Degree 


Major 


Minor 




General 
Studies 


AS 


General Studies 






Health, PE 
& Recreation 


BS 
BS 


*Health, P.E. & Recr 
Health Science 


Hlth, PE, Recr 




History 


BA 


*History 


History 




Home Ec 


BS 

AT 

Cert 

BS 

AS 

AS 


Food Service Admin 
Food Service 
Food Serv Production 
Home Economics 
Home Economics 
Pre-Dietetics 


Foods 
Home Ec 


n 
S 


Journalism & 
Communication 


BA 
BA 
BA 


Journ-Broadcasting 
Journ-News Editorial 
Public Relations 


Broadcasting 
News Editorial 
Public Relations 


n 


Mathematics 


BA 
BS 


* Mathematics 
*Mathematics 


Mathematics 


Modern 
Languages 


BA 
BA 
BA 
BA 


(1-year abroad req.) 

* French 

* German 

* Spanish 
International Studies 


French 

German 

Spanish 


n 


Music 


BA 

BMus 


Music 
* Music Education 


Music 


> 


Nursing 


AS 
BS 


Nursing 
Nursing 




H 


Physics 


BA 
BS 


* Physics 

* Physics 


Physics 




Religion 


BA 
BA 


Religion-Ministerial 
*Religion-Non-Minis 


Practical Theo 
Religion 
Biblical Langs 




Technology 


Cert 


Auto Body Repair 


Technology 





Cert = One-year certificate program 
* Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 






245 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



CHEM 151-152 
ENGL 101-102 
HIST 174,175 
MATH 114 
RELB 125 



YEAR 1 

General Chemistry 
College Composition 
Survey of Civ 
Elementary Functions 
Teachings of Jesus 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Elective *1 



YEAR 3 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

4 4 



3 
15 16 







1st 2nd 


BIOL 315 
BUAD 334 
CPTR 125 


♦Parasitology 
*Princ of Management 
♦Basic Program Lang 
♦Biology *3 

Area B, Religion *4 

Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 

Electives *5 


3 

3 
3 

3 3 

3 

3 

6 3 

15 15 



CHEM 311 
CHEM 313 

BIOL 151-152 
BIOL 330 
RELT 138 
PSYC 124 
MDTC 225 



YEAR 2 

Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chem Lab 
♦Chemistry *2 
♦General Biology 
♦Gen Microbiology 
Adventist Heritage 
Intro to Psychology 
Intro to Med Tech 
Literature *4 
Area G, Act Skills 



YEAR 4 

Clinical Year 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 
1 

4 
4 4 

4 



2 
3 

1 

16 16 



*An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement. 

*1 Pre-Meds must take Calculus I. 

*2 Recommended Chemistry courses: (CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 323, 324) 

*3 Recommended Biology courses: (BIOL 316, 415, 417) 

*4 This is a suggested place for taking an upper division course. 

*5 Recommended Physics courses: (PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214) 

20 upper division credits, make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours must be com- 
pleted prior to the clinical year. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

(AUied Health Professions) 








YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 10M02 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


0-3 




BIOL 


125 


Microbiology 


4 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 






Area B, Religion 


3 3 


S0CI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 








Area D, For Lang/Llt/F. 


Arts 3 3 




Area B, Religion 




3 






Area G-l, Music or Art 


1 1 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 








Phychoiogy, Sociology, 






Area G-3, P.E. Activity 


1 








History or Economics 


3 




Area C-l, History 




3 






Elective 


2 2 




Elective 


3-0 


1 








17 1R 



16 16 

NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is 
required. 



246 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 









(Allied Health Professions) 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semestei 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


ART 235 


Ceramics 


3 


TECH 154 


Woodworking 


4 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


BIOL 125 


Microbiology 


4 


PSYC 128 


Dev Psychology 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


0-3 




Area D-4, Speech 


2 




Applied Arts or Crafts 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 


3 


Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 




Area C, History 


3 






16 17 




Area D, F. Lang/Lit/F. Arts 


2 










Elective 


3-0 









17 15 



NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is required. 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

(Allied Health Professions) 



Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will depend on the college 
selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma Linda University are outlined here. Students 
who complete one of these programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by Southern 
College. Students planning to attend other colleges should contact them to obtain their requirements. 

ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology* 


3 


3 


BIOL 


125 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


PSYC 124 


Introduction to Psychology 


3 




HIST 


154 


American History 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 




3 


RELT 


255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 


MATH 104 


intermediate Algebra** 


3 








Area D, Fine Arts 


3 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings of Jesus 


3 








Area D-2. Literature 


3 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Computer Based Sys 




3 






Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 




3 






Psyc, Sociology, or Econ 


3 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 

Area G-3, Recreation Skill 


1 


1 






Elective (recommended is 
FDNT 125, Nutrition, 


4 






— 


16 






ACCT 103, Coll Accounting, 
or ECON 213, Surv of Econ) 





17 15 

*BIOL 155, 156, General Biology, may be substituted if it has already been taken. 
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher, but 64 total hours must be completed. 

NOTE: A minimum grade point average of 2.50, figured on science and non-science courses separately, is required, C- is 
the lowest acceptable grade for science and cognate courses. The Allied Health Professions Test (AHPAT) is required. 
Also required are the Strong-Campbell Vocational Interest Inventory and the Sixteen Personality Profiles Tests. The latter 
two tests may be taken at SC. An additional requirement for admission is 80 hours of observation or work experience with 
a physical therapist. This 80 hours must be distributed over three types of work experience. See the Andrews admissions 
requirements for details. 



247 



A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 



CURRENT LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 

A physics sequence with laboratory of 8 hours is required for entrance to the program. This is offered on 
the La Sierra campus immediately preceding the fall quarter. The Southern College General Physics 
course, PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 8 semester hours, is accepted. Most students will find it more 
convenient to take their physics requirement at LLU. 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology* 


3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


PSYC 124 


Introduction to Psychology 


3 




BIOL 125 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




HIST 154 


American Hist & Institution 


3 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings of Jesus 


3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 




3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 3 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Computer Based Sys 




3 




Elective 


6 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 

Area G-3, Recreation Skill 


1 


1 






17 16 



16 16 






*BIOL 155, 156, General Biology, may be substituted. 
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher; however, LLU requires 2 years of high school mathematics 
(excluding arithmetic or business mathematics) or equivalent with grades of G- or better. 

NOTE: Other entrance requirements are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT) and a minimum of 80 
hours of work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C- is the lowest acceptable 
grade for a course. 



A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 






LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENTS 
ENTERING LLU JUNE, 1989 OR LATER 

A physics sequence with laboratory of 8 quarter hours is required for entrance to the program. This is 
offered on the La Sierra campus immediately preceding the fall quarter. The Southern College General 
Physics course, PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 8 semester hours, is acceptable, but most students will find it » 
more convenient to take their physics requirements at LLU. 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


Genera] Chemistry 4 4 


BIOL 155-156 


General Biology 


4 


4 


BIOL 125 


Basic Microbiology 4 


PSYC 124 


Introduction to Psyc 


3 




S0CI 125 


Intro to Sociology 3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 




3 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Computer Based Sys 3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 




RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 




3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 3 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings of Jesus 


3 




HIST 154 


American Hist & Institution 3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 




3 




Area D, Fine Arts or F. Lang 6 






16 


16 




Area G-3, Recreation 1 
17 17 




SUMMER 












Literature 


3 










Elective 


2 









NOTE: A total of 68 semester hours, excluding Intermediate Algebra, is required for admission. Other entrance 
requirements are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer 
or as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. 

248 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. ART 







YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ART 104-105 


Drawing I, II 


2 


2 


ART 


344 


History of Art 


3 


ART 109-110 


Design I, II 


3 


3 


JOUR 


225 


Intro to Photography 


2 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 








Area D-l, Inter For Lang 


3 3 






Area D-l, Begin For Lang 


3 


3 






Area D-2, Literature 








Area G-2. Practical 










OR 


3 






OR 


1 


1 






Area D-4, Speech 








Area G-3, Recreation 










Area F-2, Family Science 








Area A-2, Math 




0-3 






OR 








Minor or Elective 


3-0 








Area F-3, Health Science 










15 


15 






Area B-l, Religion 


3 
















Art Electives 


3 3 
















Minor or Elective 


3 


















17 17 






YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ART 345 




Contemporary Art 
Area B-2, Religion 


3 


3 


ART 


499 


Senior Project 
Area B, Religion 


1 
3 






Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ 


3 








Art Electives 


6 3 






Area E, Natural Science 


3 


3 






Minor or Electives 


9 10 






Area F-l, Behav. Science 


3 










16 16 






Area G-3, Recreat. Skills 
Minor or Electives 
Art Electives 


3 


1 
3 
5 











15 15 



See pages 0-11 and .14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 






' 


































































249 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

(Family Studies Emphasis) 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HMEC 201-202 


Parenting I, II 


2 2 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych 




3 


SOCW 221 


Social Welfare insts 


3 


HMEC 147 


Fam Resource Mgmt 


3 




SOCW 222 


Social Welfare issues 


3 


PSYC 128 


Dev Psychology 




3 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & Family 


2 




Area G, Act Skills 


2 


1 


SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D-4, Speech 


2 




Area E-l, Biology 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area A-2, Math 




0-3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Minor or Elective 


1 
15 


3-0 
16 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


_3, 
16 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 




YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




BHSF 394 


Research Methods 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psych 




3 


SOCI 424 


Contemp Soc Problems 


3 


SOCI 365 


Family Relations 




3 




Area B r Religion 


3 


SOCI 495 


Directed Study 




1 




Area C-2, Economics 


3 




Area B. Religion 


3 






Area G, Act Skills 


2 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 




4 




Minor or Electives 


5 2 




Area E, Chem/Phys/E. Sci 


3 






PSYC & socw Electives 







Area G-3, Recreation 


1 








16 14 




Minor or Electives 


6 


4 









16 15 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 



(Sociology Emphasis) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SOCW 221, 


222 Social Welfare I, II 


3 3 


PSYC 128 


Dev Psychology 




3 


SOCI 


223 


Marriage & the Family 


2 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych 


3 




ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 




3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 








Area C-l, History 


, 3 3 




Area G, Activity Skills 




4 






Elective 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 








Soc Elective 


3 6 




Area E-l , Biology 




3 








16 15 




Area A-2, Math 


0-3 














Elective 




3-0 











15 16 



250 



YEAR 3 

BHSF 215 Statistics 

SOCI 424 Contemporary Soc Problems 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area F-l, Sociology Elect 
Area B. Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 
Minor or Electives 



Semester 






YEAR 4 


Semester 


1st 2nd 








1st 2nd 


3 


BHSF 


394 


Research Methods 


3 


3 


SOCI 


427 


Sociological Theory Dev 


2 


1 


SOCI 


495 


Directed Study 


1 


3 3 






Area F-l, Sociology Elect 


3 4 


3 






Area G. Skills 


1 


3 






Area E, Chem/Phys/E Set 


3 


6 6 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 


15 16 






Minor or Electives 
Area B, Religion 


2 6 
3 



16 15 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 









TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S.W. SOCIAL WORK 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SOCW 221 


Social Welfare Insts 


3 


BHSF 115 


Orient to Behav Sci 


1 




SOCW 222 


Social Welfare Issues 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




SOCI 


295 


Directed Study 


1 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & the Family 




2 






Area G, Skills 


2 


PSYC 128 


Dev Psyc 


3 








Area E-l, Biology 


3 




Area D-4, Speech 


2 








Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 








Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area A-2, Math 




0-3 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 




Area G, Skills 




2 






Elective 


3 2 




Elective 


Is" 


6-3 

16 








16 16 




YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


PSCY 315 


Abnormal Psyc 




3 


BHSF 


394 


Research 


3 


SOCW 314 


Social Work Meth 


3 




SOCI 


424 


Contemp Soc Problems 


3 


SOCI 495 


Directed Study 




1-0 


SOCW 435 


Social Work Practlcum 


4 4 


SOCW 316 


Community 


3 








Area G-3, Recreation 


1 


SOCW 315 


Group Work 




3 






Area G, Skills 


1 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 








Area B. Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 








Elective 


4 7 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 




3 








15 15 




Area E, Chem/Phys/E. Sci 


3 












Elective, Social Work 




3 












Electives 




3-4 











15 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



251 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

B.A. BIOLOGY 

(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 





YEAR 1 


Senu 


sster 






YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 








1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 


4 


BIOL 316 




Genetics 


3 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 


4 








Area G-2, Computer Sci 


3 


RELB 125 


Teaching of Jesus 


3 








Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 






Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 


3 




Area G, Skills 


1 


1 






Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 


3 




Elective 




5 






Area B, Religion 


3 






15 


16 






Biology Elective 


3 3 
16 14 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 


HIST 154, 


155 


American History 




CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 


1 






OR 


3 3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


HIST 174, 


175 


Survey of Civ 




PHYS 213-214 


Gen Phys Lab 


1 


1 


BIOL 424 




Iss of Nat Sci & Rel 


3 


BIOL 317 


Ecology 






BIOL 408 




Systematic Botany 


3 




OR 


3 




BIOL 485 




Biology Seminar 


1 


BIOL 226 


Environmental Biology 






CHEM 323 




Biochemistry 


4 


BIOL 418 


Animal Physiology 










Area B, Religion (UD) 


3 




OR 




3 






Area F-2, Fam or Hlth Sci 


3 


BIOL 419 


Plant Physiology 










Area C-2, Poll Sci/Econ 


3 




Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 


3 






Elective 


3 2 




Electives 


2 


2 








16 15 



16 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 












TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. BIOLOGY 

(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 






BIOL 151-152 

ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 330 
MATH 114 
RELB 125 



YEAR 1 

General Biology 
College Composition 
General Microbiology 
Elementary Functions 
Teaching of Jesus 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



15 16 



YEAR 2 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 
HIST 154, 155 American History 

OR 
HIST 174, 175 Survey of Civ 



BIOL 415 
MATH 215 
RELT 138 






Comparative Anatomy 
Statistics 
Adventist Heritage 
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 
Area G-l, Creative Skills 
Area B, Religion 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

4 4 

3 3 



15 



3 
16 



252 





YEAR 3 


Semester 




YEAR 4 


Semestei 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


1 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


BIOL 424 


Iss of Nat Scl & Rel 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


BIOL 419 


Plant Physiology 




PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 




OR 


3 


BIOL 316 


Genetics 


3 


BIOL 418 


Animal Physiology 




BIOL 408 


Systematic Botany 


3 


BIOL 412 


Cell Biology 


3 




Area D, Lang/Llt/Fine Arts 


3 


BIOL 226 


Environmental Biology 






Biology Elective 


3 3 




OR 


3 






17 14 


BIOL 317 


Ecology 








CHEM 203 


Biochemistry 












OR 


3 










Biology Elective 












Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 










Area D-2, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 










Area C-2, Poll Sci/Econ 
Area G-2, Computer Sci 


3 
3 










Area B, Religion (UD) 


3 












16 15 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.B.A. ACCOUNTING 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Princ of Accounting 


3 3 


ECON 224-225 


Princ of Economics 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


ACCT 211-212 


Intermediate Acct 


3 3 


CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


MATH 104 


intermediate Algebra 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 3 




Area F-l. Psychology 


3 




Area D-2, Literature 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 


1 1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 15 




Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 
16 15 
















YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


BUAD 337-338 


Business Law 


3 3 


BUAD 334 


Princ of Management 


3 


ACCT 321-322 


Cost Accounting 


3 3 


SECR 315 


Bus Communications 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


BUAD 414 


Business Policies 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 




OR 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


BUAD 357 


Business Ethics 




BUAD 314 


Quant Meth for Bus Dec 


3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 




Area B-2, Religion 


3 


ACCT 317 


Federal Income Taxes 


4 




Accounting Elective 


3 


ACCT 417 


Auditing 


4 




Elective 


1 




Area B, Religion 


3 






15 16 




Area D-3, Fine Arts App 

Elective 


3 

7 












16 15 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



253 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. ACCOUNTING 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Princ of Accounting 


3 


3 


ACCT 211-212 


intermediate Acctg 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 321 


Cost Accounting I 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 




BUAD 337 


Business Law 


3 


ECON 224 


Princ of Economics 








Area B-2, Religion 


3 




OR 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 








Area D-2, Literature 




CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 
Area B-i, Religion 


3 


3 




OR 
Area D-4, speech 


3 




Area F-l, Psychology 




3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 






Business Elective 


3 3 




Area A-2, Math 
Elective 




0-3 

4-1 




Elective 


1 1 



16 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Princ of Accounting 


3 


3 


ECON 224-225 


Princ of Economics 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 211* 


Intermediate Acctg 


3 


CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 




3 




Area F-l, Psychology 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 104 


intermediate Algebra 


3 






Area D-2, Literature 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 


1 


1 




Elective 


3 6 






16 


16 






16 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


BUAD 337-338 


Business Law 


3 


3 


BUAD 414 


Business Policies 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth for Bus Dec 




3 


SECR 315 


Business Communications 


3 


BUAD 334 


Princ of Management 


3 




BUAD 357 


Business Ethics 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 




3 




Area F-2, Fam/HIth Sci 


2 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area D-3, Fine Arts App 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 






Elective In Business 


3 2 




Elective 




4 




Elective 


4 3 



15 16 



15 15 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



254 





TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 






B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 






YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Prln of Accounting 


3 


3 


ECON 224-225 


Prin of Economics 


3 3 


CPTR 131-132 


Fund of Programming 


3 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Programming 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Processing 


3 


CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 




3 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 


4 


MATH 104 


Inter Algebra 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Speaking 




3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area D-3, Fine Arts 


3 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 


1 


1 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 






16 


16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 321 


Cost & Managerial Acct I 


3 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance (Rec.) 


3 


BUAD 313 


Business Statistics 


3 




BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing (Rec.) 


3 


BUAD 314 


Quant Methods-Bus Decisions 


3 


BUAD 337 


Business Law 


3 


BUAD 334 


Principles of Management 


3 




CPTR 326 


Systems Management 


2 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




CPTR 485 


Computer Science Seminar 


1 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Systems 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 


2 






Area E, Natural Science 


3 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 




2 




Area F, Psychology 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Electives in Major 


5 




Area D-2, Literature 




3 




General Elective 


3 




Area F-2, Family Scl 










14 15 




OR 


2 












Area F-3, Health Sci 
















16 


14 
























SUMMER 












CPTR 409 


Software Dev Internship 


3 











(Recommended) 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 


















255 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE 



YEAR 






ACCT 121-122 
ENGL 101-102 
CPTR 127 
MATH 104 



BUAD 337-338 
BUAD 315 
BUAD 334 
BUAD 357 
SOCI 349 






BUAD 431 
BUAD 432 
BUAD 434 
BUAD 435 



Prin of Accounting 
College Composition 
Micro Tools 
Intermediate Algebra 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area G-l or G-3, Skills 
Area F-l, Psychology 



YEAR 3 

Business Law 
Business Finance 
Princ of Management 
Business Ethics 
Aging & Society 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area D-3, Fine Arts App 
Elective 



SUMMER (AFTER YEAR 3) 

Gen Admin of LTHC Facil 
Tech Aspects of LTHC 
Finan Mgt of LTHC Facil 
Hum Res Mgt/Mkt LTHC 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 
3 3 

3 
3 
3 

3 3 
1 1 

3 

16 16 

Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 



15 15 



3 
3 
3 
3 
12 



YEAR 2 

ECON 224-225 Prin of Economics 
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area B, Natural Sci 
Area F, Fam/HIth Sci 
Area G-3, Recreation Skills 
Elective 



Semestei 
1st 2nd 

3 3 






BUAD 497 



YEAR 4 

LTHC Admin Internship 
Area B, Religion 
Elective 









3 
3 

3 3 
2 

1 

JLJL 

15 15 

Semester 
1st 2nd 

4 4 



10 10 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.B.A. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 



ACCT 12M22 
ENGL 101-102 
CPTR 127 



YEAR 1 

Prin of Accounting 
College Composition 
Micro Tools 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area F-l. Psychology 
Area C-l, History 
Area A-2, Math 
Area C-l or G-3, Skills 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



3 
0-3 

1 
3-0 



ECON 224-225 
ACCT 211 

SPCH 135 



16 16 



YEAR 2 

Prin of Economics 
Intermediate Acctg 
Intro to Pub Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area E, Natural Sci 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Elective in Business 
Elective 
Area F-2, Family/Health 



1st 2nd 

3 3 

3 
3 

3 

3 3 

3 

1 
3 
2 
_2 

16 16 



256 





YEAR 3 


semi 


sster 




YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


BUAD 337-338 


Business Law 


3 


3 


SECR 315 


Bus Communications 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 




3 


ECON 314 


Money & Banking 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 






OR 


3 


MATH 215 


statistics 


3 




BUAD 347 


Bus & Govt 




BUAD 314 


Quant Meth for Bus Dec 




3 


BUAD 357 


Business Ethics 


3 


ACCT 321 


Cost & Manag Acctg 


3 




BUAD 488 


Sem in Bus Admin 


j 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgt 




3 


BUAD 414 


Business Policies 


3 


BUAD 334 


Prln of Management 


3 




BUAD 353 


Mgmnt of Small Bus 


3 




Area B-2, Religion 




3 


BUAD 355 


Organizational Behav 


2 






~15~ 


15 




Area B, Religion 
Area D-3, Fine Arts App 
Elective in Business 


3 
3 
3 












Elective 


3 














15 15 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



O 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 






YEAR 1 

SECR 104, 114 Shorthand I, II 
ENGL 101-102 College Composition 
SECR 115 intermediate Typing 
SECR 214 Advanced Typing 
SECR 213 Records Management 
SECR 223 Word Processing Concepts 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area E, Natural Sci 
Area G-3, Recrea Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



YEAR 2 



YEAR 3 



1 



16 15 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



SECR 315 Business Communications 
BUAD 337 Business Law 3 

Area C-2, Economics 3 

Area E, Natural Science 
Area G-2, Computer 3 

Area C, History (W) 
Area D, Lit/Lang/F Art/Spch 3 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area A-2 t Math 3-0 

Elective 0-3 



1 



BUAD 334 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



ACCT 121-122 
SECR 323 
SECR 317 
SECR 221 
SECR 216 
SECR 324 
SECR 218 



Accounting 
Text Editing 
Secretarial Procedures 
Office Transcription 
Business English 
Advanced Word Processing 
Business Math/Calc Mach 
Area D, Lang/Lit/F Art/Spch 
Area B, Religion 
Elective 



15 16 



YEAR 4 

Prin of Management 
Area F. Behav & Fam Sci 
Area D, Lang/Lit/F Art/Spch 
Area G-3, Recreation Skill 

OR 
Area G-l, Creative Skills 
Area B, Religion 
Elective (W) 
UD Elective in Bus 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



3 

6 5 

3 

15 16 



15 16 

NOTE: It is recommended that elective hours be applied toward a minor, which consists of IB hours, 6 of which must be 
upper division. 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



CO 
CO 



CO 

D 
n 



257 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

(Executive Option) 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 Semester 
1st 2nd 


SECR 104, 114 


Shorthand I, II 


4 


4 


SECR 216 


Business English 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SECR 317 


Secretarial Procedures 3 


SECR 115 


Intermediate Typing 


3 




SECR 315 


Business Communications 3 


SECR 214 


Advanced Typing 




3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 3 


SECR 218 


Business Math & Calc 




2 


SECR 221 


Office Transcription 3 


SECR 213 


Records Management 


2 




SECR 323 


Word Proc Text Editing 3 


SECR 223 


Word Processing Cone 




2 




Area C-l, History 3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area D, Lang/Llt/F Art/Spch 2 




Area G-3, Recreation Skill 


1 






Area B, Religion 3 




Elective 




2 




Area E, Natural Science 3 






16 


16 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 2 
Elective 1 



16 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of the 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 


































TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 





A.S. U* 


FiCE ADMINISTR 
(Medical Option) 


ATION 






YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 SECR 316 


Medical Terminology 


3 


SECR 115 


Intermediate Typing 


3 


SECR 323 


Word Proc Text Editing 


3 


SECR 214 


Advanced Typing 




3 CPTR 120 


Intro Computer Based Sys 


3 


SECR 213 


Records Management 


2 


SECR 317 


Secretarial Procedures 


3 


SECR 218 


Business Math & Calc 




2 SECR 333 


Adv. Med. Terminology 


3 


SECR 216 


Business English 


3 


SECR 221 


Office Transcription 


3 


SECR 223 


Word Processing Concepts 




2 


Area C-l, History 


3 


BIOL 101 


Anatomy & Physiology I 




3 


Area G-2, Accounting 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Speech 


2 




Area F, Behavioral Sci 




2 


Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation Skill 


1 




Office Admin Elective 


1 




Elective 


1 


1 


Elective 


2 



16 16 



16 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements for the 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



258 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

(Word Processing Option) 








YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SECR 221 


Office Transcription 


3 


SECR 115 


Intermediate Typing 


3 




SECR 315 


Business Communications 


3 


SECR 214 


Advanced Typing 




3 


SECR 323 


Word Proc Text Editing 


3 


SECR 213 


Records Management 


2 




SECR 317 


Secretarial Procedures 


3 


SECR 218 


Business Math & Calc Mach 




2 


SECR 324 


Adv Word Proc & Transc 


3 


SECR 223 


Word Processing Concepts 




2 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Computer-Based Sys 




3 




Elective, Office Admin 


2 


SECR 216 


Business English 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area E, Natural Science 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation Skill 


1 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Elective 




3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Spch 


2 






Hi 


1ft 




Area F, Behavioral Sci 


2 



16 17 






See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements for 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 












TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

A.S. HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 

Formerly Medical Records Administration 

(Allied Health Professions) 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Accounting 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 


3 


S0CI 223 


Marriage & the Family 


2 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


M 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 


SECR 115 


Intermediate Typing 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 




3 




Area D. Lang/Lit/F. Arts 


2 3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Science Sequence 


3 3 




Area D-4, Speech 




3 




Elective 


1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 






16 16 




Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Arts 


3 












Elective 


1 














16 


16 







NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT) is 
required. 



259 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. CHEMISTRY 








YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 


4 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


ENGL 10M02 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 


4 






Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 225 


Calculus I 




4 




Area C-2. Pol Scl/Econ 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 


3 




Area E. Biol/Phys/E. Sci 




3 




Area G-l, Creative Skills 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




OR 


2 




Electtves or Minor 


2 






Area G-3, Recreation Skills 








18 


15 




Chemistry Elective 
Electlves or Minor 


3 
9 

15 16 


















YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 315 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 




CHEM 485 


Chemistry Seminar 


1 


CHEM 321 


Instrumental Analysis 




4 




Area B, Religion 


3 


CPTR 125 


Basic Programming 








Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc 


3 




OR 


3 






Chemistry Elective 


2 


CPTR 131 


Fundamentals of Prog I 
Area B, Religion 


3 






Electlves or Minor 


9 12 
15 15 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 








Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 


3 










Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Scl 


3 










Elective 




3 









18 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



u 












TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.S. CHEMISTRY 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 


4 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 1 1 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 


4 




MATH 217 


Calculus II 


MATH 115 


Calculus I 




4 




OR 3 


CPTR 125 


Basic Program Lang 




3 


MATH 315 


Dlff Equations 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion 3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 






Area C-l, History 3 3 




Elective 




1 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3 3 






15 


15 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 3 












Elective 2 

15 16 



260 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


CHEM 411-412 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 


1 


CHEM 413-414 


CHEM 315 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 




CHEM 485 


CHEM 321 


Instr Analysis 




4 


CHEM 497 


CHEM 325 


Organic Qual Anal 

Area B, Religion 

Area G-l, Creative Skills 

OR 
Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


2-3 
2 


3 






Chemistry Electlves 


3 


2 






Electlves 


1-0 


3 





YEAR 4 






16 16 



Physical Chemistry** 
Physical Chem Lab** 
Chemistry Seminar 
Intro to Research 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 
Electlves 



Semester 


1st 2nd 


3 


3 


1 


1 


1 




1-2 




3 




3 






3 


i 


3 


4-3 


5 



16 15 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 















TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 





YEAR 1 


Sem 


ester 




YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


! Prln of Accounting 


3 


3 


ECON 224-225 


Prin of Economics 


3 3 


CPTR 131-132 


! Fund of Proorammlno 


3 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Programming 


3 


ENGL 101-10; 


! College Composition 


3 


3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Processing 


3 


CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 




3 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 


4 


MATH 104 


Inter Algebra 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Speaking 




3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area D-3, Fine Arts 


3 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 


1 


1 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 






16 


16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 16 




YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 321 


Cost & Managerial Acct I 


3 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance (Rec.) 


3 


BUAD 313 


Business Statistics 


3 




BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing (Rec.) 


3 


BUAD 314 


Quant Methods-Bus Decisions 


3 


BUAD 337 


Business Law 


3 


BUAD 334 


Principles of Management 


3 




CPTR 326 


Systems Management 


2 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




CPTR 485 


Computer Science Seminar 


1 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Systems 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 


2 






Area E, Natural Science 


3 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 




2 




Area F, Psychology 


3 




Area B. Religion 




3 




Electlves In Major 


5 




Area D-2, Literature 




3 




General Elective 


3 




Area F-2, Family Set 
OR 


2 








14 15 




Area F-3, Health Sci 


18 : 


14 










SUMMER 












CPTR 409 


Software Dev internship 


3 











(Recommended) 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



261 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 



w 
v 





B.A. COMPUTER SCIENCE 






YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Lang 


3 


CPTR 131-132 


Fund of Prog I. II 


3 


3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Proc 


3 


CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 


3 




CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 


CPTR 219 


Sym Assembler Lang 




3 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 


3 


MATH 114 


Elem Functions 




'4 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


MATH 104 


int Algebra 








Area B, Religion 


3 




OR 


3 






Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 3 2 




Elective 








Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area C-l, History 


3 






Minor or Elective 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 




3 






15 15 






15 


16 










YEAR 3 


Semester 




YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 






CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 




OR 




2 




Area B r Religion 


3 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 








Area C-l, History 


3 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 






Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area E, Nat Sci 


3 3 




Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ 


3 






Comp Set Elective 


3 




Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Minor or Elective 


6 6 




Area G-l. Creative Skills 










15 16 




OR 


1 


1 










Area G-3, Recreation Skills 














Minor' or Elective 


6 


7 







16 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



O 

u 












YEAR 1 



CPTR 131-132 Fund of Prog I, II 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



3 3 



YEAR 2 



ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 


3 


CPTR 219 


Sym Assembler Language 




MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 






OR 


3 


MATH 


Elective 




MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 
Area B, Religion 






Area C-l, History 


3 






15 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog J,ang 3 




CPTR 317 


Intro to File Proc 


3 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 3 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 

Area B, Religion 3 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci. 3 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 3 


2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 



IS IS 



262 















YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 






CPTR 409 




OR 




2 


CPTR 485 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 








BUAD 334 


Prin of Mgmt 


3 








Area B, Religion 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 








Area D-l. Foreign Language 


3 


3 






Area G-l, Creative 










OR 


1 


1 






Area G-3, Recreation Skills 










Elective, Computer Sci 


3 


4 






Elective 


3 


3 








YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


Appl Software Dev ProJ 


3 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 


Area B, Religion 


3 


Area C-l, History 


3 


Area D. Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 


Elective, Computer Sci 


3 


Elective 


6 9 



15 16 



16 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 
























2 

V 






2 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




CPTR 131-132 


Fund of Program I, II 


3 


3 


CPTR 217 


ACCT 121-122 


Prtn of Accounting 


3 


3 


CPTR 317 


CPTR 127 


Micro Tools 


3 




CPTR 318 


CPTR 219 


Symbolic Assembler Lang 




3 


CPTR 319 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 






ACCT 321 




OR 


3 




BUAD 334 


MATH 


Elective 








MATH 114 


Elem Functions & Relations 




4 




ENGL 101 


College Composition 

Area B, Religion 

Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


3 

1 


3 





16 16 



YEAR 2 

COBOL Programming Lang 

Intro to File Processing 

Data Structures 

Data Base Mgmt Systems 

Cost Accounting I 

Prin of Management 

Area B, Religion 

Area C, Hist/Pol Sci/Econ 

Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 

Area E, Natural Science 

Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 

Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



2 
3 
2 

16 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



263 











ENGL 101-102 


RELT 


138 


BIOL 


104 


SOCI 


125 


HLED 


203 


EDUC 


125 


SPCH 


135 


PEAC 




HELD 


173 


EDUC 


134 


MATH 103 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

YEAR 1 Semester YEAR 2 



College Composition 
Adventist Heritage 
Princ of Biology + lab 
Intro to Sociology 
Safety Education 
Foundations of Education 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Elect (125. 131. 133. 134) 
Health and Life 
Princ of Christian Educ 
Survey of Math {math elec) 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 

3 

4 



2 
2 

J_ 

16 16 



NOTE: At the end of this year apply for admission to 
Teacher Educ. Program. Forms in SH 103. 
The PPST and the 16 PF1 must be passed at the appro- 
priate levels before taking Education courses 200 or 
above. 



ENGL 218 
ENGL 
EDUC 332 
PEAC 

CHEM PHYS 
EDUC 453 
EDUC 454 
EDUC 456 
EDUC 333 
LIBR 325 
PETH 463 
RELB 



YEAR 3 

Principles of Grammar 
Literature Elective 
Teaching of Reading 
Elect (125. 131. 133, 134 

221-222, 374) 
Elective with lab 
Math Methods 
Sci/Hlth Methods 
Language Arts Methods 
Developmental Reading 
Library Material for Chn 
PE in the Elem. School 
Area B-l, Biblical Stud 
Elective 



1st 2nd 

2 



2 

2 
3 
2 

3 

2 

15 15 



HIST 154-155 
EDUC 250 
GE0G 204 
ERSC 105 

PEAC 

EDUC 240 

EDUC 231 

EDUC 230 
HMNT 205 
MATH 
RELT 255 
EDUC 217 



American History 
Computers in Classroom 
World Geography 
Earth Science (+ lab) 
Elect (125, 131. 133, 134, 

221-222. 374) 
Exceptional Child 
Music Methods 

OR 
Art Methods 
Arts and Ideas 
(104. 114, 215) 
Christian Beliefs 
Psychological Found 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 

2 

3 



3 
3 
3 
3 

16 16 



NOTE: Apply for Student Teaching. Forms in SH 103. 



NOTE: An alternative to HMNT 205 is to take both 
MUHL 115 and ART 318. 

YEAR 4 

PEAC Elect {125, 131, 133, 134 

221-222, 374) 
EDUC 455 Bible Methods 
EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods 

ENGL Literature Elective 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Educ 
EDUC 356 Tests & Measurements 
EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies 
EDUC 467 Student Teaching Pract 8 

RELB Area B-l, Biblical Stud 3 

Elective _J 

15 15 

NOTE; NTE Examination must be taken during Senior 
year before the student can be recommended for certifi- 
cation. 



1st 2nd 

1 

2 

2 

3 
2 
2 
3 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 















264 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. PSYCHOLOGY 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PSYC 217 


Educational Psychology 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




PSYC 224 


Social Psychology 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 




3 


BHSF 215 


Statistics 


3 




Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area G-2, Computer Sci 


3 




Area B-l, Bibl Studies 


3 






Area E-l, Biology 


3 3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area B-2, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




Area D-2, Literature 


3 




Minor Field 




3 




Minor Field 


3 3 






15 


16 




Elective 


1 














16 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psychology 




3 


PSYC 415 


History & Sys of Psychology 3 


PSYC 377 


Fund of Counseling 


3 






Area E-2, 3 or 4, Science 


3 


PSYC 356 


Tests & Measurements 




3 




Area B-l. Bibl Studies 


3 


PSYC 384 


Experimental Psyc 


3 






Psych Elective 


3 




Area B-l, Blbt Studies 




3 




Elective 


9 9 




Area C-2, Poll Sci/Econ 


3 








15 15 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 




2 










Minor Field 


3 


3 










Elective 


4 


2 









16 16 

NOTE: A second major is very possible. Additional courses in computer science could prove invaluable. 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. ENGINEERING STUDIES 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semestei 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


Genera! Chemistry 


4 


4 


ENGR 211-212 


Engineering Mechanics 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MATH 217-218 


Calculus II and III 


3 3 


ENGR 149 


Engineering Graphics 


2 




PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


ENGR 150 


Computer Graphics 




2 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions* 


4 




PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Calc Applic 


2 


MATH 115 


Calculus I 




4 


ENGR 214 


Circuit Analysis 


3 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachtngs/Jesus** 


3 




CPTR 218 


Fortran 


3 


PSYC 124 


introduction to Psyc** 




3 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Comm** 


2 




Area G, P.E. Activity 


1 


1 


HIST 174 


Survey of Civilization** 


3 






17 


17 


RELT 373 


Christian Ethics** 


3 














18 18 



* An elective may be substituted by students who have taken this course in addition to two years of algebra in high 
school. Engineering studies majors are expected to have completed at least two years of high school algebra. 
** With the approval of the engineering adviser, certain other general education courses may be substituted for these 
courses. 

NOTE: The engineering studies program is demanding and difficult to complete in four semesters. Most students are 
advised to carry sixteen or fewer credits per semester. This can be done and the degree completed in two years if some 
courses are taken during summer sessions. 
(See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements.) 



265 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. ENGLISH 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HMNT 205 


Arts & Ideas 


3 




Area C-l, History 




3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 


3 




Area D-l , Interm For Lang 


3 


3 


ENGL 218 


Prin of Grammar 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




ENGL 215 


Survey of English Lit 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 




3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc 


3 2 




Area G-2, Practical Skills 








Area B, Religion 


3 




(Typing suggested) 


3 






Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Minor or Elective 


3 
15 


3 
16 




Minor or Elective 


7-4 2 
15 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature 


3 






Area D, UD Literature 


6 


ENGL 315 


Intro to Ling 




2 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 




3 




Area 0-1, Creative Skills 




HIST 374 


History of England 


3 






OR 


2 


ENGL 214 


American Lit 




3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D, UD Literature 


3 


3 




Minor or Elective 


1 16 




Minor or Elective 


3 


5 






15 16 



15 16 






MOTE: Students planning to obtain educational certification, will need to include the required professional education 
courses and additional general education requirements in their program, 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. GENERAL STUDIES 



1st 2nd 



ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area E-l, Biology 


3 






Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 


1 




Area G-l, Creative Skills 








OR 




3 




Area G-2, Practical Skills 








Elective (area of interest) 


3 


3 




Area C, History 


3 


3 




Area F, Behavioral Science 




3 



16 16 



YEAR 2 


Semestei 




1st 2nd 


Area B t Religion 


3 


Area E, Natural Science 


3 


Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 3 


Area A, Math 


3 


Area C, Hist/Govt/Econ 


3 


Area G-3, Recreation Skill 


1 


Elective 


7 6 




16 16 







See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 

266 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION & RECREATION 
(With Secondary Certification) 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PETH 265-266 


Officiating 


2 2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 


3 


PETH 221-222 


Prof Skills, Indiv 


2 2 


PETH 121-122 


Prof Skills, Team 


2 


2 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage* 


3 


EDUC 125 


Found of Education* 


3 




HLED 173 


Health and life* 


2 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs* 




3 


HLED 373 


Care/Prev Injuries 


2 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & the Family 




2 


EDUC 217 


Psych Found* 


3 


EDUC 134 


Prin Christian Educ* 


2 




MATH 104 


inter Algebra 






Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




OR 


3 






16 


16 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 
Area D. Lit/Fine Arts 


3 3 












Area D-4, Speech 


3 












Area G-l, Creative Skills 

OR 
Area G-2, Practical Skills 


2 
16 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 




YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


HLED 314 


Kinesiology 


4 




EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements* 


2 


HLED 315 


Physiology of Exercise 




4 


EDUC 437 


General Methods* 


2 


PETH 364 


Princ & Admin of PE 


3 




EDUC 438 


Special Methods in PE* 


2 


PETH 363 


Intro to Meas & Research 




3 


EDUC 468 


Student Teaching* 


6 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Sec Sen* 


2 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Educ* 


2 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




EDUC 240 


Educ of Excep Child* 


2 


PEAC 254 


Ufesaving 




1 


HLED 473 


Health Education 


2 


PEAC 255 


Water Safety Instructor 




1 


PETH 374 


Motor Learning 


2 




Area B-l, Bibl Studies* 




3 


PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ 




3 




Directed Study in PE 


1 




Area E-2, E-3 or E-4, Sci 


3 






Area B-l, Bibl Studies* 


3 






15 


15 




Area G-l, Creative Skills 

OR 
Area G-2, Practical Skills 


I 
























Elective 


3 
16 14 



I— I 

8 






* Secondary Certificate requirements. 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



















267 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. HEALTH SCIENCE 









YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




ENGL 


101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 15M52 


General Chemistry 


4 4 




BIOL 


101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


Q 


SOCI 


223 


Marriage & the Family 


2 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 








Area B-2, Religion 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


% 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 


1 






Area A-2, Mathematics 


3-0 




Area D-2, Literature 




s 






Elective 


4-7 2 




OR 


3 3 


PS 
U 








16 16 




Area D-3, Pine Arts Appr 














Area D, Lang/Lit/Ftne Arts 














(D-4 Speech suggested) 


3 












Area G, Skills 


2 


^ 












Elective 


2 2 


W 














16 16 


Oi 






YEAR 3 


Semester 




YEAR 4 


Semester 


b-T 








1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


22 


HLED 


314 


Kinesiology 


3 


HLED 470 


Current Issues in Hith 


2 


5 


HLED 


315 


Phys of Exercise 


3 


HLED 373 


Care & Prev of Ath In) 


2 


FDNT 


125 


Nutrition 


3 


HLED 473 


Health Education 


2 


<< 


PETH 


374 


Motor Learning 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 


W 


BIOL 


125 


Microbiology 


3 




Area G, Skills 


1 


X 






Area B-l, Btbl Studies 


3 




Directed Study In PE 


1 








Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Elective 


9 10 








Area G, Skills 


2 






15 15 








Approved elec in major 


3 3 














Elective 


1 1 
















15 15 









See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. HISTORY 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


HIST 154, 155 


American History 


3 3 


HIST 


174, 


175 Survey of Civ 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area E, Natural Sci 


3 3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 






Area G, Activity Skills 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc 


3 2 




Area D. Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 


3 




Elective 








Minor or Elective 


4 




OR 


3 8-5 






Area D, Inter For Lang 


3 3 




Area D-l, Beg For Lang 


15 16 








15 16 




YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




Area B, Religion 


3 


HIST 


499 


Research Meth in Hist 


3 




Area C, UD History 


3-6 3-6 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G, Skills 


2 






Area C, UD History 


3-6 3-6 




Area G-3. Recreation Skill 


1 






Minor or Elective 


6-3 13-10 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 








15 16 




Minor or Elective 


6-3 10-7 
15 16 











See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

268 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. FOOD SERVICE ADMINISTRATION 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


FNDT 111-112 


Prin Quan Fd Serv I. II 


2 


2 


FDNT 219-220 


Adv Fd Serv Prod 


3 3 


FDNT 113-114 


Quan Fd Serv Prod Lab 


6 


6 


PSYC 124 


Intro Psyc 




FDNT 129 


Inst Bkg Techniques 


3 






OR 


3 


FDNT 239 


Adv Inst Bkg Tech 




3 


PSYC 128 


Dev Psyc 




ENGL 101 


College Comp I 


3 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 




3 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 




Elective 




1 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 






15 


15 




Area A-2, Mathematics 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 
Area E, Natural Sci 
Elective 


0-3 
3 
3 
3 

3-0 

15 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Acct I, II 


3 


3 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Comp-Bsd Sys 


3 


ECON 213 


Surv of Econ 


3 




HMEC 495 


DS (Adv Fd Prep/Sci) 


3 


FDNT 325 


Demonst Techniques 




2 


BUAD 355 


Organiz Behavior 


2 


FDNT 328 


Foods & Nutr Seminar (W) 


1 




BUAD 353 


Manag of Sm Bus 




BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 






OR 


3 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgt. 




3 




Minor Elective 




FDNT 415 


Practlcum in Sp Fund 


3 






Area B r Rel (UD) 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Comp II 


3 






Area C-l, History (UD) 


3 3 


BIOL 125 


Microbiology 




4 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 3 




Area B, Rel (UD) 




3 




Elective 


3 




SUMMER OF 3RD YEAR 


16 


15 






15 14 


FDNT 497 


Internship in Food Serv 













Admin 4 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.T. FOOD SERVICE 



| 

U 
W 



§ 



FDNT 111-112 
FDNT 113-114 
FDNT 129 
FDNT 239 
ENGL 101 
HMEC 146 

BUAD 128 



YEAR1 

Prn/Quan Food Ser I, II 
Quan Food Serv Lab I, II 
Baking Techniques 
Adv Inst Baking 
College Comp 
Consumer Educ 

OR 
Personal Finance 
Area B, Religion 
Elective 



1st 2nd 



2-3 



16 16 





YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


FDNT 219, 220 Adv Food Serv Prod 


3 3 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 


FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Commun 


2 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 


PSYC 124 


Introduction to Psyc 






OR 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 






Area A-2. Mathematics 


0-3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Elective 


1 8-5 



16 16 

See pages 9-1 1 and 14-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements for the 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 






269 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
CERTIFICATE — FOOD SERVICE 











YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


FDNT 111-112 


Prn/Quan Food Ser I. II 


2 2 


FDNT 113-114 


Quan Food Serv Lab I, II 


6 6 


FDNT 129 


Institutional Baking Tech 


3 


FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 


MATH 099 


Basic Math (if needed) 





HMEC 146 


Consumer Education 






OR 


2-3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 




SPCH 136 


interpersonal Communic 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Recreat Skills 


1 




Elective 


4-3 



i6 ie 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

B.S. HOME ECONOMICS 

(Including Professional Education Requirements) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HMEC 146 


Consumer Education 


2 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 




HMEC 147 


Family Resource Mgt. 


3 


FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 




CLTX 164 


Textiles 


3 


CLTX 165 


Basic Clothing 


2 




CLTX 316 


Tailoring {or HMEC elec) 


3 


HMEC 148 


Orientation to Home Ec 


1 




HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 


CLTX 166 


Inter Clothing 




2 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 


EDUC 125 


Found of Education 


3 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych 


3 


EDUC 134 


Prtnc of Chris Educ 




2 


EDUC 240 


Educ for Excep Child 


2 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




EDUC 432- 


Reading In Sec Sch 


2 




Area E, Natural Sci 




3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 




Area A-2, Math 




3 




Home Economics Elect 


2 




Area C-l, History 




3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 






ls~ 


16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 














16 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




CEAR4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


HMEC 201-202 


Parenting 


2 


2 


HMEC 415 


Practlcum in Home Ec 


2 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 




3 


EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Educ 


2 


FDNT 325 


Demonstration Tech 




2 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


2 


HMEC 485 


Seminar in Home Ec 




2 


EDUC 437 


Curr & General Meth 


2 


CLTX 315 


Pattern Design 




3 


EDUC 438 


Special Methods 


2 


EDUC 217 


Psyc Found of Educ 


3 




EDUC 468 


Student Teaching 


6 


HMEC 349 


Interior Design 




3 


RELB 


Area B-l, Biblical Studies 


3 


HLED 173 


Health & Life 


2 






Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 


RELB 


Area B-l. Biblical Studies 


3 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 






Area E, Natural Scl 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 






Elective 


2 






16 


IT 






14 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



270 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. HOME ECONOMICS 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


HMEC 148 


(Mentation to Home Econ 


1 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 


CLTX 165 


Basic Clothing 


2 


HMEC 147 


Family Resource Mgt. 


3 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 


HMEC 146 


Consumer Education 


2 


FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 


HMEC 201 


Parenting I 


2 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 


HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 




Area G-3, Recreat Skill 


1 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 




Home Econ Elective 


2 




Home Economics Elective 


3 




Elective 


3 11-8 




Elective 


5 



16 16 



16 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for the 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 

TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

A.S. PRE-DIETETICS 

(Allied Health Professions) 

ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 





YEAR1 


Senu 


sster 




YEAR 2 Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 1 1 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 




HMEC 148 


Orientation to Home Econ 1 


FDNT 127 


Food Prep 


1 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 




ACCT 103 


College Accounting 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 






FDNT 317 


Meal Management 3 




OR 




3 


BIOL 125 


Basic Microbiology 4 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 






MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 3 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 




1 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Computer Based Sys 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


3 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 3 




Area C-l, History 




3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 






17 15 



18 16 
NOTE: Minimum grades of C+ in Foods courses and C- 



in other courses must be earned. The Allied Health Professions 



Admissions Test (AHPAT) is required. 

LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 



ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
FDNT 126 
FDNT 127 
SOCI 125 
ECON 213 
PSYC 124 



YEAR1 

College Comp 
Anat & Physiology 
Foods 

Food Preparation 
Intro to Sociology 
Survey of Economics 
Intro to Psychology 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area D-4, Speech 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



3 
18 



18 



CHEM 111-112 
CHEM 113-114 
FDNT 125 
ACCT 103 
FDNT 317 
BIOL 125 
MATH 104 



YEAR 2 

Survey of Chemistry 
Surv of Chem Lab 
Nutrition 

College Accounting 
Meal Management 
Basic Microbiology 
intermediate Algebra 
Area B, Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Art 
Area G-l, Rec Skill 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 



1 



17 17 



CD 

y 
§ 

o 

u 
w 






NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Test (AHPAT) is required. 



271 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

B.A. JOURNALISM 

(Broadcast Journalism Emphasis) 








YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing & Ed-Mass Media 


3 


JOUR 217 


Radio Sta Operations 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


JOUR 265 


Hist/Theory of Mass Comm 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


?LSC 254 


American Government 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 




Area D-l, Inter For Lang 


3 3 




Area D-l. Begin For Lang 


3 3 




Minor or Elective 


4 




Minor or Elective 


3-0 






16 15 






15 16 










YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing 


3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 


3 


JOUR 355 


Reporting Pub Affairs 


3 


JOUR 488 


Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


JOUR 494 


Broadcast Jour Workshop 


6 


BUAD 334 


Princ of Management 


3 


JOUR 497 


internship (Rec) 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area G, Skills 


2 




Area G, Skills 


3 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 


3 




Area F-2. Family Sci 






Minor or Elective 


5 3 




OR 


2 






16 15 




Area F-3. Health Sci 












Minor or Elective 


3 5 









15 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. JOURNALISM 

(News Editorial Emphasis) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing & Ed-Mass Media 




3 


JOUR 265 


Hist/Theory of Mass Comm 


3 


JOUR 225 


Intro to Photography 


3 




ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


ART 109 


Design I 


3 




PLSC 254 


American Government 


3 




Area B. Religion 




3 




Area B. Religion 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 






Area D-l, Begin For Lang 


3 3 




Area A-2. Mathematics 


0-3 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area D-4, Speech 




3 




Minor or Elective 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 




1 






15 15 




Minor or Elective 


3-0 


3 










15 


16 









272 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


JOUR 326 


News Com & Crlt Wrtg 


3 




JOUR 


488 


Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc 


3 


JOUR 355 


Reporting Pub Affairs 




3 


JOUR 


427 


Mass Media Laws 


3 


JOUR 316 


Mao & Feature Writing 


3 




JOUR 


425 


Science & Tech Writing 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


JOUR 


497 


lour Internship (Rec) 


3 




Area E, Natural Scl 




3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-l. Inter For Lang 


3 


3 






Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 


3 




Area F-2. Family Sci 










Area G-2, Practical Skills 






OR 


2 








OR 


2 




Area F-3, Health Sci 










Area G-3, Recreation 






Minor or Elective 


5 

16 


4 
16 






Minor or Elective 


5 6 

16 15 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 












TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. PUBLIC RELATIONS 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




JOUR 225 


Intro to Photography 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing & Ed-Mass Media 




3 


TECH 145 


Graphic Arts 


3 


ART 109 


Design I 


3 




ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area 0-1, Begin For Lang 


3 


3 




Area D-l, Intermed For Lang 3 3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 






Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 




1 




Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 


3 




Minor or Elective 


3-0 


3 




Minor or Elective 


4 






15 


16 






15 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


JOUR 316 


Mag & Feature Writing 


3 




PREL 380 


Case Studies 


2 


PREL 334 


Pub Rel Principles 


2 




PREL 406 


Public Opinion 


3 


PREL 344 


Fund of Advertising 




2 


PREL 368 


Fund Development (Rec) 


3 


PREL 365 


Pub Rel Techniques 




3 


PREL 497 


Internship (Rec) 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 




3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 


3 


BUAD 355 


Organizational Behavior 




2 


JOUR 488 


Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


JOUR 315 


Adv Photography (Rec) 


2 




Area C-l. History 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


Area E, Natural Sci 


3 






Minor or Elective 


6 3 


Area F-2, Family Sci 
OR 


2 








15 16 




Area F-3, Health Sci 














Minor or Elective 


2 











15 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



2 

Q 

2 

P 






273 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. MATHEMATICS 







YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MATH 217 


Calculus II 


3 




MATH 114 


Elementary Functions* 


4 




MATH 218 


Calculus ill 


3 




MATH 115 


Calculus I 




4 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 






Area B, Religion 




3 


CFTR 218 


Fortran Program Lang 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area F-2, Family Sci 








Area E r Science 


3 3 






OR 


2 






Area F-l, Behav Science 


3 


• 




Area F-3, Health Sci 








Area G-3, Recreation 


1 






Area D-l, Beg Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area G-l, Creative Skills 










15 


16 




OR 


2 










Area G-3, Recreation 
















Elective or Minor 


2 3 

15 16 






YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures** 


3 




MATH 411-412 


Intermediate Analysis** 


3 3 




MATH 319 


Linear Algebra** 




3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar** 


1 


. 


MATH 


Elective 




3 




Area D. Foreign Lang 


3 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 


8 
g 

< 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 






Elective or Minor 


6 9 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 




3 






16 15 




Elective or Minor 


7 


6 












16 


15 







* This course may be replaced with Statistics if an equivalent precalculus course was taken in high school. 
** These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



















































TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 








B.S. MATHEMATICS 








YEARl 


Semester 




YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions* 


4 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


MATH 115 


Calculus I 


4 


MATH 217 


Calculus II 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 




Area F-2, Family Sci 




CPTR 218 


Fortran Program Lang 


3 




OR 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F-3, Health Sci 






Area F-l, Behav Science 


3 




Elective 


3 3 
15 16 




Area G-3, Recreational 
Area G-l, Creative Skills 


1 










OR 


2 










Area G-3, Recreational 








■' 




Elective 


3 












15 16 



274 








YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures** 


3 




MATH 411-412 


Intermediate Analysis** 


3 3 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra** 




3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar** 


1 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables** 




3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 4 


MATH 


Elective 


3 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B. Religion 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ 


3 






Elective 


3 5 




Area D, Lang/Llt/Flne Art 




3 






16 15 




Area E, Science 




3 










Elective 


4 

16 


3 
15 









* This course may be replaced with Statistics if an equivalent precalculus course was taken in high school. 
** These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 






B.A. FRENCH 

B.A. GERMAN 

B.A. SPANISH 

B.A. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 

See Modern Language Department for curriculum outlines. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. MUSIC 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


MUCT 111-112 


Music Theory 1 & II 


3 3 


MUCT 211-212 


Adv Theory III & IV 


3 3 


MUCT 12M22 


Aural Theory I & II 


1 1 


MUCT 221-222 


Adv Aur Th III & IV 


1 1 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration— 




MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration— 






Instrument/Voice 


1 1 




Instrument/Voice 


1 1 




Music Ensemble 


1 1 




Music Ensemble 


1 1 




Funct Piano Requirement 






Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 




Area G-2 or G-3 r Skills 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-l , Foreign Lang 


3 3 


Minor or Elective 


2 6-3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 






15 15 




Minor or Elective 


2 
15 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


MUHL 314 


Hist of Music I (W) 


4 


MUCT 313 


Orch & Arr 




MUHL 315 


Hist of Music 11 (W) 


4 




OR 


3 


MUPF 389 


Applied Concentration 


1 1 


MUCT 413 


Anal of Mus Form 






Music Ensemble 


1 


MUPF 389 


Applied Concentration 


1 1 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Senior Recital 






Area E. Natural Scl 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Scl 3 3 




Minor or Elective 


12 11 




Area C-2, Poll Scl/Econ 


3 






16 15 




Minor or Elective 


1 2 









16 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for the 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



3 



< 

1 



§ 

2 



M 

& 



275 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.Mus. MUSIC EDUCATION 







YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




MUCT 111-112 


Music Theory I & II 


3 


3 


MUCT 211-212 


Adv Mus Theory III & IV 


3 3 




MUCT 121-122 


Aural Theory I & II 


1 


1 


MUCT 221-222 


Adv Aur Theory III & IV 


1 1 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MUHL 314, 


315 


Hist of Music 






EDUC 134 


Princ of Christian Ed 


2 








OR 


3-4 3-4 




EDUC 125 


Foundations of Ed 




3 


MUHL 477, 


478 


Cond Tech 






REIT 255 


Christian Beliefs 




3 


RELT 138 




Adventist Heritage 


3 




MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration 


2 


2 


HELD 173 




Health & Life 


2 






Music Ensemble 


1 


1 


MUPF 189 




Applied Concentration 


2 2 






Area C-l, History 

OR 


3 








Music Ensemble 
Secondary Inst 


1 1 

1 1 






Area C-2, Poli Scl/Econ 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 


16 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Music Ed Elective 


1 

2 2 

16-17 16-17 






YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




MUHL 314, 315 


History of Music 






MUED 439 




Pre Student Tchg 


1 






OR 


3-4 


3-4 


EDUC 468 




Student Teaching 7-12 


6 




MUHL 477, 478 


Cond Tech 






EDUC 432 




Reading in Sec School 


2 




MUCT 313 


Orchestration & Arr 






EDUC 427 




Curr Issues in Educ 


2 






OR 




3 


EDUC 356 




Tests & Measurements 


2 




MUCT 413 


Anal of Mus Form 






EDUC 240 




Educ of Excep Child 


2 




MUED 231 


Music Meth Elem School 


2 




EDUC 217 




Psyc Found of Educ 


3 




MUPF 389 


Applied Concentration 


2 


2 


MUPF 389 




Applied Concentration 


2 


u 




Music Ensemble 


1 


1 






Music Ensemble 


1 


P*4 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


3 








Senior Recital 






Area B-l, Biblical Studies 




3 






Area B, Biblical Studies 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 


3 






Area D-l, Intermed Forgn Lg 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 






OR 


3 






Music Ed Elective 


2 








Area D-2, Literature 








16-17 


16-17 








16 11 






























ONE SUMMER TERM PRIOR 
















Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 














Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3-0 
















Area C-l, History 


3-6 



See pages 9-1 1 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for the 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 


















276 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. & B.S. NURSING 






(The first two years of the program lead to the Associate of Science 
degree and the last two years to the Bachelor of Science degree.) Must 
include at least 69 semester hours for the associate and 131 (40 of which 
are upper division) for the baccalaureate degree, and make-up of any 
admissions deficiencies. 





SUMMER 














BIOL 101 


Anatomy & Physiology I 


3 














YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


BIOL 125 


Microbiology 


4 




BIOL 102 


Anatomy & Physiology II 


3 




NRSG 215 


Basic Nursing HI 


4 




FONT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




NRSG 216 


Basic Nursing III 


4 




NRSG 105 


Basic Nursing I 


5 




NRSG 218 


Basic Nursing IV 


7 




NRSG 116 


Basic Nursing II 




5 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




NRSG 117 


Basic Nursing II 




5 


NRSG 223 


Nursing Seminar 


1 




PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B. Religion 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 








17 


"iT 






15 14 






SUMMER 






Prerequisite to Year 3: 







NRSG 217 


Basic Nursing III 


4 




CHEM HI 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 


Z 


MATH 


Area A-2, Mathematics 


3 










00 




(If needed) 

















7 










5 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


2 


NRSG 324 


Pro! Nurs Perspectives 


1 




NRSG 3B7 


Home Health/Gerontology 


3 




NRSG 325 


Adv Physiology 




4 


NRSG 389 


Pharmacology 


2 




NRSG 327 


Nursing Assessment 


4 




NRSG 394 


Nurs Research Methods 


3 




NRSG 335 


Community Health 




6 


NRSG 425 


Adv Nursing Concepts 


4 




CHEM 203 


Concepts of Biochem 


4 




NRSG 484 


Adv Nursing Pract I 


6 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




NRSG 485 


Adv Nursing Pract II 


4 




RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 
Area F-l, UD Behav Sci 
Area C-l, History or 
Area D (Area C-l unless 
one was included in AS 
degree, ) 


3 


3 

3 




Area B, Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts/ 
Speech 


3 

3 
15 13 





15 16 



277 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. PHYSICS 







YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 




PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 




3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 




MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 




4 


CPTR 218 


Fortran 


3 




MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 




MATH 115 


Calculus I 


4 




CPTR 


Basic, Pascal, or Fortran 


3 






Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ 


3 






Area B. Religion 


3 






Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 3 






Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area F-2, Family Scl 








Minor or Elective 


1 3 






OR 




3 






15 16 






Area F-3, Health Scl 


15 


16 












YEAR 3 


Semester 




YEAR 4 


Semester 








1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 




PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 


3 




PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 


1 




MATH 217 


Calculus II 


3 




PHYS 


Elective 


3 3 




PHYS 497 


Research 
General Metals 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




TECH 174 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 


3 




AUTO 114 


Oxy-Acetylene Welding 


1 






Area G, Creat or Rec Sk 


2 




PHYS 


Elective 

Area F-l, Behav Scl 


3 


3 

3 




Minor or Elective 


11 5 

15 16 






Area B, Religion 




3 












Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 










Cfl 




Area E-l, E-2, or E-4, Sci 




3 








U 


Minor or Elective 


4 








**4 






15 


16 








>< 
















B 


See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 


5 


make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing 


; emphasis 


courses, and 40 i 


upper division credits. 











. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.S. PHYSICS 





YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Calc Appl 


1 1 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 


1 


MATH 115 


Calculus I 


4 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 




MATH 315 


Differential Equations 


3 


MATH 114 


Elementary Functions 




4 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 




Area C-l. History 


3 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 




2 


CPTR 


Basic, Pascal or Fortran 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


4 






16 


IS" 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 
Area D-2, Literature 


3 
3 



15 15 



278 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


PHYS 411-412 


Electric & Magnetism 


3 


3 


PHYS 418, 


419 Modern Physics 




3 3 


PHYS 410 


Analytic Mechanics 




3 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables 




3 


PHYS 314 


Thermodynamics 




3 


PHYS 497 


Research 




1 


PHYS 313 


Physical Optics 


3 




PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 




1 


RELT 317 


Iss In Phys Set & Rel 


3 




TECH 174 


General Metals 




3 


MATH 217 


Calculus II 


3 




PHYS 


Elective 




1 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 




3 




Area E-l, E-2 or E-4, 


Sci 


3 


AUTO 114 


Oxy-Acetylene Welding 


1 






Area B r Religion 




3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




OR 


2 




Elective 




3 3 




Area F-3, Health Scl 












14 16 




Area D-4, Speech 




2 












Area G-3, Recreation 


1 














Elective 


16 


2 

16 











0S 

u 

CA 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 









TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

B.A. RELIGION — MINISTERIAL 

(Seminary Track) 







YEAR 1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


RELL 271-272 


Elem NT Greek 


4 4 




RELB 125 




Teachings of Jesus 


3 




BUAD 128 




Pers Finance (or elect) 


3 




RELT 138 




Adventist Heritage 




3 


SOC1 223 




Marr & Family 


2 




SPCH 135 




Intr to Public Speaking 
Area E-2, E-3, or E-4, Scl 


3 
3 




MATH 




Area A-2, Mathematics 
Area G-3, Recreat Skills 


3 
1 








Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 
Area F-l, Behav Sci 




3 
3 






♦Area G, Activity Skills 
♦Elective 


3 

5 6 


2 

s 
s 






Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 
♦Elective 


3 


4 








16 15 






YEAR 3 


15 16 
Semester 






YEAR 4 


Semester 








1st 2nd 








1st 2nd 


RELL 311-312 


Intermediate Greek 


3 


3 


RELB 435, 


436 


New Test Studies 


3 3 




RELP 321, 


322 


Homiletics 


2 


2 


RELT 484, 


485 


Christian Theology 


3 3 




HIST 364, 


365 


Christian Church 


3 


3 


RELL 471-472 


Biblical Hebrew 


2 2 




RELB 345 




Pentateuch 


3 




RELB 425 




Daniel 


3 




RELB 346 




0,T. Prophets 




3 


RELB 426 




Revelation 


3 




BIOL 325 




Issues of Nat Scl & Reign 
Area G, Skills 
♦Elective 


3 
2 


2 

3 






♦Elective 


4 4 
15 15 





16 16 



* See Religion Division for suggested courses. 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

279 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

B.A. RELIGION — MINISTERIAL 

(Non-Seminary) 







YEAR 1 


Semester 






YEAR 2 


Semester 








1st 2nd 








1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


RELL 271-272 


Eiem NT Greek 


4 4 


RELB 125 




Teachings of Jesus 


3 




RELT 236 




Bible Interp 


3 


RELT 138 




Adventist Heritage 




3 


EDUC 134 




Prin Christian Educ 


2 


SPCH 135 




intr to Public Speaking 


3 




SOCI 223 




Marr & Family 


2 


SPCH 136 




Interpersonal Comm 




2 


BUAD 128 




Pers Finance (recommend) 


3 






Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 








Area A-2, Mathematics 


3 






Area E-2, E-3, or E-4, Sci 


3 






♦Area G, Activity Skills 


3 






Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 




3 






Elective 


4 3 






Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 




3 








16 15 






Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 
















Elective 




1 
















16 


15 














YEAR % 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


RELP 321, 


322 


Homitetics 


2 


2 


RELB 435, 


436 


New Test Studies 


3 3 


HIST 364, 


365 


Christian Church 


3 


3 


RELT 484, 


485 


Christian Theology 


3 3 


RELP 351-352 


Pastoral Ministry 


2 


2 


RELB 425 




Daniel 


3 


RELB 345 




Pentateuch 


3 




RELB 426 




Revelation 


3 


RELB 346 




Old Test Prophets 




3 


RELP 455 




Pers & Publ Evangelism 


3 


BIOL 325 




iss Mat .Sci & Rel 
Area G, Activity Skills 


3 


2 ' 






Elective 


7 3 
16 15 






Elective 


3 


3 









16 15 

* See Division Chairman for recommended courses. 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

























ENGL 101-102 
RELB 125 
RELT 138 
EDUC 125 
EDUC 134 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

B.A. RELIGION — NON-MINISTERIAL 

(Including Courses for Teacher Certification) 

YEAR 2 



YEAR1 

College Composition 
Teaching of Jesus 
Adventist Heritage 
Found of Education 
Prin Christian Educ 
Area C-l, History 
Area D-2, Literature 

OR 
Area D-3, Mus & Art Appr 
Area G-3, Recreation Skills 
Area E. Natural Science 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 

3 



3 
2 

16 16 



EDUC 217 

HELD 173 

EDUC 240 

SOCI 365 









Psych Found of Educ 
Health & Life 
Ed for Except Child 
Family Relations 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 
Area A-2, Mathematics 
Area G, Skills 
Area E, Natural Sci 
Area D-2, Literature 

OR 
Area D-3 r Mus & Art App 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 

2 
2 
3 
3 

3 

3 2 



2 3 
16 16 



280 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


RELL 271-272 


Elem N.T. Greek 


4 


4 


RELT 485 


Christian Theology I 


3 


RELB 435, 436 


New Test Studies 


3 


3 


EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Educ 


2 


RELB 345 


Pentateuch 


3 




EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


2 


RELB 425 


Daniel 


3 




EDUC 438 


Sec Meth Tchg Bible 


2 


RELB 426 


Revelation 




3 


EDUC 437 


Curriculum & Gen Meth 


2 


RELB 346 


Old Test Prophets 




3 


EDUC 468 


Student Tchg 7-12 


6 


RELT 484 


Christian Theology II 




3 




Minor or Elective 


12 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Sec School 


2 








15 14 



15 16 

See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

CERTIFICATE — AUTO BODY REPAIR 

A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated experi- 
ence in the various facets of auto body repair. 



AUTO 114 
AUTO 111 
AUTO 110 
AUTO 116 
TECH 164 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Oxy-Acetylene Welding 
Painting & Refinishlng I 
Panel & Sport Repair 
Collision Repair I 
Auto Maintenance 



Hours SECOND SEMESTER Hours 

1 AUTO 118 Collision Repair II 4 

4 AUTO 120 Collision Repair III 5 

5 AUTO 112 Painting & Refinishlng II 2 
4 TECH 364 Auto Repair 3 

2 Area B, Religion 3 

16 16 

At the end of the second semester and nearly 1,000 hours of instruction and lab time the successful student will have 
skills to do: 

(1) major collision repair 

(2) frame alignment 

(3) job estimating 

(4) complete re-paint work 

(5) powerplant and drive train repair 

A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus hours of instruction and lab time. 
In addition to introductory repair projects each student will be involved in at least three major collision repair projects. 
Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applications to this program should be sent directly to Francis 
Hummer, Instructor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August 1 will receive a scholarship in 
the amount of one-half the tuition in addition to whatever other grants and scholarships for which they may be eligible. 



281 



INDEX 



Absences 27 

Academic Calendar Inside back 

Academic Divisions 35 

Academic Enrichment Services 30 

Academic Honesty 24 

Academic Information 21 

Academic Policies 9 

Academic Probation and Dismissal ... 25 

Accounting, Courses in 62 

Accounts, Statements and Billing 202, 204 
Accreditation and Memberships ... 7, 154 

Administration Building 8 

Administrative Staff 225 

Admissions 195 

Admission to Teacher Education 81 

Advance Payment 204 

Adventist Colleges Abroad 

Financial Policy 204 

Advisory Councils 229 

Allied Health Professions 36 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 30 

Florence Oliver AndersonLectureSeries 3 1 

Anesthesia 182 

Application Procedure 198 

Art, Courses in 41 

Associate Degree Programs 20 

Accounting 59 

Allied Health 38 

Computer Science 74 

Dietetics 114 

Engineering Studies 96 

Food Service 115 

General Studies 181 

Home Economics 113 

Nursing 154 

Office Administration 59 

Technology 177 

Attendance Regulations 27 

Auditing Courses 21 

Auto Body, Diploma Program 177 

Baccalaureate Degree Programs 19 

Bachelor of Arts 19 

Art 41 

Biology 49 

Chemistry 70 

Computer Science 74 

English 98 

French 135 

German 135 

Health, Physical Education 

and Recreation 103 

History 108 

International Studies 135 

Journalism and Communication 120 

Broadcasting 122 

News Editorial 121 

Public Relations 122 

Mathematics 130 

Music 140 

Physics 164 

Psychology 80 

Religion 169 

Spanish 135 

Bachelor of Business Administration . 56 



Bachelor of Music 144 

Bachelor of Science 19 

Behavioral Science 44 

Family Studies 45 

Sociology 45 

Biology 49 

Business Administration 55 

Chemistry 70 

Communication: Public Relations . . 122 

Computer Science 74 

Education 

Accreditation 80 

Elementary 83 

Professional Semester 82 

Secondary 85 

Food Service Administration 1 14 

Health Science 103 

Home Economics 113 

Long-Term Health Care 58 

Mathematics 130 

Medical Science 181 

Medical Technology 36 

Nursing 151 

Office Administration 55 

Physics 164 

Social Work 20, 45 

Technology 177 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 209 

Bankruptcy 208 

Behavioral Science, Courses in 45 

Biblical Languages, Courses in 176 

Biblical Studies, Courses in 172 

Biology, Courses in 50 

Board of Trustees 224 

Executive Board 224 

Brock Hall 8 

Business Administration, 

Courses in 64 

Business and Technology, 
Division of 35 

Campus Organizations 192 

Certification 7, 80 

Challenge Exams 28 

Chamber Music Series 31 

Changes in Registration 21 

Chapel Attendance 27, 193 

Chemistry, Courses in 70 

Class Attendance 27 

Class Standing 11 

CLEP Exams 28 

Collection Policy 207 

College Administration 225 

College Plaza 8 

College Publications 121 

Collegedale Church 8 

Commercial Auxiliaries Managers 226 

Computer Center 8 

Computer Science, Courses in 76 

Concert-Lecture Series 192 

Conduct 192 

Correspondence Work 29 

Counseling 190 

Course Load 22 



Course Numbers 30 

Course Sequence 30 

Curriculum Outlines 246-281 

Daniells Hall 8 

Dean's List 18 

Degree Requirements, Basic 10 

Degrees Offered 19 

Associate Degrees 20 

Bachelor of Arts 19 

Bachelor of Music 19, 141 

Bachelor of Science 19 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 19, 56 

Bachelor of Social Work 20, 45 

General Education 

Requirements 14 

Major and Minor 

Requirements 19 

Dental Hygiene 38 

Dentistry 182 

Dietetics 114 

Dining Services 189 

Dismissal 25 

Distinguished Dean's List 18 

Divisions, Academic 35 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 30 

Earth Science, Courses in 167 

Economics, Courses in 64 

Education, Courses in 88 

Elementary Education 83 

Emeriti Faculty 232 

Employment Service 191 

English, Courses in 98 

Proficiency in 197 

Engineering % 

Eugene A. Anderson Heiller Organ 

Concert Series 31 

Examinations 

Attendance 27 

Credit by 28 

CLEP 28 

Special 28 

Special Fees 202 

Expenses 200 

Facilities , 8 

Faculty 

Adjunct 240 

Committees 241 

Directory 233 

Emeriti 232 

Financial Information 200 

Aid 213 

Grants 218 

Loans 219 

Satisfactory Academic 

Progress for 214 

Scholarships 217 

Veterans 217 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 209 

Expenses 
Advance Payments 204 



Application Fee 190 

Estimated Student Budget 200 

Food Service 203 

Housing 202 

International Student Deposit . . . 204 

Late Registration 202 

Special Fees and Charges 201 

Student Costs 200 

Student Tithing 211 

Tuition 200 

Tuition Refunds 206 

Family Rebate 200 

Methods of Payment 204 

Florence Oliver Anderson 

Lecture Series 31 

Food and Nutrition, Courses in 116 

Food Service Administration 1 14 

Food Service, One- Year 

Certificate Course 115 

Foreign Study 134 

French, Courses in 137 

Freshman Standing 195 

Full-Time Student 22 

General Education, Purpose of 13 

General Education Requirements 14 

General Studies 181 

Geography, Courses in Ill 

German, Courses in 137 

Grading System 23 

Graduation in Absentia 12 

Graduation Requirements 12 

Graduation with Honors 18 

Greek, Courses in 176 

Grievance Procedure 26 

Guidance and Counseling 190 

Hackman Hall 8 

Health Education, Courses in 105 

Health Insurance 207 

Health, Physical Education and 

Recreation, Courses in 103 

Health Service 190 

History of the College 6 

History, Courses in 108 

Home Economics, Courses in 113 

Home Management, Courses in 117 

Honor Roll 18 

Honors, Graduation with 18 

Honors Program 17 

Honors Studies Sequence 17 

Housing 202 

Deposit 203 

Humanities, Courses in 112 

Humanities, Division of 35 

Humanities/Perspectives Film Series . 31 

Incompletes 23 

Industrial Education, See Technology 

Instructional Media 32 

Interest 207 

International Students 197 

Journalism, Courses in 124 



Labor Regulations 209 

Foreign Students * 211 

Labor-Class Load 210 

Late Registration 202 

Law 183 

Ledford Hall 8 

Libraries 32 

Library Science, Courses in 128 

Loans 219 

Major and Minor Requirements 19 

Mathematics, Courses in 130 

Mazie Herin Hall 8 

McKee Library 8, 32 

Medical Records Administration 60 

Medical Science 181 

Medical Technology, Course in 36 

Medicine 184 

Minors 

Art 41 

Behavioral Science 45 

Biblical Languages 171 

Biology 49 

Business Administration 60 

Chemistry 70 

Computer Science 75 

English 98 

Foods and Food Service 113 

French 135 

German 135 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 103 

History 109 

Home Economics 113 

Journalism and Communication 123 

Broadcast 123 

News Editorial 123 

Public Relations 123 

Mathematics 130 

Music 144 

Office Administration 60 

Physics 164 

Practical Theology 171 

Religion 171 

Sociology 45 

Spanish 135 

Technology 177 

Modern Languages, Courses in 137 

Montessori Option 83 

Music, Courses in 145 

Curricula 

Bachelor of Music 141 

Bachelor of Arts 144 

Ensembles 149 

Fees 201 

Nursing, Courses in 156 

Accreditation 154 

Admission Requirements . 154, 158, 196 

Expenses . 202 

Loans 219 

Scholarships 220 



Objectives of the College 5 

Occupational Therapy 39 

Office Administration, Courses in 67 

One- Year Certificates 11,20 

Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing 177 

Food Service , 115 

Optometry 185 

Organizations „ 192 

Orientation Program 190 

Osteopathic Medicine 185 

Overseas Study 134 

Petition 26 

Pharmacy 186 

Philosophy 5 

Physical Education Building 8 

Physical Education, Courses in 104 

Physical Therapy 39 

Physics, Courses in . 164 

Placement 191 

Political Science, Courses in Ill 

Practical Theology, Courses in 174 

Pre-professional and 
Technical Curricula ... 20, 38, 114, 182 

Anesthesia 182 

Dental Hygiene 38 

Dentistry 182 

Dietetics 114 

Engineering 96 

Law 183 

Medical Records Administration ... 60 

Medical Technology 36 

Medicine 184 

Occupational Therapy 39 

Optometry 185 

Osteopathy 185 

Pharmacy 186 

Physical Therapy 39 

Public Health Science 186 

Veterinary Medicine 187 

President's Lecture Series 32 

Probation 25 

Programs of Study 9 

Psychology, Courses in 94 

Public Health Science 186 

Publications 121, 191 

Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 ... 33, 121 

Rebate, Family 200 

Refund Policy 206 

Credit Refund 207 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 216 

Registration 21 

Registry 223 

Rehabilitation Act 189 

Religion Center 8 

Religion, Courses in 172 

Religious Organizations 192 

Residence Halls 189 

Residence Requirements 12 

Right of Petition 26 

Satisfactory Academic Progress . . 25, 214 
Scholarships 220 



Scholastic Probation 25 

Science, Division of 35 

Secondary Education 85 

Senior Placement Service 191 

Sequence of Courses 30 

Service Auxiliaries, Managers 226 

Setting of College 6 

SC Principals and Presidents 223 

SC Students 7, 228 

Bachelor pf Social Work 45 

Social Work, Courses in 46 

Sociology, Courses in 47 

So-Ju-Conian Hall 8 

Southern Facts Inside Front Cover 

Southern Scholars 17 

Arthur W. Spalding School 8 

Spanish, Courses in 138 

Special Student 199 

Special Fees and Charges 201 

Speech, Courses in 127 

Staley Christian Scholar 

Lecture Series 33 

Standards of Conduct 192 

Student Association 191 

Student Center 8 

Student Directory 228 

Student Employment Service 191 

Student Life and Services 189 

Study and Work Load 22 

Subject Requirements 

for Admission 195 

Summerour Hall 8 



Talge Hall 8 

Teacher Education Certification 85 

Technology 177 

Textiles and Clothing, Courses in 119 

Thatcher Hall 8 

Theology, Courses in Practical 174 

Tithe and Church Expense 211 

Transcripts 29, 202, 208 

Transfer of Credit 12, 196 

Transfer Students 196 

Trustees, Board of 224 

Tuition and Fees 200 

Tuition Refunds 206 

Upper Division 13 

Veterans 217 

Veterinary Medicine 187 

Waiver Examinations 28 

Withdrawals 209 

Lynn Wood Hall 8 

J. Mabel Wood Hall 8 

Work-Study Schedule 22 

Worship Services 193 

Wright Hall 8 

WSMC FM90.5 31 















Notes 





































Notes 


















































































































































































1987 







JULY 










AUGUST 








SEPTEMBER 




s 


M 


T W T 
1 2 


F 
3 


S 
4 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 
1 


S 


M T W T F 
12 3 4 


S 

5 


5 


6 


7 8 9 


10 


11 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


8 


6 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 


12 


13 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


13 


14 15 16 17 18 


19 


19 


20 


21 22 23 


24 


25 


16 


■17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


20 


21 22 23 24 25 


26 


26 


27 


28 29 30 


31 




23 


24 


25 26 27 


28 


29 


27 


28 29 30 





30 31 

OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER 

SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 

123 1234567 12345 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 



1988 







JANUARY 










FEBRUARY 










MARCH 






s 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 








1 


2 




1 


2 3 4 


5 


6 






1 2 3 


4 


5 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 


13 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


11 


12 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


14 


15 


16 17 18 


19 


20 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


24 


26 


24 


25 


26 27 28 


29 


30 


28 


29 








27 


28 


29 30 31 







31 

APRIL MAY JUNE 

SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 

12 1234567 1234 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 







JULY 










AUGUST 








SEPTEMBER 




s 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M T W T F 


S 








1 


2 




1 


2 3 4 


5 


6 




1 2 


3 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 


13 


4 


5 6 7 8 9 


10 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


14 


15 


16 17 18 


19 


20 


11 


12 13 14 15 16 


17 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


18 


19 20 21 22 23 


24 


24 
31 


25 


26 27 28 
OCTOBER 


29 


30 


28 


29 


30 31 
NOVEMBER 






25 


26 27 28 29 30 
DECEMBER 




S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 
1 


S 


M 


T W T 
1 2 3 


F 
4 


S 
5 


S 


M T W T F 
1 2 


S 
3 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


8 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


11 


12 


4 


5 6 7 8 9 


10 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


11 


12 13 14 15 16 


17 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


25 


26 


18 


19 20 21 22 23 


24 


23 


24 


25 26 27 


28 


29 


27 


28 


29 30 






25 


26 27 28 29 30 


31 


30 


31 

























1987-88 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 





1987 Summer Sessions 


* 




1st 2nd 


3rd 


4th 


Registration 


May 4 June 1 - 


June 29 


July 27 


Freshmen Orientation 






July 27 


Classes begin 


May 4 June 1 


June 29 


July 28 


Late registration fee 


May 5 June 2 


June 30 


July 27 


Last day to add course/fee 








for class change 


May 6 June 3 


July 1 


July 29 


Independence Day Observed 




July 3 




Last day to drop and 








automatically receive a "W" 


May 15 June 12 


July 10 


Aug. 7 


All withdrawals after this 








date receive "F" 


May 22 June 19 


July 17 


Aug. 14 


Memorial Day Holiday 


May 25 






Classes end 


May 29 June 26 


July 24 


Aug. 21 


* The Southern College summer term consists of 








four 4-week sessions. Students in attendance dur- 








ing the 1986-87 school year may register at any 








time during the week immediately preceding the 
session. 










1st Semester 


2nd Semester 




1987-88 


1987-88 


Faculty Colloquium 


Aug. 14-16 






ACT and CLEP Exams 


Aug. 21, 23 






Registration by appointment 


Aug. 24, 25 


Jan. 4 




Classes begin 


Aug. 26 


Jan. 5 




Late registration fee 


Aug. 26 


Jan. 5 




Fee for class change 


Sept. 1 


Jan. 13 




Last day to add course 


Sept. 9 


Jan. 19 




Senior Class organization 


Sept. 24 


Jan. 21 




Mid-term ends 


Oct. 15 


Feb. 26 




Mid-semester vacation 


Oct. 16-18 


Feb. 26 - 


Mar. 6 


Alumni Homecoming 


Oct. 30 - Nov. 1 






Last day to drc 








automaticall SOUTHERN COLLEGE 
Advisement Pi 1 j|l|l||| llli; iiiii ,„ .Kf. 


■III iiiii iiibi !■!■■ ■■;..- 


lar. 11 
far. 14-25 


Thanksgiving / If If Nil (Iff f // 1/| f f f |f/|f / 


1 






Sei 

c 

AH 


lior deadlii tmcao J! ' "SPi"" ,l,n ,lf ' '"' 

orresponde... *~~ 3?zj?^ 


ipr. 4 




withdrawals after this 






i 


Dec. 4 


Apr. 8 




Co 






Apr. 10, 


11 


Se 

Co 1 


For Reference 


Dec. 14-17 
Dec. 17 


Apr. 25-28 
May 1 


Ch 


Dec. 18 - Jan. 3 








Not to be taken 


BE TAKEN 








from this library 


JBRARY